AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2002
SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION NOS. 333-82621 INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT REGISTRATION NO. 811-09439 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ------------------------ FORM N-1A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [ ] PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. [ ] POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 8 [X] REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [ ] (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX OR BOXES) AMENDMENT NO. 9 [X] ------------------------ |
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
(FORMERLY TARGET FUNDS)
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN CHARTER)
GATEWAY CENTER THREE
100 MULBERRY STREET
NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (973) 367-7525
MARGUERITE E.H. MORRISON, ESQ.
100 MULBERRY STREET
GATEWAY CENTER THREE
NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING: As soon as practicable after
the effective date of the Registration Statement.
IT IS PROPOSED THAT THIS FILING WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE
(CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX):
[X] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
[ ] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.
IF APPROPRIATE, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX:
[ ] this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
Title of Securities Being Registered.......... Shares of Beneficial Interest, $.001 par value per share |
PROSPECTUS OCTOBER 1, 2002
STRATEGIC PARTNERS
LARGE CAPITALIZATION GROWTH FUND
Objective: Seeks Long-Term Capital Appreciation
STRATEGIC PARTNERS
LARGE CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND
Objective: Seeks Total Return Consisting of Capital Appreciation and Dividend Income
STRATEGIC PARTNERS
SMALL CAPITALIZATION GROWTH FUND
Objective: Seeks Maximum Capital Appreciation
STRATEGIC PARTNERS
SMALL CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND
Objective: Seeks Above-Average Capital Appreciation
STRATEGIC PARTNERS
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
Objective: Seeks Capital Appreciation
STRATEGIC PARTNERS
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
Objective: Seeks Total Return Consisting of Current Income and Capital Appreciation
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Trust's shares nor has the SEC determined that this prospectus is complete or accurate. It is a criminal offense to state otherwise.
Table of Contents
1 Risk/Return Summary 1 Investment Objectives and Principal Strategies 5 Principal Risks 9 Evaluating Performance 16 Fees and Expenses 22 How the Funds Invest 22 Investment Policies 25 Other Investments and Strategies 31 Investment Risks 38 How the Trust is Managed 38 Board of Trustees 38 Manager 39 Advisers and Portfolio Managers 44 Distributor 45 Fund Distributions and Tax Issues 45 Distributions 46 Tax Issues 47 If You Sell or Exchange Your Shares 49 How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds 49 How to Buy Shares 58 How to Sell Your Shares 62 How to Exchange Your Shares 64 Telephone Redemptions or Exchanges 64 Expedited Redemption Privilege 66 Financial Highlights 66 Large Cap Growth Fund 68 Large Cap Value Fund 70 Small Cap Growth Fund 72 Small Cap Value Fund 74 International Equity Fund 76 Total Return Bond Fund 78 Appendix I--Description of Security Ratings 81 The Strategic Partners Mutual Fund Family For More Information(Back Cover) |
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
This section highlights key information about the investment portfolios (the Funds) of STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS (the Trust). Additional information follows this summary.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The following summarizes the investment objectives, principal strategies and principal risks of the Funds. For more information on the risks associated with the Funds, see "Principal Risks" below. While we make every effort to achieve the investment objective for each Fund, we can't guarantee success.
In cases where a Fund's name connotes a particular type of investment, the Fund generally will have a non-fundamental policy of investing a certain percentage of its "investable assets" in that type of investment. The term "investable assets" in this prospectus refers to a Fund's net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes. A Fund's investable assets will be less than its total assets to the extent that it has borrowed money for non-investment purposes, such as to meet anticipated redemptions.
Each such Fund will provide 60 days' prior written notice to shareholders of a change in its non-fundamental policy of investing a certain percentage of its investable assets in the type of investment suggested by its name.
EQUITY FUNDS
STRATEGIC PARTNERS LARGE CAPITALIZATION GROWTH FUND (THE LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND)
The Fund's investment objective is LONG-TERM CAPITAL APPRECIATION. This means that we seek investments that will increase in value. To achieve our investment objective, we purchase STOCKS OF LARGE COMPANIES we believe will experience earnings growth at a rate faster than that of the Standard & Poor's 500(R) Composite Stock Price Index (S&P 500). We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks of companies with a total market capitalization of $5 billion or more (measured at the time of purchase).
PRINCIPAL RISKS:
- market risk
- style risk
Risk/Return Summary
STRATEGIC PARTNERS LARGE CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND (THE LARGE CAP VALUE FUND)
The Fund's investment objective is TOTAL RETURN consisting of CAPITAL APPRECIATION and DIVIDEND INCOME. This means that we seek investments that will increase in value as well as pay the Fund dividends. To achieve our objective, we invest in LARGE COMPANY STOCKS that we believe are undervalued and have an above-average potential to increase in price, given the company's sales, earnings, book value, cash flow and recent performance. We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in common stocks of companies and securities convertible into common stocks of companies with a total market capitalization of $5 billion or more (measured at the time of purchase) that we think will pay regular dividends.
PRINCIPAL RISKS:
- market risk
- style risk
STRATEGIC PARTNERS SMALL CAPITALIZATION GROWTH FUND (THE SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND)
The Fund's investment objective is MAXIMUM CAPITAL APPRECIATION. This means that we seek investments that will increase in value. To achieve our objective, we invest in the STOCKS OF SMALL COMPANIES that we believe will experience earnings growth at a rate faster than that of the U.S economy in general. We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks of companies with a total market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion (measured at the time of purchase). Because the Fund invests in small capitalization companies, the risk is greater than with larger companies because shares of small companies tend to be less liquid and more volatile than those of large companies.
PRINCIPAL RISKS:
- market risk
- style risk
- small company risk
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
STRATEGIC PARTNERS SMALL CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND (THE SMALL CAP VALUE FUND)
The Fund's investment objective is ABOVE-AVERAGE CAPITAL APPRECIATION. This means that we seek investments that will increase in value. To achieve our objective, we invest in STOCKS OF SMALL COMPANIES that we believe are undervalued and have an above-average potential to increase in price, given the company's sales, earnings, book value, cash flow and recent performance. We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks of companies with a total market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion (measured at the time of purchase). Because the Fund invests in small capitalization companies, the risk is greater than with larger companies because shares of small companies tend to be less liquid and more volatile than those of large companies.
PRINCIPAL RISKS:
- market risk
- style risk
- small company risk
STRATEGIC PARTNERS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND (THE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND)
The Fund's investment objective is CAPITAL APPRECIATION. This means that we seek investments that will increase in value. To achieve this objective, we purchase STOCKS OF FOREIGN COMPANIES. These companies may be based in developed as well as developing countries. We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in stocks and securities convertible into stocks of companies in at least three different foreign countries. For purposes of this policy, the Fund will invest in stocks of companies that are organized under the laws of a foreign country, companies that derive more than 50% of their revenues from activities in foreign countries, and companies that have at least 50% of their assets located abroad. The foreign securities held by the Fund normally will be denominated in foreign currencies, including the euro--a multinational currency unit. The Fund may invest in large-, mid- or small-capitalization companies. To the extent the Fund invests in small capitalization companies, the risk is greater than with larger companies because shares of small companies tend to be less liquid and more volatile than those of large companies.
Risk/Return Summary
The Fund may also invest in AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (ADRS), AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES (ADSS), GLOBAL DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (GDRS) and EUROPEAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (EDRS). ADRs, ADSs, GDRs and EDRs are certificates--usually issued by a bank or trust company--that represent an equity investment in a foreign company. ADRs and ADSs are issued by U.S. banks and trust companies and are valued in U.S. dollars. Such U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers are not considered foreign securities. EDRs and GDRs are issued by foreign banks and trust companies and are usually valued in foreign currencies.
PRINCIPAL RISKS:
- market risk
- style risk
- small company risk
- foreign market risk
- currency risk
- political developments
- derivatives risk
INCOME FUND
STRATEGIC PARTNERS TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND (THE TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND)
The Fund's investment objective is TOTAL RETURN consisting of CURRENT INCOME AND CAPITAL APPRECIATION. This means that we seek investments that will pay income as well as increase in value. To achieve this objective, we invest in DEBT OBLIGATIONS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. GOVERNMENT and its agencies, as well as debt obligations issued by U.S. COMPANIES, FOREIGN COMPANIES AND FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS and their agencies. The Fund can invest up to 20% of its total assets in foreign denominated debt obligations.
The Fund invests in MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES issued or guaranteed by U.S. government entities including securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or "Fannie Mae") or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or "Freddie Mac") or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or "Ginnie Mae"). However, we may invest up to 25% of the Fund's assets in privately issued mortgaged-related securities (those not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government). The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest may include COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS, STRIPPED MORTGAGE-
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
BACKED SECURITIES and MULTI-CLASS PASS THRU SECURITIES. We may also use
derivatives for hedging purposes or to improve the Fund's return.
We may also invest in ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES like automobile loans and credit card receivables. We normally invest at least 90% (and, effective November 29, 2002, 80%) of the Fund's investable assets in "INVESTMENT GRADE" DEBT OBLIGATIONS--rated at least BBB by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group (S&P), Baa by Moody's Investors Service (Moody's), or the equivalent by another major rating service--and unrated debt obligations that we believe are comparable in quality. However, we may invest up to 10% (and, effective November 29, 2002, 20%) of the Fund's assets in HIGH YIELD DEBT OBLIGATIONS ("JUNK BONDS") that are rated at least B by S&P, Moody's or another major rating service, and unrated debt obligations that we believe are comparable in quality. The Fund may continue to hold an obligation even if it is later downgraded or no longer rated. The Fund may actively and frequently trade its portfolio securities. The Fund is managed so that its duration ranges between two years below and two years above the duration of its benchmark, the Lehman Aggregate Index.
PRINCIPAL RISKS:
- credit risk
- interest rate risk
- market risk
- prepayment risk
- derivatives risk
- active trading risk
- foreign market risk
- currency risk
- political developments
- junk bond risk
PRINCIPAL RISKS
Although we try to invest wisely, all investments involve risk. Like any mutual fund, an investment in a Fund could lose value, and you could lose money. The following summarizes the principal risks of investing in the Funds.
LARGE CAP GROWTH, LARGE CAP VALUE, SMALL CAP GROWTH, SMALL CAP VALUE AND INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUNDS
Risk/Return Summary
MARKET RISK. Since these Funds invest primarily in COMMON STOCKS, there is the risk that the price of a particular stock owned by a Fund could go down. Generally, the stock price of large companies is more stable than the stock price of smaller companies, but this is not always the case. In addition to an individual stock losing value, the value of a market sector or of the equity markets as a whole could go down. In addition, different parts of a market can react differently to adverse issuer, market, regulatory, political and economic developments.
STYLE RISK. Since some of the Funds follow either a growth or value investment style, there is the risk that a particular style may be out of favor for a period of time.
SMALL COMPANY RISK. The SMALL CAP GROWTH and SMALL CAP VALUE FUNDS invest primarily in stocks of smaller companies with a market capitalization of under $2.5 billion. The INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND also may invest in small companies. These companies usually offer a smaller range of products and services than larger companies. They may also have limited financial resources and may lack management depth. As a result, stocks issued by smaller companies tend to fluctuate in value more than the stocks of larger, more established companies.
DERIVATIVES RISK. The INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND may use derivatives, including futures and options, as a principal investment strategy to improve its returns or as a hedge to protect its assets. The TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND may use derivatives including swaps, options and futures as a principal investment strategy to improve its returns or to protect its assets. When used for hedging purposes, derivatives may not fully offset or match the Fund's underlying positions and this could result in losses to the Fund that would not otherwise have occurred.
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
CREDIT RISK. The debt obligations in which the TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND invests are generally subject to the risk that the issuer may be unable to make principal and interest payments when they are due. There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of a loss of confidence in the ability of the borrower to pay back debt. The Fund may invest in BELOW-INVESTMENT
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
GRADE SECURITIES--also known as "JUNK BONDS"--which have a higher risk of default and tend to be less liquid than higher-rated securities.
INTEREST RATE RISK. There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of interest rate changes. Debt obligations with longer maturities typically offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes than debt obligations with shorter maturities. The prices of debt obligations and the Fund's net asset value (or share price) generally move in opposite directions than interest rates.
MARKET RISK. Debt obligations are also subject to market risk, which is the possibility that the market value of an investment may move up or down and that its movement may occur quickly or unpredictably. Market risk may affect an industry, a sector or the entire market.
PREPAYMENT RISK. The Fund may invest in MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES and ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES, which are subject to prepayment risk. If these securities are prepaid, the Fund may have to replace them with lower-yielding securities. STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES are generally more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than other mortgage-related securities. Unlike mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities are usually not collateralized. If the issuer of a non-collateralized debt security defaults on the obligation, there is no collateral that the security holder may sell to satisfy the debt.
ACTIVE TRADING RISK. The Fund may actively and frequently trade its portfolio securities. High portfolio turnover results in higher transaction costs and can affect the Fund's performance and have adverse tax consequences.
INVESTMENTS IN FOREIGN SECURITIES
The INTERNATIONAL EQUITY and TOTAL RETURN BOND FUNDS may invest in FOREIGN SECURITIES. Investing in foreign securities involves more risk than investing in securities of U.S. issuers.
FOREIGN MARKET RISK. Foreign markets, especially those in developing countries, tend to be more volatile than U.S. markets and are generally not subject to regulatory requirements comparable to those in the U.S. Because of differences in accounting standards and custody and settlement practices,
Risk/Return Summary
investing in foreign securities generally involves more risk than investing in securities of U.S. issuers.
CURRENCY RISK. Changes in currency exchange rates may affect the value of foreign securities held by a Fund and the amount of income available for distribution. If a foreign currency grows weaker relative to the U.S. dollar, the value of securities denominated in that foreign currency generally decreases in terms of U.S. dollars. If a Fund does not correctly anticipate changes in exchange rates, certain hedging activities may also cause the Fund to lose money and reduce the amount of income available for distribution.
POLITICAL DEVELOPMENTS. Political developments may adversely affect the value of a Fund's foreign securities.
* * *
Like any mutual fund, an investment in a Fund could lose value and you could lose money. For more information about the risks associated with the Funds, see "How the Funds Invest--Investment Risks."
An investment in a Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
EVALUATING PERFORMANCE
A number of factors--including risk--can affect how each Fund performs. The following bar charts show each Fund's performance for its last two calendar years of operation. The bar charts and tables below demonstrate the risk of investing in each Fund by showing how returns can change from year to year and by showing how the Fund's average annual total returns compare with a broad-based securities market index and a group of similar mutual funds. The returns of market indexes and mutual fund peer groups, which do not include the effect of any sales charges, operating expenses similar to those of a mutual fund or taxes, would be lower if the returns included the effect of these factors.
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (IRAs). After-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares and after-tax returns for other classes will vary.
Past performance (before and after taxes) does not mean that the Fund will achieve similar results in the future.
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
[BAR CHART]
ANNUAL RETURN* (CLASS A SHARES AS OF 12/31/01)
2000 2001 -18.95% -30.82% |
BEST QUARTER: 19.05% (4TH QUARTER OF 2001) WORST QUARTER: -26.04% (1ST QUARTER
OF 2001)
* This annual return does not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual return would be lower than that shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver, the annual return would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-02 to 6-30-02 was (18.69)%.
Risk/Return Summary
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS(1) (as of 12-31-01)
SINCE INCEPTION 1 YR (11-3-99) Class A shares (34.28)% (12.89)% Class B shares (34.71)% (12.67)% Class C shares (32.65)% (11.85)% |
CLASS A SHARES
Return Before Taxes (34.28)% (12.89)% Return After Taxes on Distributions (34.28)% (12.89)% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (20.88)% (10.14)% |
INDEX (REFLECTS NO DEDUCTION FOR FEES, EXPENSES OR TAXES)
S&P 500(2) (11.88)% (6.46)% Russell 1000 Growth Index(3) (20.42)% (14.16)% Lipper Average(4) (22.94)% (11.29)% |
(1) The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver for Class A shares, the returns would have been lower.
(2) The S&P 500--an unmanaged index of 500 stocks of large U.S. companies--gives a broad look at how stock prices have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.
(3) The Russell 1000 Growth Index contains those securities in the Russell 1000 index with an above-average growth orientation, companies in this index tend to exhibit higher price-to-book and price-to-earning ratios, lower dividend yields and higher forecasted growth rates. Source: Lipper Inc.
(4) The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Large-Cap Growth Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
[BAR CHART]
ANNUAL RETURN* (CLASS A SHARES)
2000 2001 7.95% 0.72% |
BEST QUARTER: 9.52% (3RD QUARTER OF 2000) WORST QUARTER: -11.31% (3RD QUARTER OF
2001)
* This annual return does not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual return would be lower than that shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual return would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-02 to 6-30-02 was (3.84)%.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS(1) (as of 12-31-01)
SINCE INCEPTION 1 YR (11-3-99) Class A shares (4.31)% 0.94% Class B shares (4.90)% 1.24% Class C shares (1.93)% 2.12% |
CLASS A SHARES
Return Before Taxes (4.31)% 0.94% Return After Taxes on Distributions (4.55)% 0.48% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares (2.46)% 0.56% |
INDEX (REFLECTS NO DEDUCTIONS FOR FEES, EXPENSES OR TAXES)
S&P 500(2) (11.88)% (6.46)% Russell 1000 Value Index(3) (5.59)% 0.73% Lipper Average(4) (1.78)% 6.51% |
(1) The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver for Class A shares and overall expense limitations, the returns would have been lower.
(2) The S&P 500--an unmanaged index of 500 stocks of large U.S. companies--gives a broad look at how stock prices have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.
(3) The Russell 1000 Value Index contains those securities in the Russell 1000 Index with a below-average growth orientation. Companies in this Index generally have low price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and lower forecasted growth values. Source: Lipper Inc.
(4) The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Multi-Cap Value Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.
Risk/Return Summary
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
[BAR CHART]
ANNUAL RETURN* (CLASS A SHARES)
2000 2001 7.04% -20.22% |
BEST QUARTER: 17.65% (4TH QUARTER OF 2001) WORST QUARTER: -26.97% (3RD QUARTER
OF 2001)
* This annual return does not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual return would be lower than that shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual return would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-02 to 6-30-02 was (30.97)%.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS(1) (as of 12-31-01)
SINCE INCEPTION 1 YR (11-3-99) Class A shares (24.21)% (4.91)% Class B shares (24.70)% (4.60)% Class C shares (22.31)% (3.82)% |
CLASS A SHARES
Return Before Taxes (24.21)% (4.91)% Return After Taxes on Distributions (24.21)% (6.47)% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares (14.74)% (4.60)% |
INDEX (REFLECTS NO DEDUCTION FOR FEES, EXPENSES OR TAXES)
Russell 2000(2) 2.49% 7.62% Russell 2000 Growth Index(3) (9.23)% (3.98)% Lipper Average(4) (10.79)% 2.98% |
(1) The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver for Class A shares and overall expense limitations, the returns would have been lower.
(2) The Russell 2000 Index--an unmanaged index of the 2000 smallest U.S. companies included in the Russell 3000 Index--gives a broad look at how stock prices of smaller companies have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.
(3) The Russell 2000 Growth Index contains those securities in the Russell 2000 Index with an above-average growth orientation. Companies in this Index tend to exhibit higher price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios. Source: Lipper Inc.
(4) The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Small-Cap Growth Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
SMALL CAP VALUE FUND
[BAR CHART]
ANNUAL RETURN* (CLASS A SHARES)
2000 2001 16.21% 15.47% |
BEST QUARTER: 16.82% (4TH QUARTER OF 2001) WORST QUARTER: -10.41% (3RD QUARTER
OF 2001)
* This annual return does not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual return would be lower than that shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual return would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-02 to 6-30-02 was 1.46%.
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS(1) (as of 12-31-01)
SINCE INCEPTION 1 YR (11-3-99) Class A shares 9.70% 15.72% Class B shares 9.60% 16.45% Class C shares 12.47% 17.06% |
CLASS A SHARES
Return Before Taxes 9.70% 15.72% Return After Taxes on Distributions 7.72% 14.08% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares 6.66% 12.07% |
INDEX (REFLECTS NO DEDUCTION FOR FEES, EXPENSES OR TAXES)
Russell 2000(2) 2.49% 7.62% Russell 2000 Value Index(3) 14.02% 18.75% Lipper Average(4) 16.39% 19.89% |
(1) The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver for Class A shares and overall expense limitations, the returns would have been lower.
(2) The Russell 2000 Index--an unmanaged index of the 2000 smallest U.S. companies included in the Russell 3000 Index--gives a broad look at how stock prices of smaller companies have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.
(3) The Russell 2000 Value Index contains those securities in the Russell 2000 Index with a below average growth orientation. Companies in this Index generally have low price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and lower forecasted growth values. Source: Lipper Inc.
(4) The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Small-Cap Value Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.
Risk/Return Summary
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
[BAR CHART]
ANNUAL RETURN* (CLASS A SHARES)
2000 2001 -11.53% -25.03% |
BEST QUARTER: 4.24% (4th quarter of 2001) WORST QUARTER: -16.58% (3rd quarter of 2001)
* This annual return does not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual return would be lower than that shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual return would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-02 to 6-30-02 was 0.84%.
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS(1) (as of 12-31-01)
SINCE INCEPTION 1 YR (11-3-99) Class A shares (28.77)% (16.48)% Class B shares (29.28)% (16.28)% Class C shares (27.04)% (15.48)% |
CLASS A SHARES
Return Before Taxes (28.77)% (16.48)% Return After Taxes on Distributions (28.77)% (16.48)% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares (17.52)% (12.89)% |
INDEX (REFLECTS NO DEDUCTION FOR FEES, EXPENSES OR TAXES)
MSCI EAFE Index(2) (16.92)% (11.88)% Lipper Average(3) (16.68)% (9.61)% |
(1) The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver for Class A shares and overall expense limitations, the returns would have been lower.
(2) The Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) EAFE Index--a weighted, unmanaged index that reflects stock price movements in Europe, Australasia and the Far East--gives a broad look at how foreign stock prices have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.
(3) The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper International Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
[BAR CHART]
ANNUAL RETURN* (CLASS A SHARES)
2000 2001 11.11% 7.08% |
BEST QUARTER: 5.08% (3RD QUARTER OF 2001) WORST QUARTER: -0.27% (4TH QUARTER OF
2001)
* This annual return does not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual return would be lower than that shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual return would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-02 to 6-30-02 was 2.45%.
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS(1) (as of 12-31-01)
SINCE INCEPTION 1 YR (11-3-99) Class A shares 2.80% 5.76% Class B shares 1.56% 5.96% Class C shares 4.50% 6.75% |
CLASS A SHARES
Return Before Taxes 2.80% 5.76% Return After Taxes on Distributions .11% 3.16% Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares 1.69% 3.30% |
INDEX (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)
LGCI(2) 8.44% 26.53% LABI(3) 9.77% 25.99% Lipper Average(4) 7.41% 17.43% |
(1) The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waivers and overall expense limitations, the returns would have been lower.
(2) The Lehman Government/Credit Index (LGCI)--an unmanaged index of publicly traded intermediate-and long-term government and corporate debt with an average maturity of 10 years--gives a broad look at how bond prices have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.
(3) The Lehman Aggregate Bond Index (LABI)--an unmanaged index of investment grade securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies and by corporations with between 1 and 10 years remaining to maturity--gives a broad look at how bond prices of short and intermediate-term bonds have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.
(4) The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Corporate Debt BBB Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.
Risk/Return Summary
FEES AND EXPENSES
These tables show the sales charges, fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of each share class of a Fund--Classes A, B and C. Each share class has different sales charges--known as loads--and expenses, but represents an investment in the same fund. For more information about which share class may be right for you, see "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds."
SHAREHOLDER FEES(1) (paid directly from your investment)
CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C Maximum sales charge (load) imposed Total Return Bond None 1%(2) on purchases (as a percentage of Fund--4% offering price) Other Funds--5% Maximum deferred sales charge 1%(3) 5%(4) 1%(5) (load) (as a percentage of the lower of original purchase price or sale proceeds) Maximum sales charge (load) imposed None None None on reinvested dividends and other distributions Redemption fees None None None Exchange fee None None None |
(1) Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for purchases and sales of shares.
(2) Investors who purchase Class C shares through certain unaffiliated brokers may purchase Class C shares without paying the 1% initial sales charge.
(3) Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1% for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. This charge is waived for all such Class A shareholders other than those who purchased their shares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential)
(4) The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) for Class B shares decreases by 1% annually to 1% in the fifth and sixth years and 0% in the seventh year. Class B shares convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.
(5) The CDSC for Class C shares is 1% for shares redeemed within 18 months of purchase.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (deducted from Fund assets)
CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND Management fees .70% .70% .70% + Distribution and service (12b-1) fees .30% 1.00% 1.00% + Other expenses 0.41% 0.41% 0.41% = Total annual Fund operating expenses 1.41% 2.11% 2.11% - Fee waiver(1) .05% 0% 0% = NET ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES(1) 1.36% 2.11% 2.11% LARGE CAP VALUE FUND Management fees .70% .70% .70% + Distribution and service (12b-1) fees .30% 1.00% 1.00% + Other expenses 0.73% 0.73% 0.73% = Total annual Fund operating expenses 1.73% 2.43% 2.43% - Fee waiver(1) .05% 0% 0% = NET ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES(1) 1.68% 2.43% 2.43% SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND Management fees .70% .70% .70% + Distribution and service (12b-1) fees .30% 1.00% 1.00% + Other expenses 1.43% 1.43% 1.43% = Total annual Fund operating expenses 2.43% 3.13% 3.13% - Fee waiver(1) .05% 0% 0% = NET ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES(1) 2.38% 3.13% 3.13% |
(1) For the fiscal year ending July 31, 2003, the Distributor of the Funds has contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class A shares to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of Class A shares, and the Manager of the Funds has voluntarily agreed to limit the net annual operating expenses (exclusive of distribution and service (12b-1) fees) of each class of shares of the Large Cap Value and Small Cap Growth Funds to 1.35% and 1.60%, respectively, of the relevant Fund's average daily net assets.
2.43%
Risk/Return Summary
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (deducted from Fund assets)
CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C SMALL CAP VALUE FUND Management fees .70% .70% .70% + Distribution and service (12b-1) fees .30% 1.00% 1.00% + Other expenses 0.91% 0.91% 0.91% = Total annual Fund operating expenses 1.91% 2.61% 2.61% - Fee waiver(1) 0.05% 0% 0% = NET ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES(1) 1.86% 2.61% 2.61% INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND Management fees .80% .80% .80% + Distribution and service (12b-1) fees .30% 1.00% 1.00% + Other expenses 1.80% 1.80% 1.80% = Total annual Fund operating expenses 2.90% 3.60% 3.60% - Fee waiver(1) 0.05% 0% 0% = NET ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES(1) 2.85% 3.60% 3.60% TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND Management fees .50% .50% .50% + Distribution and service (12b-1) fees .30% 1.00% 1.00% + Other expenses 0.47% 0.47% 0.47% = Total annual Fund operating expenses 1.27% 1.97% 1.97% - Fee waiver(1) 0.05% 0% 0% = NET ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES(1) 1.22% 1.97% 1.97% |
(1) For the fiscal year ending July 31, 2003, the Distributor of the Funds has
contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for
Class A shares to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of Class A
shares, and to voluntarily reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees
for Class B and Class C shares of the Total Return Bond Fund to .75 of 1% of
the average daily net assets of the Class B and Class C shares,
respectively, and the Manager of the Funds has voluntarily agreed to limit
the net annual operating expenses (exclusive of distribution and service
(12b-1) fees) of each class of shares of the Small Cap Value, International
Equity and Total Return Bond Funds to 1.70%, 1.75% and 0.80%, respectively,
of the relevant Fund's average daily net assets.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
FEES AND EXPENSES EXAMPLE
This example will help you compare the fees and expenses of the Funds' different share classes and the cost of investing in the Funds with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same, except for the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waivers and overall expense limitations in place during the first year. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 YR 3 YRS 5 YRS 10 YRS LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND Class A shares $632 $ 919 $1,228 $2,102 Class B shares $714 $ 961 $1,234 $2,179 Class C shares $412 $ 754 $1,123 $2,517 LARGE CAP VALUE FUND Class A shares $662 $1,013 $1,387 $2,435 Class B shares $746 $1,058 $1,396 $2,512 Class C shares $444 $ 850 $1,383 $2,839 SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND Class A shares $729 $1,215 $1,726 $3,124 Class B shares $816 $1,260 $1,740 $3,202 Class C shares $513 $1,056 $1,723 $3,504 SMALL CAP VALUE FUND Class A shares $679 $1,065 $1,476 $2,617 Class B shares $764 $1,111 $1,485 $2,695 Class C shares $461 $ 903 $1,471 $3,015 |
Risk/Return Summary
1 YR 3 YRS 5 YRS 10 YRS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND Class A shares $774 $1,348 $1,948 $3,559 Class B shares $863 $1,403 $1,964 $3,636 Class C shares $559 $1,192 $1,945 $3,924 TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND Class A shares $519 $ 782 $1,064 $1,868 Class B shares $700 $ 918 $1,162 $2,030 Class C shares $398 $ 712 $1,152 $2,373 |
You would pay the following expenses on the same investment if you did not sell your shares:
1 YR 3 YRS 5 YRS 10 YRS LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND Class A shares $632 $ 919 $1,228 $2,102 Class B shares $214 $ 661 $1,134 $2,179 Class C shares $312 $ 754 $1,223 $2,517 LARGE CAP VALUE FUND Class A shares $662 $1,013 $1,387 $2,435 Class B shares $246 $ 758 $1,296 $2,512 Class C shares $344 $ 850 $1,383 $2,839 SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND Class A shares $729 $1,215 $1,726 $3,124 Class B shares $316 $ 966 $1,640 $3,202 Class C shares $413 $1,056 $1,723 $3,504 SMALL CAP VALUE FUND Class A shares $679 $1,065 $1,476 $2,617 Class B shares $264 $ 811 $1,385 $2,695 Class C shares $361 $ 903 $1,471 $3,015 |
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Risk/Return Summary
1 YR 3 YRS 5 YRS 10 YRS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND Class A shares $774 $1,348 $1,948 $3,559 Class B shares $363 $1,103 $1,864 $3,636 Class C shares $469 $1,192 $1,945 $3,924 TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND Class A shares $519 $ 782 $1,064 $1,868 Class B shares $200 $ 618 $1,062 $2,030 Class C shares $298 $ 712 $1,152 $2,373 |
How the Funds Invest
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
EQUITY PORTFOLIOS
LARGE CAP GROWTH AND SMALL CAP GROWTH FUNDS
When we consider investing in a company's stock, we look at several factors to evaluate the stock's growth potential, including the company's historical profitability, the economic outlook for the company's industry, the company's position in that industry, and the qualifications of company management. For example, we may select a company's stock based on new products or services the company is introducing. Dividend income is only an incidental consideration. Generally, we will consider selling a security when we think it has achieved its growth potential, or when we think we can find better growth opportunities.
LARGE CAP VALUE, SMALL CAP VALUE AND INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUNDS
We consider a number of factors in choosing stocks, like a company's sales, earnings, book value, cash flow, recent performance and the industry it's in. We consider selling a stock if it has increased in value to the point where we no longer consider it to be undervalued.
DEBT PORTFOLIO
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
In choosing portfolio securities, we consider economic conditions and interest rate fundamentals and, for foreign debt securities, country and currency selection. We also evaluate individual debt securities within each fixed-income sector based upon their relative investment merit and consider factors such as yield, duration and potential for price or currency appreciation as well as credit quality, maturity and risk.
MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES
The Fund invests in MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES issued or guaranteed by U.S. government entities, including securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or "Fannie Mae") or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or "Freddie Mac") or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or "Ginnie Mae"). However, we may invest up to 25% of the Fund's assets in privately issued mortgage-related securities (those not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government). The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Funds Invest
may include COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS, STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES and MULTI-CLASS PASS THROUGH SECURITIES.
Mortgage-related securities are usually pass-through instruments that pay investors a share of all interest and principal payments from an underlying pool of fixed or adjustable rate mortgages. Mortgage-related securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies include FNMAs, GNMAs and debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and government related entities. The U.S. government or the issuing agency directly or indirectly guarantees the payment of interest and principal on these securities, but not their value. Private mortgage-related securities that are not guaranteed by U.S. governmental entities generally have one or more types of credit enhancement to ensure timely receipt of payments and to protect against default.
Mortgage pass-through securities include collateralized mortgage obligations, multi-class pass-through securities and stripped mortgage-backed securities. A COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATION (CMO) is a security backed by an underlying portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities that may be issued or guaranteed by a bank or by U.S. governmental entities. A MULTI-CLASS PASS-THROUGH SECURITY is an equity interest in a trust composed of underlying mortgage assets. Payments of principal and interest on the mortgage assets and any reinvestment income thereon provide the cash to pay debt service on the CMO or to make scheduled distributions on the multi-class pass-through security. A STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITY (MBS STRIP) may be issued by U.S. governmental entities or by private institutions. MBS strips take the pieces of a debt security (principal and interest) and break them apart. The resulting securities may be sold separately and may perform differently.
The values of mortgage-backed securities vary with changes in market interest rates generally and in yields among various kinds of mortgage-related securities. Such values are particularly sensitive to changes in prepayments of the underlying mortgages. For example, during periods of falling interest rates, prepayments tend to increase as homeowners and others refinance their higher-rate mortgages; these prepayments reduce the anticipated duration of the mortgage-related securities. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments can be expected to decline, which has the effect of extending the anticipated duration at the same time that the value of the securities declines. MBS strips tend to be even more highly sensitive to
How the Funds Invest
changes in prepayment and interest rates than mortgage-related securities and CMOs generally.
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
The Fund may also invest in ASSET-BACKED DEBT SECURITIES. An asset-backed
security is another type of pass-through instrument that pays interest based
upon the cash flow of an underlying pool of assets, such as automobile loans and
credit card receivables. Unlike mortgage-related securities, asset-backed
securities are usually not collateralized which means if a borrower does not
repay the loan when due, the Fund would suffer a loss.
FACTORS CONSIDERED IN MAKING INVESTMENT DECISIONS
In choosing portfolio securities, the investment adviser to the Total Return Bond Fund considers economic conditions and interest rate fundamentals and, for foreign debt securities, country and currency selection. The investment adviser also evaluates individual debt securities within each fixed-income sector based upon their relative investment merit and considers factors such as yield, duration and potential for price or currency appreciation as well as credit quality, maturity and risk.
We normally invest at least 90% of the Fund's investable assets in "INVESTMENT GRADE" DEBT OBLIGATIONS--debt obligations rated at least BBB by S&P, Baa by Moody's, or the equivalent by another major rating service, and unrated debt obligations that we believe are comparable in quality. Effective November 29, 2002 we will normally invest 80% of the Fund's investable assets in such investment grade debt obligations. Currently, we may invest up to 10% of the Fund's investable assets in HIGH YIELD DEBT OBLIGATIONS--also known as "JUNK BONDS"--that are rated at least B by S&P, Moody's or another major rating service, and unrated debt obligations that we believe are comparable in quality. Effective November 29, 2002 we will normally invest up to 20% of the Fund's investable assets in such high yield debt obligations. The Fund may continue to hold an obligation even if it is later downgraded or no longer rated. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its investable assets in convertible bonds, convertible preferred stock and, effective November 29, 2002, non-convertible preferred stock.
When purchasing or selling portfolio securities, the factors that the investment adviser to the Fund may consider are economic conditions and interest rate fundamentals and, for foreign debt securities, country and currency selection. The investment adviser also evaluates individual debt
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Funds Invest
securities within each fixed-income sector based upon their relative investment merit and considers factors such as yield, duration and potential for price or currency appreciation as well as credit quality, maturity and risk.
The average duration of the Fund's portfolio securities ranges between two years below and two years above the average duration of the Fund's benchmark, the Lehman Aggregate Bond Index.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENTS AND RISK
For more information, see "Investment Risks" below and the Statement of Additional Information, "Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks." The Statement of Additional Information--which we refer to as the SAI--contains additional information about the Funds. To obtain a copy, see the back cover page of this prospectus.
Although we make every effort to achieve each Fund's objective, we can't guarantee success. Each Fund's investment objective is a fundamental policy that cannot be changed without shareholder approval. The Board of the Trust can change investment policies that are not fundamental.
OTHER INVESTMENTS AND STRATEGIES
In addition to their principal strategies described above, we may also use the following investment strategies to try to increase the Funds' returns or protect their assets if market conditions warrant.
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE INVESTMENTS
In response to adverse market, economic or political conditions, we may temporarily invest up to 100% of a Fund's assets in MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS or U.S. government securities. Investing heavily in these securities limits our ability to achieve our investment objective, but can help to preserve a Fund's assets when the markets are unstable.
MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS. Each Fund may invest in high quality MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS for cash management purposes. Money market instruments include the commercial paper of U.S. and foreign corporations, obligations of U.S. and foreign banks, certificates of deposit and obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or a foreign government.
How the Funds Invest
Each Fund will generally purchase money market instruments in one of the two highest short-term quality ratings of a major rating service. The Funds may also invest in money market instruments that are not rated, but which we believe are of comparable quality to the instruments described above.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. Each Fund may invest in DEBT OBLIGATIONS ISSUED BY THE U.S. TREASURY. Treasury securities have varying interest rates and maturities, but they are all backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
Each Fund may also invest in other DEBT OBLIGATIONS ISSUED OR GUARANTEED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT and government-related entities. Some of these debt securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, like GNMA obligations. Debt securities issued by other government entities, like obligations of FNMA and the Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA or "Sallie Mae"), are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. However, these issuers have the right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet their obligations. In contrast, the debt securities of other issuers, like the Farm Credit System, depend entirely upon their own resources to repay their debt.
The U.S. Government sometimes "strips" its debt obligations into their component parts: the U.S. government's obligation to make interest payments and its obligation to repay the amount borrowed. These STRIPPED SECURITIES are sold to investors separately. Stripped securities do not make periodic interest payments. They are usually sold at a discount and then redeemed for their face value on their maturity dates. These securities increase in value when interest rates fall and lose value when interest rates rise. However, the value of stripped securities generally fluctuates more in response to interest rate movements than the value of traditional debt obligations. A Fund may try to earn money by buying stripped securities at a discount and either selling them after they increase in value or holding them until they mature.
DEBT OBLIGATIONS
In addition to their principal investments, the LARGE CAP VALUE, SMALL CAP VALUE and INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUNDS may invest in debt obligations for their appreciation potential. These Funds may invest in debt obligations issued by U.S. and foreign companies that are rated at least A by S&P or by Moody's or the equivalent by another major rating service. The Large Cap Value and
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Funds Invest
Small Cap Value Funds also may invest in asset-backed securities from time to time. See "Asset-Backed Securities" above.
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND DOLLAR ROLLS
The TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND may enter into REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS and DOLLAR ROLLS. When the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund borrows money on a temporary basis by selling a security with an obligation to repurchase it at an agreed-upon price and time.
When the Fund enters into a dollar roll, the Fund sells securities to be delivered in the current month and repurchases substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities to be delivered on a specified future date by the same party. The Fund is paid the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase as well as the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale.
LEVERAGE
The TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND may borrow from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls to take advantage of investment opportunities. This is known as using "leverage." If the Fund borrows money to purchase securities and those securities decline in value, then the value of the Fund's shares will decline faster than if the Fund were not leveraged.
SHORT SALES
The TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND may make SHORT SALES of a security. This means that the Fund may sell a security that it does not own when we think the value of the security will decline. The Fund generally borrows the security to deliver to the buyer in a short sale. The Fund must then buy the security at its market price when the borrowed security must be returned to the lender. Short sales involve costs and risks. The Fund must pay the lender interest on the security it borrows, and the Fund will lose money if the price of the security increases between the time of the short sale and the date when the Fund replaces the borrowed security. The Fund may also make SHORT SALES "AGAINST THE BOX." In a short sale against the box, at the time of sale, the Fund owns or has the right to acquire the identical security at no additional cost. When selling short against the box, the Fund gives up the opportunity for capital appreciation in the security.
How the Funds Invest
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
Each Fund may also use REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS, where a party agrees to sell a security to the Fund and then repurchase it at an agreed-upon price at a stated time. This creates a fixed return for a Fund, and is, in effect a loan by the Fund. Repurchase agreements are used for cash management purposes.
CONVERTIBLE AND PREFERRED SECURITIES
Each Fund may also invest in CONVERTIBLE AND PREFERRED SECURITIES, including convertible bonds, convertible preferred stock and non-convertible preferred stock. These are securities--like bonds, corporate notes and preferred stock-- that we can convert into the company's common stock or some other equity security.
DERIVATIVE STRATEGIES
Each of the INTERNATIONAL EQUITY and TOTAL RETURN BOND FUNDS may use various derivatives strategies to try to improve its returns. They may also use hedging strategies to try to protect the Fund's assets. We cannot guarantee that these strategies will work, that the instruments necessary to implement these strategies will be available or that the Fund will not lose money. The derivatives in which these Funds may invest include (but not limited to) FUTURES, OPTIONS, OPTIONS ON FUTURES AND SWAPS. In addition, each of these Funds may enter into FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS, FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS and purchase COMMERCIAL PAPER THAT IS INDEXED TO FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES. Because the International Equity Fund invests a large percentage of its assets in securities denominated in foreign currencies, we may use "CURRENCY HEDGES" to help protect the Fund's net asset values (NAVs) from declining if a particular foreign currency were to decrease in value against the U.S. dollar.
Derivatives involve costs and can be volatile. With derivatives, the investment adviser tries to predict whether the underlying investment--a security, market index, currency, interest rate or some other benchmark--will go up or down at some future date. We may use derivatives to try to reduce risk or to increase return consistent with a Fund's overall investment objective. The investment adviser will consider other factors (such as cost) in deciding whether to employ any particular strategy or use any particular instrument. Any derivatives we use may not match or offset a Fund's underlying positions and this could result in losses to the Fund that would not otherwise have
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Funds Invest
occurred. For more information about these strategies, see the SAI, "Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks--Risk Management and Return Enhancement Strategies."
OPTIONS
The INTERNATIONAL EQUITY and TOTAL RETURN BOND FUNDS may purchase and sell put and call OPTIONS on securities, swap agreements, securities indexes, futures contracts and currencies traded on U.S. or foreign securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. An OPTION is the right to buy or sell securities or currencies in exchange for a premium. The options may be on debt securities, aggregates of debt securities, financial indexes and U.S. Government securities. Each Fund will sell only covered options.
FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS,
FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS
The INTERNATIONAL EQUITY and TOTAL RETURN BOND FUNDS may purchase and sell financial FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS with respect to, but not limited to, interest rates, debt securities, aggregates of debt securities, currencies, financial indexes or U.S. Government securities. The terms of futures contracts are standardized. In the case of a financial futures contract based upon a broad index, there is no delivery of the securities comprising the index, margin is uniform, a clearing corporation or an exchange is the counterparty and a Fund makes daily margin payments based on price movements in the index. A futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a set quantity of underlying asset at a future date or to make or receive a cash payment based on the value of a securities index, or some other asset, at a future date. Each of the International Equity and Total Return Bond Funds also may enter into FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS to protect the value of its assets against future changes in the level of foreign currency exchange rates. A FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACT is an obligation to buy or sell a given currency on a future date and at a set price or to make or receive a cash payment based on the value of a given currency at a future date.
For more information about these strategies, see the SAI, "Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks--Risk Management and Return Enhancement Strategies."
SWAPS
The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in index, interest rate, credit, long and short credit default, currency and total return swap agreements (or a
How the Funds Invest
combination of these swap agreements or other similar swap agreements or options on swap agreements). The swap may, among other things, preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of the Fund, or protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or transfer or allocate credit risk. The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements.
ADDITIONAL STRATEGIES
Each Fund may also use other non-principal strategies, such as purchasing debt securities on a WHEN-ISSUED or DELAYED-DELIVERY basis. When a Fund makes this type of purchase, the price and interest rate are fixed at the time of purchase, but delivery and payment for the debt obligations take place at a later time. The Fund does not earn interest income until the date the debt obligations are delivered.
Each Fund also follows certain policies when it BORROWS MONEY (the Total Return Bond Fund may borrow up to 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets, while each other Fund may borrow up to 20% of the value of its total assets); and HOLDS ILLIQUID SECURITIES (each Fund may hold up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities, including securities with legal or contractual restrictions on resale, those without a readily available market and repurchase agreements with maturities longer than seven days).
Each Fund, other than the TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND, may participate in the initial public offering (IPO) market. IPO investments may increase a Fund's total returns. As the Fund's assets grow, the impact of IPO investments will decline, which may reduce the Fund's total returns.
Each Fund is subject to certain investment restrictions that are fundamental policies, which means they cannot be changed without shareholder approval. For more information about these restrictions, see the SAI.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
As a result of the strategies described above, the SMALL CAP GROWTH, SMALL CAP VALUE AND TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND had an annual portfolio turnover rate of over 100% during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002. Portfolio turnover is generally the percentage found by dividing the lesser of portfolio purchases or sales by the monthly average value of the portfolio. High portfolio turnover (100% or more) results in higher transaction costs and can affect a Fund's performance. It can also result in a greater amount of distributions as ordinary income rather than long-term capital gains.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Funds Invest
INVESTMENT RISKS
As noted previously, all investments involve risk, and investing in the Funds is no exception. Since a Fund's holdings can vary significantly from broad market indexes, performance of that Fund can deviate from performance of the indexes. This chart outlines the key risks and potential rewards of the Funds' principal strategies and certain of the Funds' non-principal strategies. Unless otherwise noted, a Fund's ability to engage in a particular type of investment is expressed as a percentage of total assets. See "Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks" in the SAI.
RISKS POTENTIAL REWARDS INVESTMENT TYPE % OF FUND'S ASSETS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COMMON STOCKS - Individual stocks could - Historically, stocks lose value have outperformed other Large Cap Growth, investments over the Large Cap Value, - The equity markets long-term Small Cap Growth, could go down, resulting Small Cap Value and in a decline in value - Generally, economic International Equity Funds of a Fund's investments growth means higher corporate profits, At least 80% of investable - Companies that pay which leads to an assets dividends may not do so increase in stock if they don't have prices, known as profits or adequate capital appreciation cash flow - May be a source of - Changes in economic or dividend income political conditions, both domestic and inter-national, may result in a decline in value of a Fund's investments ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SMALL CAPITALIZATION STOCKS - Stocks of small - Highly successful (market capitalization companies are more smaller companies can below $2.5 billion) volatile and may outperform larger ones decline more than those Small Cap Growth and Small in the S&P 500 Cap Value Funds - Small companies are At least 80% of investable more likely to reinvest assets earnings and not pay dividends International Equity Fund - Changes in interest Percentage varies; usually rates may affect the less than 10% securities of small companies more than the securities of larger companies |
How the Funds Invest
INVESTMENT TYPE % OF FUND'S ASSETS RISKS POTENTIAL REWARDS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DEBT OBLIGATIONS - A Fund's share price, - Bonds have generally yield and total return outperformed money market Large Cap Value, Small Cap will fluctuate in instruments over the Value and International response to bond market long term with less Equity Funds movements risk than stocks Up to 20% of investable - Credit risk--the - Most bonds will rise in assets default of an issuer value when interest would leave a Fund with rates fall Total Return Bond Fund unpaid interest or principal. The lower a - Regular interest income Up to 100% bond's quality, the higher its potential - High-quality debt volatility obligations are generally more secure than stocks - Market risk--the risk since companies must that the market value of pay their debts before an investment may move they pay dividends up or down, sometimes rapidly or - Investment-grade bonds unpredictably. Market have a lower risk of risk may affect an default than junk bonds industry, a sector, or the market as a whole - Bonds with longer maturity dates typically - Interest rate risk--the have higher yields value of most bonds will fall when interest - Intermediate-term rates rise The longer a securities may be less bond's maturity and the susceptible to loss of lower its credit principal than longer quality, the more its term securities value typically falls. It can lead to price volatility, par- ticularly for junk bonds and stripped securities ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FOREIGN SECURITIES - Foreign markets, econo- - Investors can mies and political participate in the growth International Equity Fund systems may not be as of foreign markets stable as in the U.S., through investment in Up to 100% particularly those in companies operating in developing countries those markets Total Return Bond Fund - Currency risk--changing - May profit from Up to 20% value of foreign changing value of foreign currencies can cause currencies losses - Opportunities for - May be less liquid than diversification U.S. stocks and bonds - Principal and interest - Differences in foreign on foreign government laws, accounting securities may be standards, public guaranteed information, custody and settlement practices provide less reliable information on foreign investments and involve more risk |
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Funds Invest
INVESTMENT TYPE % OF FUND'S ASSETS RISKS POTENTIAL REWARDS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FOREIGN SECURITIES (CONT'D) - Not all government securities are insured or guaranteed by government, but only by the issuing agency ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURI- - Not all are insured or - Regular interest income TIES guaranteed by the U.S. Government, but only by - The U.S. government All Funds the issuing agency guarantees interest and principal payments on Percentage varies, and up - Limits potential for certain securities. to 100% on a temporary capital appreciation basis - Generally more secure - Market risk than lower quality debt securities and equity - Interest rate risk securities - May preserve a Fund's assets ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS - U.S. government money - May preserve a Fund's market securities offer assets All Funds a lower yield than lower-quality or Up to 35% on a normal basis longer- term securities and to 100% on a temporary basis - Limits potential for capital appreciation - Credit risk - Market risk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURI- - Prepayment risk--the - Regular interest income TIES risk that the underlying mortgage may be prepaid - The U.S. government Total Return Bond Fund partially or guarantees interest and completely, generally principal payments on Percentage varies: usually during periods of certain securities less than 75% falling interest rates, which could adversely - May benefit from affect yield to security interest in real maturity and could estate collateral require a Fund to reinvest in lower- yielding securities. |
How the Funds Invest
INVESTMENT TYPE % OF FUND'S ASSETS RISKS POTENTIAL REWARDS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURI- - Credit risk--the risk - Pass-through TIES (CONT'D) that the underlying instruments provide mortgages will not be greater diversifica- paid by debtors or by tion than direct credit insurers or ownership of loans guarantors of such instruments. Some private mortgage securities are unsecured or secured by lower-rated insurers or guarantors and thus may involve greater risk - Market risk - Interest rate risk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HIGH YIELD DEBT SECURITIES - Higher credit risk than - May offer higher (JUNK BONDS) higher-grade debt interest income than securities higher-grade debt Total Return Bond Fund securities and higher - Higher market risk than potential gains Up to 10% of investable higher-grade debt assets (Up to 20% of securities investable assets, effective November 29, - More volatile than 2002) higher-grade debt securities - May be more illiquid (harder to value and sell), in which case valuation would depend more on investment adviser's judgment than is generally the case with higher-rated securities ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES - Prepayment risks - Regular interest income Large Cap Value, Small Cap - The security interest - Prepayment risk is Value Funds Percentage in the underlying generally lower than with varies; usually less than collateral may not be mortgage-related 10% as great as with securities Total Return Bond Fund Per- mortgage- related centage varies; usually securities less than 25% |
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Funds Invest
INVESTMENT TYPE % OF FUND'S ASSETS RISKS POTENTIAL REWARDS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES - Credit risk--the risk - Pass-through (CONT'D) that the underlying instruments provide receivables will not be greater diversifica- paid by debtors or by tion than direct credit insurers or ownership of loans guarantors of such instruments. Some asset-backed securities are unsecured or secured by lower-rated insurers or guarantors and thus may involve greater risk - Market risk - Interest rate risk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DERIVATIVES - The value of - A Fund could make money derivatives (such as and protect against International Equity Fund futures and options) losses if the that are used to hedge investment analysis Percentage varies; usually a portfolio security is proves correct less than 10% determined indepen- dently from that - One way to manage a Total Return Bond Fund security and could Fund's risk/return result in a loss to a balance is by locking Percentage varies Fund when the price in the value of an movement of the investment ahead of derivative does not time correlate with a change in the value of the - Derivatives that Fund security involve leverage could generate substantial - Derivatives may not gains at low cost have the intended effects and may result in - May be used to hedge losses or missed against changes in cur- opportunities rency exchange rates - The other party to a derivatives contract could default - Derivatives can increase share price volatility and derivatives that involve leverage could magnify losses - Certain types of derivatives involve costs to a Fund that can reduce returns |
How the Funds Invest
INVESTMENT TYPE % OF FUND'S ASSETS RISKS POTENTIAL REWARDS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREE- - May magnify underlying - May magnify underlying MENTS AND DOLLAR ROLLS investment losses investment gains Total Return Bond Fund Up - Investment costs may to 33 1/3% exceed potential underlying investment gains WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED- DELIVERY SECURITIES All Funds, other than Total Return Bond Fund Percentage varies; usually less than 10% Total Return Bond Fund Per- centage varies; usually less than 75% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BORROWING - Leverage borrowing for - Leverage may magnify investments may mag- investment gains Total Return Bond Fund Up nify losses to 33 1/3% - Interest costs and Other Funds Up to 20% investment fees may exceed potential investment gains ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADJUSTABLE/FLOATING RATE - Value lags value of - Can take advantage of SECURITIES fixed-rate securities rising interest rates when interest rates Large Cap Value and Total change Return Bond Funds Percentage varies |
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Funds Invest
INVESTMENT TYPE % OF FUND'S ASSETS RISKS POTENTIAL REWARDS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- STRIPPED SECURITIES - More volatile than - Value rises faster when securities that have not interest rates fall Total Return Bond Fund separated principal and interest Percentage varies; usually less than 20% - Mortgage-backed stripped securities have more prepayment and interest rate risk than other mortgage-related securities ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SWAPS - Speculative technique - Helps protect the including risk of loss return on an investment Total Return Bond Fund of interest payment swapped - All Swaps permitted up Up to 15% of net assets to 15% of net assets - May be difficult to value precisely - May be difficult to sell at the time or price desired ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ILLIQUID SECURITIES - May be difficult to - May offer a more value precisely attractive yield or All Funds potential for growth - May be difficult to than more widely traded Up to 15% of net assets sell at the time or price securities desired |
How the Trust is Managed
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The Board of Trustees (the Board) oversees the actions of the Manager, the subadvisers and the Distributor and decides on general policies. The Board also oversees the Trust's officers, who conduct and supervise the daily business operations of each Fund.
MANAGER
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS LLC (PI)
GATEWAY CENTER THREE, 100 MULBERRY STREET
NEWARK, NJ 07102
Under a management agreement with the Trust, PI manages each Fund's investment operations, administers its business affairs and is responsible for supervising the subadviser(s) (each of which we call an Adviser) for each of the Funds. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002, each Fund paid PI the management fees set forth in the table below for each of the Funds (shown as a percentage of average net assets).
------------------------------------------------------------------------- ANNUAL MANAGEMENT FEE PAID TO FUND PI ------------------------------------------------------------------------- LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND .70% LARGE CAP VALUE FUND .70% SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND .70% SMALL CAP VALUE FUND .70% INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND .80% TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND .50% ------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
PI and its predecessors have served as manager or administrator to investment companies since 1987. As of June 30, 2002 PI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential), served as the investment manager to all of the Prudential U.S. and offshore open-end investment companies, with aggregate assets of approximately $93.07 billion.
Subject to the supervision of the Board, PI is responsible for conducting the initial review of prospective Advisers for the Trust. In evaluating a prospective Adviser, PI considers many factors, including the firm's experience, investment philosophy and historical performance. PI is also responsible for monitoring the performance of the Trust's Advisers.
PI and the Trust operate under an exemptive order (the Order) from the Securities and Exchange Commission that generally permits PI to enter into or amend agreements with Advisers without obtaining shareholder approval each
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Trust is Managed
time. This authority is subject to certain conditions, including the requirement that the Board of Trustees must approve any new or amended agreements with Advisers. Shareholders of each Fund still have the right to terminate these agreements for the Fund at any time by a vote of the majority of outstanding shares of the Fund. The Trust will notify shareholders of any new Advisers or material amendments to advisory agreements made pursuant to the Order. On September 13,1999, the sole shareholder of the Trust voted to allow the Trust and PI to operate under the Order.
ADVISERS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
INTRODUCTION
The Advisers are responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund, or portion thereof, that they manage, subject to the supervision of PI and the Board. The Advisers are paid by PI, not the Trust.
The LARGE CAP GROWTH, LARGE CAP VALUE, SMALL CAP GROWTH and SMALL CAP VALUE FUNDS each have two Advisers, each of which manages approximately 50% of the respective Fund's assets. For each of these Funds, PI hired two Advisers with different investment philosophies. PI believes that at any given time, certain investment philosophies will be more successful than others and that a combination of different investment approaches may benefit these Funds and help reduce their volatility. PI periodically rebalances these Funds to maintain the approximately equal allocation of their assets between the two Advisers. Reallocations may result in higher portfolio turnover and correspondingly higher transactional costs. In addition, Funds with two Advisers may experience wash transactions--where one Adviser buys a security at the same time the other one sells it. When this happens, the Fund's position in that security remains unchanged, but the Fund has paid additional transaction costs.
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
COLUMBUS CIRCLE INVESTORS (CCI) and OAK ASSOCIATES, LTD. (OAK) are the Advisers
for the Large Cap Growth Fund.
CCI has specialized in large-cap equity investing since it was established in 1975. As of June 30, 2002, CCI had approximately $412 billion in assets under management for corporate, nonprofit, government, union and mutual fund clients. The address of CCI is Metro Center, One Station Place, 8th Floor, Stamford, CT 06902.
How the Trust is Managed
ANTHONY RIZZA, a Managing Director of CCI, has been primarily responsible for managing CCI's part of the Fund since its inception. Mr. Rizza is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the Hartford Society of Security Analysts. He has been a portfolio manager with CCI since 1991.
OAK has specialized in large-cap equity investing since it was founded in 1985. Oak provides investment management services to both individual and institutional clients. As of June 30, 2002, Oak had approximately $10.4 billion in assets under management. The address of Oak is 3875 Embassy Parkway, Suite 250, Akron, OH 44333.
JAMES D. OELSCHLAGER, President of Oak since 1985, has managed Oak's part of the Fund since its inception. DONNA BARTON, MARGARET BOLLINGER and DOUGLAS MACKAY assist Mr. Oelschlager in managing the Fund's assets. Ms. Barton and Ms. Bollinger have been with Oak since 1985, and Mr. MacKay has been a research analyst with Oak since 1990.
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
J.P. MORGAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC. (J.P. MORGAN) and HOTCHKIS & WILEY
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC (HOTCHKIS AND WILEY) are the Advisers for the Large Cap
Value Fund.
J.P. MORGAN is a wholly-owned subsidiary of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., a publicly held bank holding company and global financial services firm. J.P. Morgan manages assets for retirement plans, endowments, foundations, public entities, mutual funds and other institutional investors. As of June 30, 2002, J.P. Morgan and its affiliated companies had over $600 billion in assets under management worldwide. The address of J.P. Morgan is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036.
BERNARD A. KROLL has managed the J.P. Morgan segment of the Fund since May 2000 and JONATHAN N. GOLUB and RAFFAELE ZINGONE have managed the assets of this segment since April 2002. Mr. Kroll is a Managing Director of J.P. Morgan and a portfolio manager in its structured Equity Group. He joined J.P. Morgan in 1996. Mr. Golub, a Vice President at J.P. Morgan, is a portfolio manager in the U.S. Equity Group and joined J.P. Morgan in April 2001, prior to which he led the consultant-relations effect at Scudder Kemper Investments. Mr. Zingone, a Vice President of J.P. Morgan, is a portfolio manager in the U.S. Equity Group. He joined J.P. Morgan in 1991.
HOTCHKIS AND WILEY is a registered investment adviser, the primary members of which are HWCap Holdings, a limited liability company whose
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Trust is Managed
members are employees of Hotchkis and Wiley, and Stephens-H&W, a limited liability company whose primary member is Stephen Group, Inc., which is a diversified holding company. As of August 31, 2002, Hotchkis and Wiley had approximately $4.8 billion in assets under management. Hotchkis and Wiley's address is 725 South Figueroa Street, Suite 3900, Los Angeles, California 90017-5439.
SHELDON J. LIEBERMAN, a principal and portfolio manager of Hotchkis and Wiley, has managed the assets of the Fund since August 2000. Mr. Lieberman has been with Hotchkis and Wiley and its predecessors since 1994.
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
SAWGRASS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.L.C. (SAWGRASS) and J.P. MORGAN FLEMING ASSET
MANAGEMENT (USA) INC. (J.P. MORGAN FLEMING) are the Advisers for the Small Cap
Growth Fund.
SAWGRASS has specialized in small-cap equity investing since it was organized in 1998. Sawgrass was formed by a core group of investment professionals who had worked together for 15 years at Barnett Capital Advisors, Inc. As of June 30, 2002, Sawgrass had approximately $1.06 billion in assets under management for corporate, municipal, public and state retirement plans and mutual funds. The address of Sawgrass is 1579 The Greens Way, Suite 20, Jacksonville Beach, FL 32250.
DEAN MCQUIDDY, a principal and Director of Equity Investments of Sawgrass, has managed the Sawgrass part of the Fund since its inception. Mr. McQuiddy is a Chartered Financial Analyst and has been with Sawgrass since January 1998. Prior to 1998, Mr. McQuiddy was the head small-cap portfolio manager of Barnett Capital Advisors, Inc. since 1987.
J.P. MORGAN FLEMING is a wholly-owned subsidiary of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., a publicly held bank holding company and global financial services firm. J.P. Morgan Fleming manages assets for individual investors, companies, institutions, governments and central banks worldwide. As of June 30, 2002, J.P. Morgan Fleming and its affiliated companies had over $600 billion in assets under management worldwide. J.P. Morgan Fleming's address is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036.
The assets of the Fund managed by J.P. Morgan Fleming have been managed by a team of portfolio managers since the Fund's inception. EYTAN M. SHAPIRO, a Director and portfolio manager of J.P. Morgan Fleming, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the J.P. Morgan Fleming part of the Fund's assets. Mr. Shapiro has been with J.P. Morgan Fleming or
How the Trust is Managed
its predecessor since 1985. The other members of the team are TIMOTHY R. V. PARTON, CHRISTOPHER M. V. JONES and T. GARY LIBERMAN. Mr. Parton, a Director and portfolio manager with J.P. Morgan Fleming, has been with J.P. Morgan Fleming or its predecessor since 1990 and with The Chase Manhattan Corporation or its predecessors since 1986. Mr. Jones, a Director and portfolio manager of J.P. Morgan Fleming as well as Chief Investment Officer of its Small Cap Equity Group, joined J.P. Morgan Fleming's predecessor in 1986. Mr. Liberman is a Vice President and analyst with J.P. Morgan Fleming and has been with the firm's predecessor since 1995.
SMALL CAP VALUE FUND
EARNEST PARTNERS, LLC (EARNEST PARTNERS) and NATIONAL CITY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
COMPANY (NATIONAL CITY) are the Advisers for the Small Cap Value Fund.
NATIONAL CITY, a registered investment adviser, is a wholly owned subsidiary of National City Corporation, a publicly traded financial holding company. National City and its predecessor have managed institutional accounts, including mutual funds, since 1995. National City, located at 1900 East Ninth Street, Locator 2220, Cleveland, Ohio 44101-0756, had $29.9 billion of assets under management as of June 30, 2002.
The National City segment of the Fund is managed by DANIEL G. BANDI, CFA,
MICHAEL E. SANTELLI, CFA, CPA, DANIEL J. DEMONICA, CFA, and ADAM I. FRIEDMAN.
Mr. Bandi, Managing Director of National City and Director for Value Equity
Investments, has 11 years of investment experience and joined National City in
1998, prior to which he was Equity Research Manager for the Eaton Corporation.
Mr. Santelli, a Senior Portfolio Manager at National City, has 12 years of
investment experience and joined National City in 1995. Mr. DeMonica, a
Portfolio Manager at National City, has five years of investment experience and
joined National City in 1997. Mr. Friedman, a Senior Portfolio Manager at
National City, has eleven years investment experience and joined National City
in 1998, prior to which he was a portfolio manager with Clarion Partners.
EARNEST PARTNERS is a wholly owned subsidiary of EARNEST Holdings, LLC, an employee-owned company in which Paul E. Viera, Jr. (whose background is described below) holds a controlling interest. Founded in 1998, EARNEST Partners had $4.0 billion in assets under management as of
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How the Trust is Managed
June 30, 2002. The address of EARNEST Partners is 75 14th St., Suite 2300, Atlanta, GA 30309.
PAUL E. VIERA, JR., Chief Executive Officer and Partner of EARNEST Partners, has managed the EARNEST Partners portion of the Small Cap Value Fund since December 2001. A founding member of EARNEST Partners, he previously served as a Global Partner of, and portfolio manager with, INVESCO Capital Management from 1991 to 1998.
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
LAZARD ASSET MANAGEMENT (LAZARD) is the Adviser to the International Equity Fund.
LAZARD is a division of Lazard Freres & Co., LLC (Lazard Freres), a New York limited liability company. Since it was formed in 1970, Lazard has provided investment management services to both individual and institutional clients. As of June 30, 2002, Lazard and its global affiliates had approximately $63.9 billion in assets under management. Lazard's principal business address is 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10112.
HERBERT W. GULLQUIST and JOHN R. REINSBERG have managed the Fund since its inception. Mr. Gullquist, a Vice Chairman of Lazard Freres and Chief Investment Officer and a Managing Director of Lazard, has been with Lazard since 1982. Mr. Reinsberg is a Managing Director of Lazard and has been with Lazard since 1992.
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC (PIMCO) is the Adviser to the Total Return Bond Fund.
PIMCO, a Delaware limited liability company, is a subsidiary of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P., formerly PIMCO Advisors LP (ADAM LP). Allianz AG (Allianz) is the indirect majority owner of ADAM L.P. Allianz is a European-based, multinational insurance and financial services holding company. Pacific Life Insurance Company holds a minority interest in ADAM L.P. PIMCO has specialized in fixed income investing since the firm was established in 1971. As of June 30, 2002, PIMCO had approximately $274.4 billion of assets under management. The address of PIMCO is 840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 300, Newport Beach, CA 92660.
WILLIAM H. GROSS, Managing Director, Chief Investment Officer and founding member of PIMCO, has, since the inception of the Fund, led a
How the Trust is Managed
portfolio management team responsible for developing and implementing the Fund's investment strategy. CHRIS DIALYNAS, a Managing Director, portfolio manager and a senior member of PIMCO's investment strategy group, has managed the Fund since August 2000. Mr. Dialynas has been associated with PIMCO since 1980.
DISTRIBUTOR
Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (PIMS) distributes the Trust's shares under a Distribution Agreement with the Trust. The Trust has Distribution and Service Plans under Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act. Under the Plans and the Distribution Agreement, PIMS pays the expenses of distributing each Fund's Class A, B and C shares and provides certain shareholder support services. Each Fund pays distribution and other fees to PIMS as compensation for its services for each class of shares. These fees--known as 12b-1 fees--are shown in the "Fees and Expenses" tables.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Fund Distributions and Tax Issues
Investors who buy shares of the Trust should be aware of some important tax issues. For example, each Fund distributes DIVIDENDS of ordinary income and any realized net CAPITAL GAINS to shareholders. These distributions are subject to taxes, unless you hold your shares in a 401(k) plan, an Individual Retirement Account (IRA), or some other qualified tax-deferred plan or account. Dividends and distributions from the Funds also may be subject to state and local income taxes.
Also, if you sell shares of a Fund for a profit, you may have to pay capital gains taxes on the amount of your profit, again unless your shares are held in a qualified tax-deferred plan or account.
The following briefly discusses some of the important federal income tax issues you should be aware of, but is not meant to be tax advice. For tax advice, please speak with your tax adviser.
DISTRIBUTIONS
Each Fund distributes DIVIDENDS of any net investment income to shareholders on a regular basis as shown below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- FUND DIVIDENDS Total Return Bond Fund Declared daily, paid monthly Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Value, Small Cap Growth, Declared and Small Cap Value and International Equity Funds paid annually ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
For example, if a Fund owns ACME Corp. stock and the stock pays a dividend, the Fund will pay out a portion of this dividend to its shareholders, assuming the Fund's income is more than its costs and expenses. The dividends you receive from each Fund will be taxed as ordinary income, whether or not they are reinvested in the Fund.
For Funds that invest in foreign securities, the amount of income available for distribution to shareholders will be affected by any foreign currency gains or losses generated by the Fund and cannot be predicted. This fact, coupled with the different tax and accounting treatment of certain currency gains and losses, increases the possibility that distributions, in whole or in part, may be a return of capital to shareholders.
Fund Distributions and Tax Issues
Each Fund also distributes realized net CAPITAL GAINS to shareholders-- typically once a year. Capital gains are generated when a Fund sells its assets for a profit. For example, if a Fund bought 100 shares of ACME Corp. stock for a total of $1,000 and more than one year later sold the shares for a total of $1,500, the Fund has net long-term capital gains of $500, which it will pass on to shareholders (assuming the Fund's total gains are greater than any losses it may have). Capital gains are taxed differently depending on how long the Fund holds the security--if a security is held more than one year before it is sold, LONG-TERM capital gains are taxed at rates of up to 20%, but if the security is held one year or less, SHORT-TERM capital gains are taxed at ordinary income rates of up to 38.6%. Different rates apply to corporate shareholders.
For your convenience, a Fund's distributions of dividends and capital gains are AUTOMATICALLY REINVESTED in the Fund without any sales charge. If you ask us to pay the distributions in cash, we will send you a check if your account is with the Transfer Agent. Otherwise, if your account is with a broker, you will receive a credit to your account. Either way, the distributions may be subject to income taxes, unless your shares are held in a qualified or tax-deferred plan or account. For more information about automatic reinvestment and other shareholder services, see "Step 4: Additional Shareholder Services" in the next section.
TAX ISSUES
FORM 1099
Every year, you will receive a Form 1099, which reports the amount of dividends and capital gains we distributed to you during the prior year. If you own shares of a Fund as part of a qualified or tax-deferred plan or account, your taxes are deferred, so you will not receive a Form 1099. However, you will receive a Form 1099 when you take any distributions from your qualified or tax-deferred plan or account.
Fund distributions are generally taxable to you in the calendar year in which they are received, except when we declare certain dividends in the fourth quarter and actually pay them in January of the following year. In such cases, the dividends are treated as if they were paid on December 31 of the prior year. Corporate shareholders are generally eligible for the 70% dividends-received deduction for certain dividends.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Fund Distributions and Tax Issues
WITHHOLDING TAXES
If federal tax law requires you to provide the Fund with your taxpayer identification number and certifications as to your tax status, and you fail to do this, or if you are otherwise subject to backup withholding, we will withhold and pay to the U.S. Treasury a portion (currently 30%, but declining to 28% by 2006) of your distributions and sale proceeds. Dividends of net investment income and net short-term capital gains paid to a nonresident foreign shareholder generally will be subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 30%. This rate may be lower, depending on any tax treaty the U.S. may have with the shareholder's country.
IF YOU PURCHASE JUST BEFORE RECORD DATE
If you buy shares of a Fund just before the record date for a distribution (the date that determines who receives the distribution), we will pay that distribution to you. As explained above, the distribution may be subject to ordinary income or capital gains taxes. You may think you've done well since you bought shares one day and soon thereafter received a distribution. That is not so, because when dividends are paid out, the value of each share of the Fund decreases by the amount of the dividend to reflect the payout, although this may not be apparent because the value of each share of the Fund also will be affected by the market changes, if any. The distribution you receive makes up for the decrease in share value. However, the timing of your purchase does mean that part of your investment came back to you as taxable income.
QUALIFIED AND TAX-DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLANS
Retirement plans and accounts allow you to defer paying taxes on investment income and capital gains. Contributions to these plans may also be tax deductible, although distributions from these plans generally are taxable. In the case of Roth IRAs, contributions are not tax deductible, but distributions from the plan may be tax-free.
IF YOU SELL OR EXCHANGE YOUR SHARES
If you sell any shares of a Fund for a profit, you have REALIZED A CAPITAL GAIN, which is subject to tax, unless you hold shares in a qualified or
Fund Distributions and Tax Issues
tax-deferred plan or account. The amount of tax you pay depends on how long you owned your shares and when you bought them. If you sell shares of a Fund for a loss, you may have a capital loss, which you may use to offset certain capital gains you have.
If you sell shares and realize a loss, you will not be permitted to use the loss to the extent you replace the shares (including pursuant to the reinvestment of a dividend) within a 61-day period (beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the sale of the shares). If you acquire shares of a Fund and sell your shares within 90 days, you may not be allowed to include certain charges incurred in acquiring the shares for purposes of calculating gain or loss realized upon the sale of the shares.
[RECEIPT FROM SALE GRAPHIC]
Exchanging your shares of a Fund for the shares of another Strategic Partners mutual fund is considered a sale for tax purposes. In other words, it's a TAXABLE EVENT. Therefore, if the shares you exchanged have increased in value since you purchased them, you have capital gains, which are subject to the taxes described above.
Any gain or loss you may have from selling or exchanging Fund shares will not be reported on the Form 1099; however, proceeds from the sale or exchange will be reported on Form 1099-B. Therefore, unless you hold your shares in a qualified or tax-deferred plan or account, you or your financial adviser should keep track of the dates on which you buy and sell--or exchange--Fund shares, as well as the amount of any gain or loss on each transaction. For tax advice, please see your tax adviser.
AUTOMATIC CONVERSION OF CLASS B SHARES
We have obtained a legal opinion that the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares--which happens automatically approximately seven years after purchase--is not a "taxable event" because it does not involve an actual sale of your Class B shares. This opinion, however, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). For more information about the automatic conversion of Class B shares, see "Class B Shares Convert to Class A Shares After Approximately Seven Years" in the next section.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
HOW TO BUY SHARES
STEP 1: OPEN AN ACCOUNT
If you don't have an account with us or a securities firm that is permitted to buy or sell shares of the Funds for you, call Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (PMFS) at (800) 225-1852 or contact:
PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND SERVICES LLC
ATTN: INVESTMENT SERVICES
P.O. BOX 8179
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19101
You may purchase shares by check or wire. We do not accept cash or money orders. To purchase by wire, call the number above to obtain an application. After PMFS receives your completed application, you will receive an account number. We have the right to reject any purchase order (including an exchange into a Fund) or suspend or modify a Fund's sale of its shares.
STEP 2: CHOOSE A SHARE CLASS
Individual investors can choose among Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Funds.
Multiple share classes let you choose a cost structure that better meets your needs. With Class A shares, you pay the sales charge at the time of purchase, but the operating expenses each year are lower than the expenses of Class B and Class C shares. Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares of a Fund are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (or CDSC) of 1% for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. The Class A CDSC is waived for Class A shareholders other than those who purchase shares from certain broker-dealers not affiliated with Prudential. With Class B shares, you only pay a sales charge if you sell your shares within six years (that is why it is called a CDSC), but the operating expenses each year are higher than the Class A share expenses. With Class C shares, you pay a 1% front-end sales charge and a 1% CDSC if you sell within 18 months of purchase, but the operating expenses are also higher than the expenses for Class A shares. The Class C front-end sales charge is waived for Class C shareholders who purchase shares from certain broker-dealers not affiliated with Prudential.
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
When choosing a share class, you should consider the following:
- The amount of your investment
- The length of time you expect to hold the shares and the impact of the varying distribution fees. Over time, the fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
- The different sales charges that apply to each share class--Class A's front-end sales charge vs. Class B's CDSC vs. Class C's low front-end sales charge and low CDSC
- Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges
- The fact that, if you are purchasing Class B shares in an amount of $100,000 or more, you should consult with your financial adviser to determine whether other share classes are more beneficial, given your circumstances
- The fact that Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.
See "How to Sell Your Shares" for a description of the impact of CDSCs.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
Share Class Comparison. Use this chart to help you compare the Funds' different share classes. The discussion following this chart will tell you whether you are entitled to a reduction or waiver of any sales charges.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C Minimum purchase amount(1) $1,000 $1,000 $2,500 Minimum amount for subsequent $100 $100 $100 purchases(1) Maximum initial sales charge Total Return Bond None 1% of the Fund--4% of the public public offering price offering Other Funds-- 5% of price(2) the public offering price Contingent Deferred Sales 1%(4) If Sold 1% on sales Charge (CDSC)(3) During: made within 18 Year 1 5% months of Year 2 4% purchase(2) Year 3 3% Year 4 2% Years 5/6 1% Year 7 0% Annual distribution and service .30 of 1%; (.25 of 1% 1% 1% (12b-1) fees shown as a currently) (currently (currently .75 percentage of average net .75 of 1% of 1% for the assets(5) for the Total Return Total Return Bond Fund) Bond Fund) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
(1) The minimum investment requirements do not apply to certain retirement and employee savings plans and custodial accounts for minors. The minimum initial and subsequent investment for purchases made through the Automatic Investment Plan is $50. For more information, see "Additional Shareholder Services--Automatic Investment Plan."
(2) 1.01% of the net amount invested. Investors who purchase Class C shares through certain broker-dealers not affiliated with Prudential may purchase Class C shares without paying the 1% sales charge.
(3) For more information about the CDSC and how it is calculated, see "How to Sell Your Shares--Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC)."
(4) Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell shares within 12 months of purchase are subject to 1% CDSC. This charge is waived for all such Class A shareholders other than those who purchase their shares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential.
(5) These distribution fees are paid from each Fund's assets on a continuous basis. The service fee for Class A, Class B and Class C shares is .25 of 1%. The distribution fee for Class A shares is limited to .30 of 1% (including the .25 of 1% service fee). Class B and Class C shares pay a distribution fee (in addition to the service fee) of .75 of 1%. For the fiscal year ending July 31, 2003, the Distributor has contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service fees (12b-1) fees for Class A shares to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of Class A shares, and to voluntarily reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class B and Class C shares of the Total Return Bond Fund to .75 of 1% of the average daily net assets of each of the Fund's Class B and Class C shares.
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
REDUCING OR WAIVING CLASS A'S INITIAL SALES CHARGE
The following describes the different ways investors can reduce or avoid paying Class A's initial sales charge.
Increase the Amount of Your Investment. You can reduce Class A's sales charge by increasing the amount of your investment. These tables show you how the sales charge decreases as the amount of your investment increases.
LARGE CAP VALUE, LARGE CAP GROWTH, SMALL CAP VALUE, SMALL CAP GROWTH AND INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUNDS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SALES CHARGE AS % SALES CHARGE AS % DEALER AMOUNT OF PURCHASE OF OFFERING PRICE OF AMOUNT INVESTED REALLOWANCE Less than $25,000 5.00% 5.26% 4.75% $25,000 to $49,999 4.50% 4.71% 4.25% $50,000 to $99,999 4.00% 4.17% 3.75% $100,000 to $249,999 3.25% 3.36% 3.00% $250,000 to $499,999 2.50% 2.56% 2.40% $500,000 to $999,999 2.00% 2.04% 1.90% $1 million and above* None None None ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SALES CHARGE AS % SALES CHARGE AS % DEALER AMOUNT OF PURCHASE OF OFFERING PRICE OF AMOUNT INVESTED REALLOWANCE Less than $50,000 4.00% 4.17% 3.75% $50,000 to $99,999 3.50% 3.63% 3.25% $100,000 to $249,999 2.75% 2.83% 2.50% $250,000 to $499,999 2.00% 2.04% 1.90% $500,000 to $999,999 1.50% 1.52% 1.40% $1 million and above* None None None ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
* If you invest $1 million or more, you can buy only Class A shares. If you purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares, you will be subject to a 1% CDSC for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. This charge is waived for all such Class A shareholders other than those who purchase their shares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential.
To satisfy the purchase amounts above, you can:
- Invest with an eligible group of investors who are related to you
- Buy Class A shares of two or more Strategic Partners mutual funds at the same time
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
- Use your RIGHTS OF ACCUMULATION, which allow you to combine (1) the value
of Strategic Partners mutual fund shares that you already own, (2) the
value of money market shares you have received for shares of those funds
in an exchange transaction, and (3) the value of the shares you are
purchasing for purposes of determining the applicable sales charge (note:
you must notify the Transfer Agent at the time of purchase if you qualify
for Rights of Accumulation). In addition, if you owned Class A shares of
the Funds on September 4, 2001, these shares may help you qualify for
subsequent purchases of Class A shares of Prudential mutual funds at
reduced sales charges. Class A shares of the Funds purchased after
September 4, 2001 do not enable you to qualify for reduced sales charges
on purchases of Class A shares of Prudential mutual funds.
- Sign a LETTER OF INTENT, stating in writing that you or an eligible group of related investors will purchase a certain amount of shares in a Fund and other Strategic Partners mutual funds within 13 months. If you entered into a Letter of Intent on or after September 4, 2001, the Letter may be satisfied only with shares of Strategic Partners mutual funds (including the Funds). If you entered into a Letter of Intent before September 4, 2001, however, you may satisfy the Letter by purchasing shares of these Funds, Strategic Partners Asset Allocation Funds and Prudential mutual funds, but not other Strategic Partners mutual funds.
The Distributor may reallow Class A's sales charge to dealers.
Benefit Plans. Benefit Plans can avoid Class A's initial sales charge if the Benefit Plan has existing assets of at least $1 million or 250 eligible employees or participants. For these purposes, a Benefit Plan is a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, a deferred compensation or annuity plan under Sections 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code, a rabbi trust or a nonqualified deferred compensation plan.
Mutual Fund Programs. Waivers are also available to investors in certain programs sponsored by brokers, investment advisers and financial planners who have agreements with the Distributor relating to:
- Mutual fund "wrap" or asset allocation programs where the sponsor places Fund trades and charges its clients a management, consulting or other fee for its services, or
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
- Mutual fund "supermarket" programs where the sponsor links its clients' accounts to a master account in the sponsor's name and the sponsor charges a fee for its services.
Broker-dealers, investment advisers or financial planners sponsoring these mutual fund programs may offer their clients more than one class of shares in the Funds in connection with different pricing options for their programs. Investors should consider carefully any separate transaction and other fees charged by these programs in connection with investing in each available share class before selecting a share class.
Other Types of Investors. Other investors pay no sales charges, including certain officers, employees or agents of the Manager and its affiliates, the Advisers of Strategic Partners mutual funds and registered representatives and employees of brokers that have entered into dealer agreements with the Distributor. To qualify for a reduction or waiver of the sales charge, you must notify the Transfer Agent or your broker at the time of purchase. For more information, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares--Reduction and Waiver of Initial Sales Charge--Class A Shares."
WAIVING CLASS C'S INITIAL SALES CHARGE
Benefit Plans. Certain Benefit Plans (as defined above) may purchase Class C shares without the initial sales charge.
Investment of Redemption Proceeds from Other Investment Companies. The initial sales charge will be waived for purchases of Class C shares if the purchase is made with money from the redemption of shares of any unaffiliated investment company. These purchases must be made within 60 days of the redemption. This waiver is not available to investors who purchase shares directly from the Transfer Agent. If you are entitled to the waiver, you must notify either the Transfer Agent or your broker, who may require any supporting documentation it considers appropriate.
Other. Investors who purchase Class C shares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential may purchase Class C shares without paying the initial sales charge.
PAYMENT TO THIRD PARTIES
In connection with the sale of shares, the Manager, the Distributor or one of their affiliates may pay brokers, financial advisers and other persons a commission of up to 4% of the purchase price for Class B shares, up to 2% of
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
the purchase price for Class C shares and a finder's fee for Class A shares from their own resources based on a percentage of the net asset value of shares sold or otherwise. The Distributor or one of its affiliates may make ongoing payments, from its own resources, to brokers, financial advisers and other persons for providing recordkeeping or otherwise facilitating the maintenance of shareholder accounts.
CLASS B SHARES CONVERT TO CLASS A SHARES AFTER APPROXIMATELY SEVEN YEARS
If you buy Class B shares and hold them for approximately seven years, we will automatically convert them into Class A shares without charge. At that time, we will also convert any Class B shares that you purchased with reinvested dividends and other distributions. Since the distribution and service (12b-1 fees) for Class A shares are lower than for Class B shares, converting to Class A shares lowers your Fund expenses.
Class B shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or distributions will be converted to Class A shares according to the procedures utilized by the broker-dealer through which the Class B shares were purchased, to the extent the shares are carried on the books of the broker-dealer and the broker-dealer provides subaccounting services to the Fund. Otherwise, the procedures utilized by Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, or its affiliates, will be used. The use of different procedures may result in a timing differential in the conversion of Class B shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
When we do the conversion, you will get fewer Class A shares than the number of converted Class B if the price of the Class A shares is higher than the price of Class B shares. The total dollar value will be the same, so you will not have lost any money by getting fewer Class A shares. We do the conversions quarterly, not on the anniversary date of your purchase. For more information, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares--Conversion Feature--Class B Shares."
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
STEP 3: UNDERSTANDING THE PRICE YOU'LL
PAY
The price you pay for each share of a
Fund is based on the share value. The
share value of a mutual fund--known as
the NET ASSET VALUE or NAV--is
determined by a simple calculation: it's
the total value of a Fund (assets minus
liabilities) divided by the total number
of shares outstanding. For example, if
the value of the investments held by
Fund XYZ (minus its liabilities) is
$1,000 and there are 100 shares of Fund
XYZ owned by shareholders, the price of
one share of the fund--or the NAV-- is
$10 ($1,000 divided by 100). Each Fund's portfolio securities are valued based upon market quotations or, if not readily available, at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures established by the Board. A Fund also may use fair value pricing if it determines that a market quotation is not reliable based, among other things, on events that occur after the quotation is derived or after the closing of the primary market on which the security is traded, but before the time that the Fund's NAV is determined. This use of fair value pricing most commonly occurs with securities that are primarily traded outside the U.S., but also may occur with U.S.-traded securities. The fair value of a portfolio security that a Fund uses to determine its NAV may differ from security's quoted or published price. If a Fund needs to implement fair value pricing after the NAV publishing deadline but before capital shares are processed, the NAV you receive may differ from the published NAV price. For purposes of computing a Fund's NAV, we will value the Fund's futures contracts 15 minutes after the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Except when we fair value securities or as noted below, we normally value each foreign security held by a Fund as of the close of the security's primary market.
We determine each Fund's NAV once each business day at the close of regular trading on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. New York time. The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. We do not price, and you will not be able to purchase or redeem, a Fund's shares on days when the NYSE is closed but the primary markets for the Fund's foreign securities are open, even though the value of these securities may have changed.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
Conversely, a Fund will ordinarily price its shares, and you may purchase and redeem shares, on days that the NYSE is open but foreign securities markets are closed. We may not determine a Fund's NAV on days when we have not received any orders to purchase, sell or exchange Fund shares, or when changes in the value of the Fund's portfolio do not materially affect its NAV. Most national newspapers report the NAVs of most mutual funds, which allows investors to check the prices of mutual funds daily.
WHAT PRICE WILL YOU PAY FOR SHARES OF THE FUND?
For Class A and Class C shares, you'll pay the public offering price, which is the NAV next determined after we receive your order to purchase, plus an initial sales charge (unless you're entitled to a waiver). For Class B shares, you will pay the NAV next determined after we receive your order to purchase (remember, there are no up-front sales charges for this share class). Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for purchases of shares.
Unless regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m., your order to purchase must be received by 4:00 p.m. New York time in order to receive that day's NAV. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to purchase is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE.
STEP 4: ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
As a Fund shareholder, you can take advantage of the following services and privileges:
Automatic Reinvestment. As we explained in the "Fund Distributions and Tax Issues" section, each Fund pays out--or distributes--its net investment income and capital gains to all shareholders. For your convenience, we will automatically reinvest your distributions in a Fund at NAV without any sales charge. If you want your distributions paid in cash, you can indicate this preference on your application, notify your broker or notify the Transfer Agent
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
in writing (at the address below) at least five business days before the date we determine who receives dividends.
PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND SERVICES LLC
ATTN: ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE
P.O. BOX 8159
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19101
Automatic Investment Plan. You can make regular purchases of a Fund for as little as $50 by having the funds automatically withdrawn from your bank or brokerage account at specified intervals.
Systematic Withdrawal Plan. A Systematic Withdrawal Plan is available that will provide you with monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual redemption checks. Remember, the sale of Class A (in certain cases), Class B and Class C shares may be subject to a CDSC. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan is not available to participants in certain retirement plans. Please contact PMFS at (800) 225-1852 for more details.
Reports to Shareholders. Every year we will send you an annual report (along with an updated prospectus) and a semi-annual report, which contain important financial information about each Fund. To reduce Fund expenses, we may send one annual shareholder report, one semi-annual shareholder report and one annual prospectus per household, unless you instruct us or your broker otherwise. If each Fund shareholder in your household would like to receive a copy of the Fund's prospectus, Shareholder report and proxy statement, please call us toll free at (800) 225-1852. We will begin sending additional copies of these documents within 30 days of receipt of your request.
HOW TO SELL YOUR SHARES
You can sell your shares of a Fund for cash (in the form of a check) at any time, subject to certain restrictions.
When you sell shares of a Fund--also known as redeeming your shares--the price you will receive will be the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent, the Distributor or your broker receives your order to sell (less any applicable CDSC). If your broker holds your shares, your broker must receive your order to sell by 4:00 p.m. New York time to process the sale on that day. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to sell is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE. Otherwise contact:
PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND SERVICES LLC
ATTN: REDEMPTION SERVICES
P.O. BOX 8149
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19101
Generally, we will pay you for the shares that you sell within seven days after the Transfer Agent, the Distributor or your broker receives your sell order. If you hold shares through a broker, payment will be credited to your account. If you are selling shares you recently purchased with a check, we may delay sending you the proceeds until your check clears, which can take up to 10 days from the purchase date. You can avoid delay if you purchase shares by wire, certified check or cashier's check. Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for sales of shares.
RESTRICTIONS ON SALES
There are certain times when you may not be able to sell shares of a Fund, or when we may delay paying you the proceeds from a sale. As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, this may happen only during unusual market conditions or emergencies when a Fund can't determine the value of its assets or sell its holdings. For more information, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares--Sale of Shares."
If you hold your shares directly with the Transfer Agent, you will need to have the signature on your sell order signature guaranteed by an "eligible financial institution" if:
- you are selling more than $100,000 of shares,
- you want the redemption proceeds made payable to someone that is not in our records,
- you want the redemption proceeds sent to some place that is not in our records, or
- you are a business or a trust.
An "eligible financial institution" includes any bank, broker-dealer, savings association or credit union. For more information, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares--Sale of Shares--Signature Guarantee."
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (CDSC)
If you sell Class B shares within six years of purchase or Class C shares within 18 months of purchase, you will have to pay a CDSC. In addition, if you purchase $1 million or more of class A shares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential, you are subject to a 1% CDSC for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. To keep the CDSC as low as possible, we will sell amounts representing shares in the following order:
- Amounts representing shares you purchased with reinvested dividends and distributions,
- Amounts representing the increase in NAV above the total amount of payments for shares made during the past 12 months for Class A shares (in certain cases), six years for Class B shares and 18 months for Class C shares, and
- Amounts representing the cost of shares held beyond the CDSC period (12 months for Class A shares (in certain cases), six years for Class B shares and 18 months for Class C shares).
Since shares that fall into any of the categories listed above are not subject to the CDSC, selling them first helps you to avoid--or at least minimize--the CDSC.
Having sold the exempt shares first, if there are any remaining shares that are subject to the CDSC, we will apply the CDSC to amounts representing the cost of shares held for the longest period of time within the applicable CDSC period.
As we noted before in the "Share Class Comparison" chart, the CDSC for Class B shares is 5% in the first year, 4% in the second, 3% in the third, 2% in the fourth and 1% in the fifth and sixth years. The rate decreases on the first day of the month following the anniversary date of your purchase, not on the anniversary date itself. The CDSC is 1% for Class C shares--which is applied to shares sold within 18 months of purchase. Class A shares are subject to a CDSC, in certain cases as previously noted, of 1% that is applied to a Class A shares sold within 12 months purchase. The Class A CDSC is waived for all such Class A investors other than those who purchase their shares from certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential. For Class A, Class B and Class C shares, the CDSC is calculated based on the lesser of the original purchase price or the redemption proceeds. For purposes of determining how long you've held your shares, all purchases during the month are grouped together and considered to have been made on the last day of the month.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
The holding period for purposes of determining the applicable CDSC will be calculated from the first day of the month after initial purchase, excluding any time shares were held in a money market fund.
WAIVER OF THE CDSC--CLASS B SHARES
The CDSC will be waived if the Class B shares are sold:
- After a shareholder is deceased or disabled (or, in the case of a trust account, the death or disability of the grantor). This waiver applies to individual shareholders, as well as shares owned in joint tenancy, provided the shares were purchased before the death or disability,
- To provide for certain distributions--made without IRS penalty--from a tax-deferred retirement plan, IRA or Section 403(b) custodial account, and
- On certain sales effected through a Systematic Withdrawal Plan.
For more information on the above and other waivers, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares--Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge--Class B Shares."
WAIVER OF THE CDSC--CLASS C SHARES
Benefit Plans. The CDSC will be waived for redemptions from Benefit Plans holding shares through a broker for which the broker provides administrative or recordkeeping services.
REDEMPTION IN KIND
If the sales of Fund shares you make during any 90-day period reach the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the value of a Fund's net assets, we can then give you securities from the Fund's portfolio instead of cash. If you want to sell the securities for cash, you would have to pay the costs charged by a broker.
SMALL ACCOUNTS
If you make a sale that reduces your account value to less than $500, we may sell the rest of your shares (without charging any CDSC) and close your account. We would do this to minimize Fund expenses paid by other shareholders. We will give you 60 days' notice, during which time you can purchase additional shares to avoid this action. This involuntary sale does not
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
apply to shareholders who own their shares as part of a 401(k) plan, an IRA or some other qualified or tax-deferred plan or account.
90-DAY REPURCHASE PRIVILEGE
After you redeem your shares, you have a 90-day period during which you may reinvest any of the redemption proceeds in shares of the same Fund and account without paying an initial sales charge. Also, if you paid a CDSC when you redeemed your shares, we will credit your account with the appropriate number of shares to reflect the amount of the CDSC you paid. In order to take advantage of this one-time privilege, you must notify the Transfer Agent or your broker at the time of the repurchase. See the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares--Sale of Shares."
RETIREMENT PLANS
To sell shares and receive a distribution from a retirement plan or account, call your broker or the Transfer Agent for a distribution request form. There are special distribution and income tax withholding requirements for distributions from retirement plans and accounts and you must submit a withholding form with your request to avoid delay. If your retirement plan or account is held for you by your employer or plan trustee, you must arrange for the distribution request to be signed and sent by the plan administrator or trustee. For additional information, see the SAI.
HOW TO EXCHANGE YOUR SHARES
You can exchange your shares of a Fund for shares of the same class in any other Strategic Partners mutual fund as well as shares of Special Money Market Fund, Inc. (Special Money Fund), if you satisfy the minimum investment requirements. For example, you can exchange Class A shares of a Fund for Class A shares of another Strategic Partners mutual fund, but you can't exchange Class A shares for Class B, Class C or Class Z shares. After an exchange into Special Money Fund, at redemption the CDSC will be calculated from the first day of the month after initial purchase, excluding any time shares were held in Special Money Fund. We may change the terms of the exchange privilege after giving you 60 days' notice.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
If you hold shares through a broker, you must exchange shares through your broker. Otherwise contact:
PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND SERVICES LLC
ATTN: EXCHANGE PROCESSING
P.O. BOX 8157
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19101
There is no sales charge for such exchanges. However, if you exchange--and then sell--Class B shares within approximately six years of your original purchase or Class C shares within 18 months of your original purchase, you must still pay the applicable CDSC. If you have exchanged Fund shares into Special Money Fund, the time you hold the shares in that money market account will not be counted in calculating the required holding period for CDSC liability.
Remember, as we explained in the section entitled "Fund Distributions and Tax Issues--If You Sell or Exchange Your Shares," exchanging shares is considered a sale for tax purposes. Therefore, if the shares you exchange are worth more than the amount that you paid for them, you may have to pay capital gains tax. For additional information about exchanging shares, see the SAI, "Shareholder Investment Account--Exchange Privilege."
FREQUENT TRADING
Frequent trading of Fund shares in response to short-term fluctuations in the market--also known as "market timing"--may make it very difficult to manage a Fund's investments. When market timing occurs, a Fund may have to sell portfolio securities to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer's shares. This can happen at a time when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the Fund's performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because we cannot predict how much cash the Fund will have to invest. When, in our opinion, such activity would have a disruptive effect on portfolio management, each Fund reserves the right to refuse purchase orders and exchanges into the Fund by any person, group or commonly controlled account. The decision may be based upon dollar amount, volume or frequency of trading. Each Fund will notify a market timer of rejection of an exchange or purchase order. If a Fund allows a market
How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds
timer to trade Fund shares, it may require the market timer to enter into a written agreement to follow certain procedures and limitations.
TELEPHONE REDEMPTIONS OR EXCHANGES
You may redeem or exchange your shares in any amount by calling the Trust at
(800) 225-1852 before 4:00 p.m. New York time to receive a redemption or
exchange amount based on that day's NAV. In the event that regular trading on
the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following
day's NAV if your order to sell or exchange is received after the close of
regular trading on the NYSE.
The Transfer Agent will record your telephone instructions and request specific account information before redeeming or exchanging shares. A Fund will not be liable if it follows instructions that it reasonably believes are made by the shareholder. If a Fund does not follow reasonable procedures, it may be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions.
In the event of drastic economic or market changes, you may have difficulty in redeeming or exchanging your shares by telephone. If this occurs, you should consider redeeming or exchanging your shares by mail.
The telephone redemption and exchange privileges may be modified or terminated at any time. If this occurs, you will receive a written notice from the Fund.
EXPEDITED REDEMPTION PRIVILEGE
If you have selected the Expedited Redemption Privilege, you may have your redemption proceeds sent directly to your bank account. Expedited redemption requests may be made by telephone or letter, must be received by the relevant Fund prior to 4:00 p.m. New York time, to receive a redemption amount based on that day's NAV and are subject to the terms and conditions regarding the redemption of shares. In the event that regular trading on NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to sell is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE. For more information, see "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares--Expedited Redemption Privilege" in the SAI. The Expedited Redemption Privilege may be modified or terminated at any time without notice.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
(This page intentionally left blank)
Financial Highlights
The financial highlights will help you evaluate each Fund's financial performance. The TOTAL RETURN in each chart represents the rate that a shareholder earned on an investment in that share class of a Fund, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions. The information is for the periods indicated. The information is for each share class for the periods indicated.
A copy of the Trust's annual report is available, upon request at no charge, as described on the back cover of this prospectus.
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
The financial highlights were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, whose report was unqualified.
PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A ----------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD $ 8.45 $ 13.19 $ 10.00 --------- --------- ------- INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS: Net investment income (loss) (.05)(d) (.06) (.06) Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investment transactions (2.72) (4.68) 3.25 --------- --------- ------- TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (2.77) (4.74) 3.19 NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD $ 5.68 $ 8.45 $ 13.19 ========= ========= ======= TOTAL RETURN(b) (32.78)% (35.94)% 31.90% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NET ASSETS, END OF PERIOD (000) $ 19,187 $ 33,180 $38,227 Average net assets (000) $ 27,440 $ 40,028 $28,788 RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS: Expenses, including distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.36% 1.34% 1.17%(c) Expenses, excluding distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.11% 1.09% .92%(c) Net investment loss (.65)% (.60)% (.62)%(c) FOR CLASS A, B AND C SHARES: Portfolio turnover rate 74% 64% 39% |
(a) Commencement of investment operations.
(b) Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.
(c) Annualized.
(d) Calculated based upon average shares outstanding during the period.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Financial Highlights
LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS B CLASS C ----------------------------- ----------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 $ 8.34 $ 13.11 $ 10.00 $ 8.34 $ 13.11 $ 10.00 --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------- (.10)(d) (.15) (.12) (.10)(d) (.15) (.12) (2.68) (4.62) 3.23 (2.68) (4.62) 3.23 --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------- (2.78) (4.77) 3.11 (2.78) (4.77) 3.11 $ 5.56 $ 8.34 $ 13.11 $ 5.56 $ 8.34 $ 13.11 ========= ========= ======= ========= ========= ======== (33.33)% (36.38)% 31.10% (33.33)% (36.38)% 31.10% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $ 33,990 $ 59,452 $75,819 $ 53,328 $ 98,015 $145,187 $ 48,934 $ 75,820 $59,151 $ 78,451 $ 129,942 $128,884 2.11% 2.09% 1.92%(c) 2.11% 2.09% 1.92%(c) 1.11% 1.09% .92%(c) 1.11% 1.09% .92%(c) (1.40)% (1.35)% (1.36)%(c) (1.40)% (1.35)% (1.32)%(c) |
Financial Highlights
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
The financial highlights were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, whose report was unqualified.
PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A ----------------------------------------- NOVEMBER 3, YEAR YEAR 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD $ 11.01 $ 9.33 $ 10.00 --------- --------- -------- INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS: Net investment income (loss) 0.07 0.07 0.05 Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investment transactions (1.84) 1.77 (0.69) --------- --------- -------- TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (1.77) 1.84 (0.64) --------- --------- -------- LESS DISTRIBUTIONS: Dividends from net investment income -- (0.10) (0.03) Distributions in excess of net investment income -- -- -- Distributions from net realized gains (.11) (0.06) -- --------- --------- -------- TOTAL DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS (.11) (0.16) (0.03) --------- --------- -------- NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD $ 9.13 $ 11.01 $ 9.33 ========= ========= ======== TOTAL RETURN(b) (16.16)% 19.84% (6.42)% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATIOS/ SUPPLEMENTAL DATA ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NET ASSETS, END OF PERIOD (000) $ 8,503 $ 10,091 $ 5,162 Average net assets (000) $ 9,523 $ 7,565 $ 4,119 RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS: Expenses including distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.60%(e) 1.65%(e) 2.36%(c) Expenses, excluding distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.35%(e) 1.40%(e) 2.11%(c) Net investment income .66%(e) .71%(e) .63%(c) FOR CLASS A, B AND C SHARES: Portfolio turnover rate 55% 46% 58% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
(a) Commencement of investment operations.
(b) Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.
(c) Annualized.
(d) Less than $.005 per share.
(e) Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios, including distribution and service (12b-1) fees, would have been 1.68%, 2.43%, and 2.43% for Class A, B and C respectively for the year ended July 31, 2002 and 1.84%, 2.59% and 2.59% for Class A, B and C, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2001. The net investment income (loss) ratios would have been 0.58%, (0.17)% and (0.18)% for Class A, B and C, respectively for the year ended July 31, 2002 and 0.51%, (0.22)% and (0.18)% for Class A, B and C, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2001.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Financial Highlights
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS C CLASS B ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 $ 10.96 $ 9.28 $ 10.00 $ 10.96 $ 9.28 $ 10.00 -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------- (0.01) --(d) --(d) (0.01) --(d) --(d) (1.83) 1.76 (0.70) (1.83) 1.76 (0.70) -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------- (1.84) 1.76 (0.70) (1.84) 1.76 (0.70) -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (0.02) (0.02) -- (0.02) (0.02) (.11) (0.06) -- (.11) (0.06) -- -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------- (.11) (0.08) (0.02) (.11) (0.08) (0.02) -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------- $ 9.01 $ 10.96 $ 9.28 $ 9.01 $ 10.96 $ 9.28 ======== ======= ======== ======== ======= ======== (16.87)% 19.05% (7.02)% (16.87)% 19.05% (7.02)% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $ 18,614 $21,724 $ 11,418 $ 17,843 $18,211 $ 12,845 $ 21,374 $17,188 $ 8,794 $ 18,866 $16,051 $ 12,693 2.35%(e) 2.40%(e) 3.11%(c) 2.35%(e) 2.40%(e) 3.11%(c) 1.35%(e) 1.40%(e) 2.11%(c) 1.35%(e) 1.40%(e) 2.11%(c) (.09)%(e) (.02)%(e) (.13)%(c) (.09)%(e) .01%(e) (.02)%(c) |
Financial Highlights
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
The financial highlights were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, whose report was unqualified.
PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE(d) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A ------------------------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD $ 9.36 $ 12.62 $ 10.00 --------- --------- --------- INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS Net investment loss (.13) (.19) (.20) Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investment transactions (3.21) (2.12) 2.82 --------- --------- --------- TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (3.34) (2.31) 2.62 --------- --------- --------- LESS DISTRIBUTIONS Distributions from net realized gains -- (.95) -- --------- --------- --------- NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD $ 6.02 $ 9.36 $ 12.62 ========= ========= ========= TOTAL RETURN(b) (35.68)% (18.58)% 26.20% --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NET ASSETS, END OF PERIOD (000) $ 3,730 $ 5,887 $ 4,667 Average net assets (000) $ 5,059 $ 5,109 $ 4,799 RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS: Expenses, including distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.85%(e) 2.15%(e) 2.69%(c) Expenses, excluding distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.60%(e) 1.90%(e) 2.44%(c) Net investment loss (1.59)%(e) (1.78)%(e) (2.10)%(c) FOR CLASS A, B AND C SHARES: Portfolio turnover rate 151% 149% 112% |
(a) Commencement of investment operations.
(b) Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.
(c) Annualized.
(d) Calculated based upon average shares outstanding during the period.
(e) Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 2.38%, 3.13% and 3.13% for Class A, B and C, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2002 and 2.42%, 3.17% and 3.17% for Class A, B and C, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2001. The net investment loss ratios would have been (2.12)%, (2.87)% and (2.87)%, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2002 and (2.08)%, (2.79)% and (2.78)%, for Class A, B and C, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2001.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Financial Highlights
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS B CLASS C ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 $ 9.22 $ 12.54 $ 10.00 $ 9.22 $ 12.54 $ 10.00 --------- -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- (.18) (.27) (.19) (.18) (.27) (.23) (3.16) (2.10) 2.73 (3.16) (2.10) 2.77 --------- -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- (3.34) (2.37) 2.54 (3.34) (2.37) 2.54 --------- -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -- (.95) -- -- (.95) -- --------- -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- $ 5.88 $ 9.22 $ 12.54 $ 5.88 $ 9.22 $ 12.54 ========= ======== ======= ======== ======== ======= (36.16)% (19.29)% 25.40% (36.16)% (19.29)% 25.40% -------------------------------------------------------- |
-------------------------------------------------------- $ 6,228 $ 9,199 $ 8,588 $ 6,222 $ 7,772 $ 7,659 $ 8,093 $ 9,243 $ 5,881 $ 7,253 $ 7,782 $ 6,468 2.60%(e) 2.90%(e) 3.44%(c) 2.60%(e) 2.90%(e) 3.44%(c) 1.60%(e) 1.90%(e) 2.44%(c) 1.60%(e) 1.90%(e) 2.44%(c) (2.34)%(e) (2.52)%(e) (2.94)%(c) (2.34)%(e) (2.52)%(e) (2.90)%(c) |
Financial Highlights
SMALL CAP VALUE FUND
The financial highlights were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, whose report was unqualified.
PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A ----------------------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD $ 13.18 $ 11.08 $ 10.00 ------- ------- -------- INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS: Net investment loss (.09)(d) (.02) (.11)(d) Net realized and unrealized gain on investment transactions (.51) 2.49 1.19 ------- ------- -------- TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (.60) 2.47 1.08 ------- ------- -------- LESS DISTRIBUTIONS: Dividends from net realized gains (.87) (.37) -- ------- ------- -------- TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS (.87) (.37) -- ------- ------- -------- NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD $ 11.71 $ 13.18 $ 11.08 ======= ======= ======== TOTAL RETURN(b) (4.80)% 22.90% 10.80% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NET ASSETS, END OF PERIOD (000) $ 8,637 $ 7,986 $ 3,863 Average net assets (000) $ 8,818 $ 5,582 $ 5,083 RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS: Expenses, including distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.86% 1.80%(e) 3.24%(c) Expenses, excluding distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.61% 1.55%(e) 2.99%(c) Net investment loss (.66)% (.16)%(e) (1.37)%(c) FOR CLASSES A, B AND C SHARES: Portfolio turnover rate 142% 54% 34% |
(a) Commencement of investment operations.
(b) Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.
(c) Annualized.
(d) Calculated based upon average shares outstanding during the period.
(e) Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 2.46%, 3.21% and 3.21% for Class A, B and C, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2001. The net investment loss ratios would have been (.82)%, (1.58)% and (1.58)%, for Class A, B and C, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2001.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Financial Highlights
SMALL CAP VALUE FUND
CLASS B AND CLASS B SHARES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS B CLASS C ----------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 $ 13.00 $ 11.01 $ 10.00 $ 13.00 $ 11.01 $ 10.00 ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- (.18)(d) (.08) (.16)(d) (.18)(d) (.08) (.17)(d) (.49) 2.44 1.17 (.49) 2.44 1.18 ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- (.67) 2.36 1.01 (.67) 2.36 1.01 ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- (.87) (.37) -- (.87) (.37) -- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- (.87) (.37) -- (.87) (.37) -- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- $ 11.46 $ 13.00 $ 11.01 $ 11.46 $ 13.00 $ 11.01 ======= ======= ======== ======= ======= ======== (5.44)% 22.03% 10.10% (5.44)% 22.03% 10.10% ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------ $15,818 $12,888 $ 5,379 $16,896 $ 8,986 $ 4,354 $15,328 $ 8,432 $ 3,564 $13,161 $ 6,346 $ 3,776 2.61% 2.55%(e) 3.99%(c) 2.61% 2.55%(e) 3.99%(c) 1.61% 1.55%(e) 2.99%(c) 1.61% 1.55%(e) 2.99%(c) (1.41)% (.92)%(e) (2.20)%(c) (1.41)% (.92)%(e) (2.16)%(c) |
Financial Highlights
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
The financial highlights were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, whose report was unqualified.
PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A ---------------------------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD $ 7.87 $ 9.95 $10.00 --------- --------- ------ INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS: Net investment loss(e) --(d) (.01) (.05) Net realized and unrealized loss on investment transactions (1.41) (2.07) --(d) --------- --------- ------ TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (1.41) (2.08) (.05) --------- --------- ------ NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD $ 6.46 $ 7.87 $ 9.95 ========= ========= ====== TOTAL RETURN(b) (17.92)% (20.90)% (.50)% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NET ASSETS, END OF PERIOD (000) $ 3,470 $ 4,698 $4,689 Average net assets (000) $ 3,999 $ 4,634 $4,447 RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS: Expenses, including distribution and service (12b-1) fees 2.00%(f) 2.00%(f) 2.89%(c) Expenses, excluding distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.75%(f) 1.75%(f) 2.64%(c) Net investment loss (.03)%(f) (.09)%(f) (.74)%(c) FOR CLASSES A, B AND C SHARES: Portfolio turnover rate 75% 40% 40% |
(a) Commencement of investment operations.
(b) Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.
(c) Annualized.
(d) Less than $.005 per share.
(e) Calculated based upon average shares outstanding during the period.
(f) Net of expense subsidy. If the manager had not subsidized expenses, the
expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have
been 2.85%, 3.60% and 3.60% for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and
2.76%, 3.51% and 3.51% for Classes A, B and C, respectively for the fiscal
year ended July 31, 2001. The net investment loss ratios would have been
(0.88)%, (1.62)% and (1.58)% for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and
(.90)%, (1.64)% and (1.66)%, for Classes A, B and C, respectively for the
fiscal year ended July 31, 2001.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Financial Highlights
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS B CLASS C ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 21, 2000 JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 21, 2000 $ 7.77 $ 9.89 $ 10.00 $ 7.77 $ 9.89 $ 10.00 --------- --------- -------- --------- --------- -------- (.05) (.08) (.11) (.05) (.08) (.11) (1.39) (2.04) --(d) (1.39) (2.04) --(d) --------- --------- -------- --------- --------- -------- (1.44) (2.12) (.11) (1.44) (2.12) (.11) --------- --------- -------- --------- --------- -------- $ 6.33 $ 7.77 $ 9.89 $ 6.33 $ 7.77 $ 9.89 ========= ========= ======== ========= ========= ======== (18.53)% (21.44)% (1.10)% (18.53)% (21.44)% (1.10)% --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- $ 5,382 $ 6,670 $ 7,020 $ 6,800 $ 7,554 $ 8,955 $ 6,052 $ 7,089 $ 6,027 $ 7,153 $ 8,383 $ 8,717 2.75%(f) 2.75%(f) 3.64%(c) 2.75%(f) 2.75%(f) 3.64%(c) 1.75%(f) 1.75%(f) 2.64%(c) 1.75%(f) 1.75%(f) 2.64%(c) (.77)%(f) (.90)%(f) (1.45)%(c) (.72)%(f) (.93)%(f) (1.50)%(c) |
Financial Highlights
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
The financial highlights were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, whose report was unqualified.
PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A ------------------------------------------- NOVEMBER 3, YEAR YEAR 1999(A) ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD $ 10.43 $ 9.99 $ 10.00 ------- ------- ------- INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS: Net investment income .35 .53 .33 Net realized and unrealized gain on investment transactions .19 .54 --(d) ------- ------- ------- TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS .54 1.07 .33 ------- ------- ------- LESS DISTRIBUTIONS: Dividends from net investment income (.36) (.53) (.33) Dividends in excess of net investment income -- -- (.01) Distribution from net realized gains (.26) (.10) -- ------- ------- ------- TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS: (.62) (.63) (.34) ------- ------- ------- NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD $ 10.35 $ 10.43 $ 9.99 ======= ======= ======= TOTAL RETURN(b) 5.31% 11.11% 3.32% -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NET ASSETS, END OF PERIOD (000) $20,796 $15,205 $ 9,875 Average net assets (000) $17,564 $10,677 $11,760 RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS:(c) Expenses, including distribution and service (12b-1) fees 1.05%(e) 1.05%(e) 1.96%(c) Expenses, excluding distribution and service (12b-1) fees .80%(e) .80%(e) 1.71%(c) Net investment income 3.32%(e) 5.07%(e) 4.66%(c) FOR CLASSES A, B AND C SHARES: Portfolio turnover rate 530% 638% 423% -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
(a) Commencement of investment operations.
(b) Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.
(c) Annualized.
(d) Less than $.005 per share.
(e) Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 1.22%, 1.72% and 1.72% for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and 1.36%, 1.86% and 1.86% for Classes A, B and C, respectively for the year ended July 31, 2001. The net investment income ratios would have been 3.15%, 2.63% and 2.60% for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and 4.75%, 4.26% and 4.25% for Classes A, B and C, respectively for the year ended July 31, 2001.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Financial Highlights
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CLASS B CLASS C ----------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- NOVEMBER 3, YEAR YEAR NOVEMBER 3, YEAR YEAR 1999(A) ENDED ENDED 1999(A) THROUGH ENDED ENDED THROUGH JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 JULY 31, 2002 JULY 31, 2001 JULY 31, 2000 $ 10.43 $ 9.99 $10.00 $ 10.43 $ 9.99 $10.00 ------- ------- ------ ------- ------ .31 .48 .29 .31 .48 .29 .18 .54 --(d) .18 .54 --(d) ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ .49 1.02 .29 .49 1.02 .29 ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ (.31) (.48) (.29) (.31) (.48) (.29) -- -- (.01) -- -- (.01) (.26) (.10) -- (.26) (.10) -- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ (.57) (.58) (.30) (.57) (.58) (.30) ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ $ 10.35 $ 10.43 $ 9.99 $ 10.35 $ 10.43 $ 9.99 ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== 4.79% 10.57% 2.95% 4.79% 10.57% 2.95% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $52,250 $25,376 $9,739 $38,503 $14,059 $5,849 $36,575 $16,527 $7,304 $23,935 $ 7,938 $6,393 1.55%(e) 1.55%(e) 2.46%(c) 1.55%(e) 1.55%(e) 2.46%(c) .80%(e) .80%(e) 1.71%(c) .80%(e) .80%(e) 1.71%(c) 2.79%(e) 4.57%(e) 4.23%(c) 2.77%(e) 4.56%(e) 4.16%(c) |
APPENDIX I
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITY RATINGS
DESCRIPTION OF S&P LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS:
AAA--An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA--An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A--An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB--An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB--An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B--An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
DESCRIPTION OF S&P SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS:
A-1--A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by
Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are
designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to
meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2--A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the
adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S CREDIT RATINGS:
Aaa--Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of these issues.
Aa--Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
A--Bonds and preferred stock which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.
Baa--Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba--Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B--Bonds and preferred stock which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal
payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Note: Moody's applies the numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.
DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S SHORT-TERM AND COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS:
Moody's short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor senior financial obligations and contracts. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.
PRIME-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:
- Leading market positions in well-established industries.
- High rates of return on funds employed.
- Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection.
- Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation.
- Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.
PRIME-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
The Strategic Partners
Mutual Fund Family
Strategic Partners offers a variety of mutual funds designed to meet your individual needs. For information about these funds, contact your financial adviser or call us at (800) 225-1852. Read the prospectus carefully before you invest or send money.
Strategic Partners Asset Allocation Funds
Strategic Partners Conservative Growth Fund
Strategic Partners Moderate Growth Fund
Strategic Partners High Growth Fund
Strategic Partners Opportunity Funds
Strategic Partners Focused Growth Fund
Strategic Partners New Era Growth Fund
Strategic Partners Focused Value Fund
Strategic Partners Mid-Cap Value Fund
Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds
Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Growth Fund
Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Value Fund
Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Growth Fund
Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund
Strategic Partners International Equity Fund
Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund
Notes
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Notes
Notes
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS [PHONE ICON] (800) 225-1852
Notes
FOR MORE INFORMATION
Please read this prospectus before you invest in the Funds and keep it for future reference. For information or shareholder questions contact:
PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND SERVICES LLC
P.O. BOX 8098
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19101
(800) 225-1852
(732) 482-7555 (Calling from outside the U.S.)
Outside Brokers should contact:
Prudential Investment Management Services LLC
P.O. Box 8310
Philadelphia, PA 19101 (800) 778-8769
Visit our website at:
www.strategicpartners.com
Additional information about the Trust can be obtained without charge and can be found in the following documents:
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)
(incorporated by reference into this prospectus)
ANNUAL REPORT
(contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that
significantly affected the Funds' performance during the last fiscal year)
SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT
MFSP503A
You can also obtain copies of Fund documents from the Securities and Exchange Commission as follows:
BY MAIL
Securities and Exchange Commission
Public Reference Section
Washington, DC 20549-0102
BY ELECTRONIC REQUEST
publicinfo@sec.gov
(The SEC charges a fee to copy documents)
IN PERSON
Public Reference Room in
Washington, DC
(For hours of
operation, call
1-202-942-8090)
VIA THE INTERNET
on the EDGAR Database at
http://www.sec.gov
Nasdaq CUSIP ------ ----- Large Capitalization Growth Fund Class A TBDAX 862934106 Class B TBDBX 862934205 Class C TBDCX 862934304 Large Capitalization Value Fund Class A N/A 862934403 Class B TLCBX 862934502 Class C TLCCX 862934601 Small Capitalization Growth Fund Class A N/A 862934700 Class B N/A 862934809 Class C N/A 862934882 Small Capitalization Value Fund Class A N/A 862934874 Class B N/A 862934866 Class C N/A 862934858 International Equity Fund Class A N/A 862934841 Class B N/A 862934833 Class C N/A 862934825 Total Return Bond Fund Class A TATRX 862934817 Class B TBTRX 862934791 Class C N/A 862934783 |
Investment Company Act File No. 811-09439
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
Statement of Additional Information
October 1, 2002
Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds (formerly Target Funds) (the Trust) is an open-end, management investment company currently composed of six separate investment portfolios (the Funds) professionally managed by Prudential Investments LLC (PI or the Manager). Each Fund benefits from discretionary advisory services provided by one or more subadvisers (each, an Adviser, collectively, the Advisers) identified, retained, supervised and compensated by the Manager. The Trust consists of the following six Funds:
- Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Growth Fund (the Large Cap Growth
Fund)
- Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Value Fund (the Large Cap Value
Fund)
- Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Growth Fund (the Small Cap Growth
Fund)
- Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund (the Small Cap Value
Fund)
- Strategic Partners International Equity Fund (the International Equity Fund)
- Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund (the Total Return Bond Fund)
The Trust's address is Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, and its telephone number is (800) 225-1852.
This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Trust's prospectus dated September 30, 2002, a copy of which may be obtained at no charge from the Trust upon request at the address or telephone number noted above. The Trust's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 are incorporated in this SAI by reference to the Trust's 2002 annual report to shareholders (File No. 811-09439). You may obtain a copy of the Trust's annual report at no charge by request to the Trust at the address or telephone number noted above.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ----- History of the Trust........................................ B-2 Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks....... B-2 Investment Restrictions..................................... B-36 Management of the Trust..................................... B-38 Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities......... B-45 Investment Advisory and Other Services...................... B-47 Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.................... B-56 Capital Shares, Other Securities and Organization........... B-58 Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares............. B-59 Shareholder Investment Account.............................. B-71 Net Asset Value............................................. B-75 Taxes, Dividends and Distributions.......................... B-77 Performance Information..................................... B-80 Financial Statements........................................ B-85 Appendix I -- General Investment Information................ I-1 Appendix II -- Historical Performance Data.................. II-1 Appendix III -- Glossary of Indexes......................... III-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
MFSP503B
HISTORY OF THE TRUST
The Trust was organized as a statutory trust on July 8, 1999 under the laws of the State of Delaware under the name "Target Funds." On September 4, 2001, the Trust amended its Certificate of Trust, changing its name to "Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds."
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUNDS, THEIR INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
CLASSIFICATION
The Trust is an open-end management investment company. Each of the Funds is classified as a diversified fund.
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
The investment objectives of the Funds and the principal investment policies and strategies for seeking to achieve the Funds' objectives are set forth in the Trust's prospectus. This section provides additional information on the principal investment policies and strategies of the Funds, as well as information on certain non-principal investment policies and strategies. The Funds may not be successful in achieving their respective objectives and you could lose money.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
Each Fund may invest in U.S. Government securities.
U.S. TREASURY SECURITIES. U.S. Treasury securities include bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. These instruments are direct obligations of the U.S. Government and, as such, are backed by the "full faith and credit" of the United States. They differ primarily in their interest rates, the lengths of their maturities and the dates of their issuances.
OBLIGATIONS ISSUED OR GUARANTEED BY U.S. GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND INSTRUMENTALITIES. Securities issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government include, but are not limited to, GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC securities. Obligations of GNMA, the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration and the Export-Import Bank are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the Trust must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Such securities include obligations issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA), FNMA and FHLMC, each of which may borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations, although the U.S. Treasury is under no obligation to lend to such entities. GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC may also issue collateralized mortgage obligations.
STRIPPED U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. A Fund may invest in component parts of U.S. Government securities, namely either the corpus (principal) of such obligations or one of the interest payments scheduled to be paid on such obligations. These obligations may take the form of (1) obligations from which the interest coupons have been stripped; (2) the interest coupons that are stripped; and (3) book-entries at a Federal Reserve member bank representing ownership of obligation components.
MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES ISSUED OR GUARANTEED BY U.S. GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND INSTRUMENTALITIES. A Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities and other derivative mortgage products, including those representing an undivided ownership interest in a pool of mortgages, e.g., GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC certificates where the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the payment of interest and principal of these securities. However, these guarantees do not extend to the securities' yield or value, which are likely to vary inversely with fluctuations in
interest rates, nor do these guarantees extend to the yield or value of a Fund's shares. See "Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset Backed Securities" below.
Mortgages backing the securities that a Fund may purchase include conventional thirty-year fixed-rate mortgages, graduated payment mortgages, fifteen-year mortgages, adjustable rate mortgages and balloon payment mortgages. A balloon payment mortgage-backed security is an amortized mortgage security with installments of principal and interest, the last installment of which is predominantly principal. All of these mortgages can be used to create "pass-through securities." A pass-through security is formed when mortgages are pooled together and undivided interests in the pool or pools are sold. The cash flow from the mortgages is passed through to the holders of the securities in the form of periodic payments of interest, principal and prepayments (net of a service fee). Prepayments occur when the holder of an undivided mortgage prepays the remaining principal before the mortgage's scheduled maturity date. As a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying securities, mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more rapid prepayment of principal than their stated maturity would indicate. The remaining expected average life of a pool of mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-backed security is a prediction of when the mortgage loans will be repaid and is based upon a variety of factors, such as the demographic and geographic characteristics of the borrowers and the mortgaged properties, the length of time that each of the mortgage loans has been outstanding, the interest rates payable on the mortgage loans and the current interest rate environment.
In addition to GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC certificates through which the holder receives a share of all interest and principal payments from the mortgages underlying the certificate, a Fund may also invest in mortgage pass-through securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies and instrumentalities, commonly referred to as mortgage-backed security strips or MBS strips. MBS strips are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or "IO" class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or "PO" class). The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and principal payments may have a material effect on yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially adversely affected.
During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. When mortgage obligations are prepaid, a Fund reinvests the prepaid amounts in securities, the yields which reflect interest rates prevailing at that time. Therefore, a Fund's ability to maintain a portfolio of high-yielding mortgage-backed securities will be adversely affected to the extent that prepayments of mortgages are reinvested in securities that have lower yields than the prepaid mortgages. Moreover, prepayments of mortgages that underlie securities purchased at a premium generally will result in capital losses. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities can be expected to decline, extending the projected average maturity of the mortgage-backed securities. This maturity extension risk may effectively change a security which was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short- or intermediate-term securities.
ZERO COUPON SECURITIES. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities are debt obligations that are issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the particular interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the
time of issuance. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities do not require the periodic payment of interest. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash. These investments may experience greater volatility in market value than U.S. Government securities that make regular payments of interest. A Fund accrues income on these investments for tax and accounting purposes, which is distributable to shareholders and that, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the Fund's distribution obligations, in which case the Fund will forego the purchase of additional income producing assets with these funds. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities include STRIPS and CUBES, which are issued by the U.S. Treasury as component parts of U.S. Treasury bonds and represent scheduled interest and principal payments on the bonds.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS. U.S. Government securities are considered among the most creditworthy of fixed-income investments. The yields available from U.S. Government securities are generally lower than the yields available from corporate debt securities. The values of U.S. Government securities will change as interest rates fluctuate. During periods of falling U.S. interest rates, the values of outstanding long-term fixed-rate U.S. Government securities generally rise and conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the values of such securities generally decline. The magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater for securities with longer maturities. Although changes in the value of U.S. Government securities will not affect investment income from those securities, they may affect the net asset value (NAV) of a Fund.
At a time when a Fund has written call options on a portion of its U.S. Government securities, its ability to profit from declining interest rates will be limited. Any appreciation in the value of the securities held in the Fund above the strike price would likely be partially or wholly offset by unrealized losses on call options written by a Fund. The termination of option positions under these conditions would generally result in the realization of capital losses, which would reduce a Fund's capital gains distribution. Accordingly, a Fund would generally seek to realize capital gains to offset realized losses by selling portfolio securities. In such circumstances, however, it is likely that the proceeds of such sales would be reinvested in lower yielding securities.
CUSTODIAL RECEIPTS
Each Fund may invest in receipts evidencing the component parts (corpus or coupons) of U.S. Government obligations that have not actually been stripped. Such receipts evidence ownership of component parts of U.S. Government obligations (corpus or coupons) purchased by a third party (typically an investment banking firm) and held on behalf of the third party in physical or book entry form by a major commercial bank or trust company pursuant to a custody agreement with the third party. These custodial receipts include "Treasury Receipts," "Treasury Investment Growth Receipts" (TIGRs) and "Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities" (CATS). Each Fund will not invest more than 5% of its net assets in such custodial receipts.
Custodial receipts held by a third party are not issued or guaranteed by the United States Government and are not considered U.S. Government securities. Each Fund also may invest in such custodial receipts.
MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS
Each Fund may invest in high-quality money market instruments, including commercial paper of a U.S. or non-U.S. company or foreign government securities, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and time deposits of domestic and foreign banks, and obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities. Money market obligations will be generally U.S. dollar denominated. Commercial paper will be rated, at the time of purchase, at least "A-2" by Standard & Poor's (S&P) or "Prime-2" by Moody's Investors Service (Moody's), or the equivalent by another nationally recognized securities rating organization (NRSRO) or, if not rated,
issued by an entity having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated at least "A" or "A-2" by S&P or "A" or "Prime-2" by Moody's or the equivalent by another NRSRO.
CORPORATE AND OTHER DEBT OBLIGATIONS
The Large Cap Value Fund, Small Cap Value Fund, International Equity Fund and Total Return Bond Fund may each invest in corporate and other debt obligations. Except where otherwise indicated, each such Fund will invest in securities rated A or better or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. These debt securities may have adjustable or fixed rates of interest and in certain instances may be secured by assets of the issuer. Adjustable rate corporate debt securities may have features similar to those of adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities, but corporate debt securities, unlike mortgage-backed securities, are not subject to prepayment risk other than through contractual call provisions that generally impose a penalty for prepayment. Fixed-rate debt securities may also be subject to call provisions.
The market value of fixed-income obligations of the Funds will be affected by general changes in interest rates, which will result in increases or decreases in the value of the obligations held by the Funds. The market value of the obligations held by a Fund can be expected to vary inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates. Investors also should recognize that, in periods of declining interest rates, a Fund's yield will tend to be somewhat higher than prevailing market rates and, in periods of rising interest rates, a Fund's yield will tend to be somewhat lower. Also, when interest rates are falling, the inflow of net new money to a Fund from the continuous sale of its shares will tend to be invested in instruments producing lower yields than the balance of its portfolio, thereby reducing the Fund's current yield. In periods of rising interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur. In addition, securities in which a Fund may invest may not yield as high a level of current income as might be achieved by investing in securities with less liquidity, less creditworthiness or longer maturities.
Ratings made available by S&P, Moody's and other NRSROs are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are initial criteria for selection of portfolio investments, each Adviser will also make its own evaluation of these securities on behalf of the Fund. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuers to pay principal and interest and general economic trends.
MEDIUM AND LOWER-RATED SECURITIES. The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in medium (i.e., rated Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO) and lower-rated securities (i.e., rated lower than Baa by Moody's or lower than BBB by S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO). However, the Fund will not purchase any security rated lower than B by Moody's or S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO. Securities rated Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO, although considered investment grade, possess speculative characteristics, including the risk of default, and changes in economic or other conditions are more likely to impair the ability of issuers of these securities to make interest and principal payments than is the case with respect to issuers of higher-grade bonds.
Generally, medium or lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as "junk bonds" (i.e., securities rated lower than Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO), offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher-rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-quality bonds. In addition, medium and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater because medium and lower-rated
securities and unrated securities of comparable quality generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The Advisers, under the supervision of the Manager and the Trustees, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue whether rated or unrated, take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the issuer's financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the operating history of and the community support for the facility financed by the issue, the ability of the issuer's management and regulatory matters.
In addition, the market value of securities in lower-rated categories is more volatile than that of higher-quality securities, and the markets in which medium and lower-rated or unrated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher-rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for each Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its portfolio and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for a Fund to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of a Fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.
Lower-rated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption, a Fund may have to replace the security with a lower-yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Also, as the principal value of bonds moves inversely with movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates the value of the securities held by a Fund may decline proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher-rated securities. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher-rated bonds, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the securities held by the Fund and increasing the exposure of the Fund to the risks of lower-rated securities.
Ratings of fixed-income securities represent the rating agency's opinion regarding their credit quality and are not a guarantee of quality. Rating agencies attempt to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments and do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in market value. Also, rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings in response to subsequent events, so that an issuer's current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. See "Description of Security Ratings" in the Prospectus.
Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event will require sale of these securities by the Fund, but the Adviser will consider this event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.
During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002, the monthly dollar-weighted average ratings of the debt obligations held by the Total Return Bond Fund, expressed as a percentage of the Portfolio's total investments, were as follows:
PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL INVESTMENTS ------------------------------- RATINGS TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND ------- ------------------------------- AAA/Aaa.................................................. 48.9% A/A...................................................... 4.2% BBB/Baa.................................................. 6.3% BB/Ba.................................................... 0.7% B/B...................................................... 1.4% Unrated.................................................. 80.3% |
COMMERCIAL PAPER. Each Fund may invest in commercial paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating
rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.
ADJUSTABLE RATE SECURITIES. The Large Cap Value Fund and Total Return Bond Fund may each invest in adjustable rate securities. Adjustable rate securities are debt securities having interest rates which are adjusted or reset at periodic intervals ranging from one month to three years. The interest rate of an adjustable rate security typically responds to changes in general market levels of interest. The interest paid on any particular adjustable rate security is a function of the index upon which the interest rate of that security is based.
The adjustable rate feature of the securities in which a Fund may invest will tend to reduce sharp changes in a Fund's net asset value in response to normal interest rate fluctuations. As the coupon rates of a Fund's adjustable rate securities are reset periodically, yields of these portfolio securities will reflect changes in market rates and should cause the net asset value of a Fund's shares to fluctuate less dramatically than that of a fund invested in long-term fixed-rate securities. However, while the adjustable rate feature of such securities will tend to limit sharp swings in a Fund's net asset value in response to movements in general market interest rates, it is anticipated that during periods of fluctuations in interest rates, the net asset value of a Fund will fluctuate.
INFLATION-INDEXED BONDS. The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds issued by governmental entities and corporations. Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Such bonds generally are issued at an interest rate lower than typical bonds, but are expected to retain their principal value over time. The interest rate on these bonds is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing principal value, which has been adjusted for inflation.
Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Each of the International Equity and Total Return Bond Funds may invest in foreign equity and debt securities, including securities of foreign corporations, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and securities issued by foreign governments. For purposes of this policy, foreign companies and financial institutions are those that are organized under the laws of a foreign country, those that derive more than 50% of their revenues from activities in foreign countries, and companies and financial institutions that have at least 50% of their assets located abroad.
A Fund's investments in foreign government securities may include debt securities issued or guaranteed, as to payment of principal and interest, by governments, semi-governmental entities, governmental agencies, supranational entities and other governmental entities (collectively, the Government Entities) of countries considered stable by an Adviser. A "supranational entity" is an entity constituted by the national governments of several countries to promote economic development. Examples of such supranational entities include, among others, the World Bank, the European Investment Bank and the Asian Development Bank. Debt securities of "semi-governmental entities" are issued by entities owned by a national, state, or equivalent government or are obligations of a political unit that are not backed by the national government's "full faith and credit" and general taxing powers. Examples of semi-governmental issuers include, among others, the Province of Ontario and the City of Stockholm. Foreign government securities also include mortgage-backed securities issued by foreign government entities including semi-governmental entities.
A Fund may also invest in mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by foreign government entities including semi-governmental entities, and Brady Bonds, which are long-term bonds issued by government entities in developing countries as part of a restructuring of their commercial loans.
The values of foreign investments are affected by changes in currency rates or exchange control regulations, restrictions or prohibitions on the repatriation of foreign currencies, application of foreign tax laws, including withholding taxes, changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy (in the United States or abroad) or changed circumstances in dealings between nations. Costs are also incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. In addition, foreign brokerage commissions and custody fees are generally higher than those charged in the United States, and foreign securities markets may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than in the United States. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by other factors not present in the United States, including expropriation, confiscatory taxation, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations and could be subject to extended clearance and settlement periods.
CURRENCY RISKS. Because the majority of the securities purchased by the International Equity Fund are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect a Fund's net asset value; the value of interest earned; gains and losses realized on the sale of securities; and net investment income and capital gain, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by the Fund. If the value of a foreign currency rises against the U.S. dollar, the value of the Fund's assets denominated in that currency will increase; correspondingly, if the value of a foreign currency declines against the U.S. dollar, the value of the Fund's assets denominated in that currency will decrease. The International Equity Fund may use derivatives to help protect the value of the Fund's assets from declining in such circumstances. Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Internal Revenue Code), the Fund is required to separately account for the foreign currency component of gains or losses, which will usually be viewed under the Code as items of ordinary and distributable income or loss, thus affecting the Fund's distributable income.
The exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies are a function of such factors as supply and demand in the currency exchange markets, international balances of payments, governmental interpretation, speculation and other economic and political conditions. Although the International Equity Fund values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, the Fund will not convert its holdings of foreign currencies to U.S. dollars daily. When the Fund converts its holdings to another currency, it may incur conversion costs. Foreign exchange dealers may realize a profit on the difference between the price at which they buy and sell currencies.
RISK FACTORS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS OF INVESTING IN EURO-DENOMINATED SECURITIES. On January 1, 1999, 11 of the 15 member states of the European Monetary Union introduced the "euro" as a common currency. During a three year transitional period, the euro coexisted with each member state's national currency. Beginning July 1, 2002, the euro has become the sole legal tender of the member states.
The adoption by the member states of the euro will eliminate the substantial currency risk among member states and will likely affect the investment process and considerations of the Advisers. To the extent that a Fund holds non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities, including those denominated in the euro, the Fund will still be subject to currency risk due to fluctuations in those currencies as compared to the U.S. dollar.
The medium- to long-term impact of the introduction of the euro in member states cannot be determined with certainty at this time. In addition to the effects described above, it is likely that more general short- and long-term ramifications can be expected, such as changes in economic environment and changes in behavior of investors, all of which will impact a Fund's investments.
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES -- GENERAL. The Total Return Bond Fund may
invest in mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities are securities
that directly or indirectly repre-
sent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property. There are currently three basic types of mortgage-backed securities: (1) those issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, such as GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC, described under "U.S. Government Securities" above; (2) those issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by mortgage backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities; and (3) those issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by whole mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities without a government guarantee but usually having some form of private credit enhancement.
GNMA CERTIFICATES. Certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA Certificates) are mortgage-backed securities that evidence an undivided interest in a pool or pools of mortgages. GNMA Certificates are the "modified pass-through" type, which entitle the holder to receive timely payment of all interest and principal payments due on the mortgage pool, net of fees paid to the "issuer" and GNMA, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment. The GNMA Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (1) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (2) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (3) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (4) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (5) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (6) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (7) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower's monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans ("buydown" mortgage loans); (8) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (9) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be FHA Loans or VA Loans and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully-amortizing loans secured by first liens on one-to-four family housing units.
FNMA CERTIFICATES. The Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. FNMA provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing home mortgage loans from local lenders, thereby replenishing their funds for additional lending. FNMA acquires funds to purchase home mortgage loans from many capital market investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgage loans directly.
Each FNMA Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts, representing such holder's pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such FNMA Certificate's pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such FNMA Certificate and such holder's proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal and interest on each FNMA Certificate will be guaranteed by FNMA, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
FHLMC SECURITIES. The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the FHLMC Act). Its purpose is to promote development of a nationwide secondary market in conventional residential mortgages. The principal activity of FHLMC consists of the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage loans and participation interests in such mortgage loans and the resale of the mortgage loans so purchased in the form of mortgage securities, primarily FHLMC Certificates.
FHLMC issues two types of mortgage pass-through securities, mortgage participation certificates (PCs) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (GMCs). PCs resemble GNMA Certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owned on
the underlying pool. FHLMC guarantees timely monthly payment of interest on PCs and the ultimate payment of principal.
FHLMC CERTIFICATES. FHLMC guarantees to each registered holder of the FHLMC Certificate the timely payment of interest at the rate provided for by such FHLMC Certificate, whether or not received. FHLMC also guarantees to each registered holder of a FHLMC Certificate ultimate collection of all principal on the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal. The obligations of FHLMC under its guarantee are obligations solely of FHLMC and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
FHLMC Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a FHLMC Certificate group) purchased by FHLMC. The mortgage loans underlying the FHLMC Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. An FHLMC Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another FHLMC Certificate group.
The market value of mortgage securities, like other securities, will generally vary inversely with changes in market interest rates, declining when interest rates rise and rising when interest rates decline. However, mortgage securities, while having comparable risk of decline during periods of rising rates, usually have less potential for capital appreciation than other investments of comparable maturities due to the likelihood of increased prepayments of mortgages as interest rates decline. In addition, to the extent such mortgage securities are purchased at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and unscheduled principal prepayments generally will result in some loss of the holders' principal to the extent of the premium paid. On the other hand, if such mortgage securities are purchased at a discount, an unscheduled prepayment of principal will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income that, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income.
ADJUSTABLE RATE MORTGAGE SECURITIES. Adjustable rate mortgage securities (ARMs) are pass-through mortgage securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. Generally, ARMs have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their life. In periods of declining interest rates, there is a reasonable likelihood that ARMs will experience increased rates of prepayment of principal.
The amount of interest on an ARM is calculated by adding a specified amount, the "margin," to the index, subject to limitations on the maximum and minimum interest that can be charged. Because the interest rate on ARMs generally moves in the same direction as market interest rates, the market value of ARMs tends to be more stable than that of long-term fixed rate securities.
PRIVATE MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES. Private mortgage pass-through securities are structured similarly to GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage pass-through securities and are issued by originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including depository institutions, mortgage banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. These securities usually are backed by a pool of conventional fixed-rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans. Since private mortgage pass-through securities typically are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Types of credit enhancements are described under "Types of Credit Enhancement" below.
COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS AND MULTICLASS PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC Certificates, but also may be collateralized by
whole loans or private mortgage pass-through securities (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as "Mortgage Assets"). Multiclass pass-through securities are equity interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including depository institutions, mortgage banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. The issuer of a series of CMOs may elect to be treated as a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (REMIC). All future references to CMOs include REMICs.
In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a "tranche," is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO series in a number of different ways. Generally, the purpose of the allocation of the cash flow of a CMO to the various classes is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to the individual tranches than exists with the underlying collateral of the CMO. As a general rule, the more predictable the cash flow on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance relative to prevailing market yields on mortgage-backed securities.
The Total Return Bond Fund also may invest in, among other things, parallel pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (PAC Bonds). Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class that, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date but may be retired earlier. PAC Bonds generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date. PAC Bonds always are parallel pay CMOs with the required principal payment on such securities having the highest priority after interest has been paid to all classes.
In reliance on a Securities and Exchange Commission (Commission) interpretation, the Fund's investments in certain qualifying collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), including CMOs that have elected to be treated as REMICs, are not subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), limitation on acquiring interests in other investment companies. In order to be able to rely on the Commission's interpretation, the CMOs and REMICs must be unmanaged, fixed-asset issuers, that (1) invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities, (2) do not issue redeemable securities, (3) operate under general exemptive orders exempting them from all provisions of the 1940 Act and (4) are not registered or regulated under the 1940 Act as investment companies. To the extent that the Fund selects CMOs or REMICs that do not meet the above requirements, the Fund may not invest more than 10% of its assets in all such entities, may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in a single entity, and may not acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any single such entity.
STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES. Stripped mortgage-backed securities or MBS strips are derivative multiclass mortgage securities. In addition to MBS strips issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, the Fund may purchase MBS strips issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including depository institutions, mortgage banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. See "U.S. Government Securities -- Mortgage-Related Securities Issued or Guaranteed by U.S. Government Agencies and Instrumentalities" above.
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES. Each of the Large Cap Value, Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds may invest in asset-backed securities. Through the use of trusts and special purpose
corporations, various types of assets, primarily automobile and credit card receivables and home equity loans, have been securitized in pass-through structures similar to the mortgage pass-through structures or in a pay-through structure similar to the CMO structure. A Fund may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that may be developed in the future. Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities do not have the benefit of a security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, some of which may reduce the ability to obtain full payment. In the case of automobile receivables, the security interests in the underlying automobiles are often not transferred when the pool is created, with the resulting possibility that the collateral could be resold. In general, these types of loans are of shorter average life than mortgage loans and are less likely to have substantial prepayments.
TYPES OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT. Mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, those securities may contain elements of credit support that fall into two categories: (1) liquidity protection and (2) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to seek to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default seeks to ensure ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquencies or losses in excess of those anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in a security. A Fund will not pay any additional fees for credit support, although the existence of credit support may increase the price of a security.
RISK FACTORS RELATING TO INVESTING IN MORTGAGE-BACKED AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES. The yield characteristics of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities differ from traditional debt securities. Among the major differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently, usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if a Fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Alternatively, if a Fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity. Moreover, slower than expected prepayments may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally lead to increased volatility of net asset value because they tend to fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short- or intermediate-term securities. The Total Return Bond Fund may invest a portion of its assets in derivative mortgage backed securities such as MBS Strips, that are highly sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates. Each Adviser will seek to manage these risks (and potential benefits) by diversifying its investments in such securities and, in certain circumstances, through hedging techniques.
In addition, mortgage-backed securities that are secured by manufactured (mobile) homes and multi-family residential properties, such as GNMA and FNMA certificates, are subject to a higher risk of default than are other types of mortgage-backed securities.
Although the extent of prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans depends on
various economic and other factors, as a general rule prepayments on fixed-rate
mortgage loans will increase during a
period of falling interest rates and decrease during a period of rising interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the Total Return Bond Fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates. Asset-backed securities, although less likely to experience the same prepayment rates as mortgage-backed securities, may respond to certain of the same factors influencing prepayments, while at other times different factors will predominate. Mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed-income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities can be expected to decline, extending the projected average maturity of the mortgage-backed securities. This maturity extension risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short- or intermediate-term securities.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
Each Fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is typically a bond, debenture, corporate note, preferred stock or other similar security that may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a specified number of shares of common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities are generally senior to common stocks in a corporation's capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar nonconvertible securities. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also affords an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the convertible security's underlying common stock. Convertible securities also include preferred stocks, which technically are equity securities.
In general, the market value of a convertible security is at least the higher of its "investment value" (i.e., its value as a fixed-income security) or its "conversion value" (i.e., its value upon conversion into its underlying common stock). As a fixed-income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and tends to decrease in value when interest rates rise. However, the price of a convertible security is also influenced by the market value of the security's underlying common stock. The price of a convertible security tends to increase as the market value of the underlying common stock rises, whereas it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. While no securities investment is without some risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common stock of the same issuer.
LOAN PARTICIPATIONS
The Total Return Bond Fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in high quality participation interests having remaining maturities not exceeding one year in loans extended by banks to United States and foreign companies. In a typical corporate loan syndication, a number of lenders, usually banks (co-lenders), lend a corporate borrower a specified sum pursuant to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement. One of the co-lenders usually agrees to act as the agent bank with respect to the loan. The loan agreement among the corporate borrower and the co-lenders identifies the agent bank as well as sets forth the rights and duties of the parties. The agreement often (but not always) provides for the collateralization of the corporate borrower's obligations thereunder and includes various types of restrictive covenants that must be met by the borrower.
The participation interests acquired by the Fund may, depending on the transaction, take the form of a direct or co-lending relationship with the corporate borrower, an assignment of an interest in the loan by a co-lender or another participant, or a participation in the seller's share of the loan.
Typically, the Fund will look to the agent bank to collect principal of and interest on a participation interest, to monitor compliance with loan covenants, to enforce all credit remedies, such as foreclosures on collateral, and to notify co-lenders of any adverse changes in the borrower's financial condition or declarations of insolvency. The agent bank in such cases will be qualified to serve as a custodian for a registered investment company such as the Trust. The agent bank is compensated for these services by the borrower pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement.
When the Fund acts as co-lender in connection with a participation interest or when the Fund acquires a participation interest the terms of which provide that the Fund will be in privity with the corporate borrower, the Fund will have direct recourse against the borrower in the event the borrower fails to pay scheduled principal and interest. In cases where the Fund lacks such direct recourse, the Fund will look to the agent bank to enforce appropriate credit remedies against the borrower.
The Manager believes that the principal credit risk associated with acquiring participation interests from a co-lender or another participant is the credit risk associated with the underlying corporate borrower. The Fund may incur additional credit risk, however, when it is in the position of participant rather than a co-lender because it must assume the risk of insolvency of the co-lender from which the participation interest was acquired and that of any person interpositioned between the Fund and the co-lender. However, in acquiring participation interests, the Fund will analyze and evaluate the financial condition of each such co-lender and participant to ensure that the participation interest meets the Fund's high quality standard and will continue to do so as long as it holds a participation. For purposes of the Fund's requirement to maintain diversification for tax purposes, the issuer of a loan participation will be the underlying borrower. In cases where the Fund does not have recourse directly against the borrower, both the borrower and each agent bank and co-lender interposed between the Fund and the borrower will be deemed issuers of the loan participation for tax diversification purposes.
For purposes of the Fund's fundamental investment restriction against investing 25% or more of its total assets in any one industry, the Fund will consider all relevant factors in determining who is the issuer of a loan participation including the credit quality of the underlying borrower, the amount and quality of the collateral, the terms of the loan participation agreement and other relevant agreements (including any intercreditor agreements), the degree to which the credit of such intermediary was deemed material to the decision to purchase the loan participation, the interest environment, and general economic conditions applicable to the borrower and such intermediary.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, pursuant to which the seller of a security agrees to repurchase that security from the Fund at a mutually agreed-upon time and at a price in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon rate of return effective for the period of time the Fund's money is invested in the repurchase agreement. The period of maturity is usually within a day or two of the original purchase, although it may extend over a number of months. The resale price is in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon rate of return effective for the period of time the Fund's money is invested in the repurchase agreement. The Fund's repurchase agreements will be collateralized by U.S. Government obligations. The Fund will enter into repurchase transactions only with parties meeting creditworthiness standards approved by the Fund's Adviser. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a seller, the Fund will promptly seek to liquidate the collateral. To the extent that the proceeds from any sale of such collateral upon a default in the obligation to repurchase are less than the repurchase price, the Fund will suffer a loss.
A Fund will enter into repurchase transactions only with parties meeting creditworthiness standards approved by the Fund's investment adviser. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a seller, the Fund may liquidate the collateral.
A Fund may participate in a joint repurchase agreement account with other investment companies managed by PI pursuant to an order of the Commission. On a daily basis, any uninvested cash balances of a Fund may be aggregated with those of such investment companies and invested in one or more repurchase agreements. Each Fund receives the income earned or accrued in the joint account based on the percentage of its investment.
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND DOLLAR ROLLS
The Total Return Bond Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. The proceeds from such transactions will be used for the clearance of transactions or to take advantage of investment opportunities.
Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales by the Fund of securities concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same assets at a later date at a fixed price. During the reverse repurchase agreement period, the Fund continues to receive principal and interest payments on these securities.
Dollar rolls involve sales by the Fund of securities for delivery in the current month and a simultaneous contract to repurchase substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date from the same party. During the roll period, the Fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the securities. The Fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the "drop") as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered roll" is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position or a cash equivalent security position that matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction.
The Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained by the Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase under the agreement. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund's use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund's obligation to repurchase the securities.
Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, including covered dollar rolls, are speculative techniques involving leverage and are considered borrowings by the Fund for purposes of the percentage limitations applicable to borrowings. See "Borrowing" below.
SWAP AGREEMENTS
The Total Return Bond Fund (the Fund) may enter into interest rate, index, credit, currency exchange rate, long and short credit default and total return swap agreements (or a combination of these swap agreements or other similar swap agreements). The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (swap options). These transactions may be entered into in an attempt to obtain a particular return when it is considered desirable to do so, possibly at a lower cost to the Fund than if it had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods typically ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In one type of "swap" transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on, or calculated with respect to particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a "notional amount," i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index or other investments or instruments. In another type of swap one party (a credit protection seller) receives a premium from
another party (a credit protection buyer) for assuming the credit risk of a specified issuer and/or reference obligation. In exchange for the premium, the credit protection seller has the obligation to purchase obligations of the issuer at par upon the occurrence of a credit event. Typical credit events include the bankruptcy of the issuer and the failure by the issuer to pay when due obligations in respect of borrowed money. Alternatively, the credit protection seller may be required to make a cash payment to the credit protection buyer. This cash payment is typically equal to the difference between the par value of the reference obligation and its market value following the relevant credit event. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap"; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or "floor"; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.
Most swap agreements entered into by a Fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a "net basis." Consequently, a Fund's current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the net amount). The Fund's net obligations in respect of swap agreements is limited to 15% of the Fund's net assets. The Fund's current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Portfolio's portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be considered "senior securities" for purposes of the Portfolio's investment restriction concerning senior securities.
Whether a Fund's use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Adviser's ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce a better result than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of the Funds' repurchase agreement guidelines). The Fund may engage in swap agreements of any duration with a counterparty whose long-term credit is rated at least "A" by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Certain restrictions imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, may limit the Funds' ability to use swap agreements. Developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, may adversely affect the Fund's ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying swap agreement.
Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA") and therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the
CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by the CFTC. To qualify for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by "eligible contract participants," which includes the following, provided the participants' total assets exceed established levels: a bank or trust company, savings association or credit union, insurance company, investment company subject to regulation under the 1940 Act, commodity pool, corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity, employee benefit plan, governmental entity, broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible, natural persons and most other entities must have total assets exceeding $10 million; commodity pools and employee benefit plans must have assets exceeding $5 million. In addition, the swap agreement must be subject to individual negotiation by the parties and not be executed or transacted on a trading facility.
SHORT SALES
The Total Return Bond Fund may engage in short sales and will be subject to the risks and coverage requirements as described on pages B-32 and B-33 of the SAI, except that no more than 25% of a Portfolio's net assets will be, when added together (1) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace securities borrowed to effect short sales and (2) segregated in connection with short sales.
EVENT-LINKED BONDS
The Total Return Bond Fund may invest up to 5% of its total assets in event-linked bonds. Event-linked bonds are fixed income securities for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific "trigger" event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as "catastrophe bonds." If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, a Fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company- wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indexes, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds may also expose the portfolio to certain unanticipated risks including but not limited to issuer (credit) default, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds may also be subject to liquidity risk. Issuers of event-linked bonds include government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or offshore entities. The Total Return Bond may invest in these type of bonds.
EMERGING MARKETS DEBT
The Total Return Bond Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in emerging markets debt, including (but not limited to) Brady Bonds. The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities of foreign issuers (including preferred or preference stock), certain foreign bank obligations and U.S. dollar or foreign currency-denominated obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities.
Securities traded in certain emerging market countries, including the emerging market countries in Eastern Europe, may be subject to risks in addition to risks typically posed by international investing due to economies that are generally less diverse and mature, political systems which can be expected to have less stability than those of developed countries, the inexperience of financial intermediaries, the lack of modern technology and the lack of a sufficient capital base to expand business operations. Additionally, former Communist regimes of a number of Eastern European countries previously expropriated a large amount of property, the claims on which have not been
entirely settled. There can be no assurance that the Fund's investments in Eastern Europe will not also be expropriated, nationalized or otherwise confiscated.
The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the Brady Plan). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Argentina, Bolivia, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, the Philippines, Polan, Uruguay and Venezuela. In addition, Brazil has concluded a Brady-like plan. It is expected that other countries will undertake a Brady Plan in the future, including Panama and Peru.
Brady Bonds do not have a long payment history. Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. Government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year's interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to "value recovery payments" in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (1) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (2) the collateralized interest payments; (3) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (4) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the "residual risk").
Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.
Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds and therefore are to be viewed as speculative. In addition, in the event of a default with respect to collateralized Brady Bonds as a result of which the payment obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S. Treasury zero coupon obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds which will continue to be outstanding at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments which would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.
Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The government entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entity's willingness or
ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity's policy toward the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also depend on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity's implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor's obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties' commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor's ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including the Funds) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.
A Fund's investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Fund's income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal tax purposes.
Each Fund will consider an issuer to be economically tied to a country with an emerging securities market if (1) it is organized under the laws of, or maintains its principal place of business in, the country, (2) its securities are principally traded in the country's securities markets, or (3) it derived at least half of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in the country, or has at least half of its assets in that country.
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
Each Fund may hold up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. If a Fund were to exceed this limit, the Adviser(s) would take prompt action to reduce the Fund's holdings in illiquid securities to no more than 15% of its net assets as required by applicable law. Illiquid securities include repurchase agreements that have a maturity of longer than seven days, certain securities that are not readily marketable in securities markets either within or outside of the United States and certain securities that have legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted securities).
Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), securities that are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.
In recent years, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign
securities, municipal securities, convertible securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.
Rule 144A under the Securities Act allows for a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers.
Restricted securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and privately placed commercial paper for which there is a readily available market are treated as liquid only when deemed liquid under procedures established by the Trustees. The Advisers will monitor the liquidity of such restricted securities subject to the supervision of the Trustees. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Advisers will consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security and (4) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (that is, the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer). In addition, in order for commercial paper that is issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act to be considered liquid, (1) it must be rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSRO), or if only one NRSRO rates the securities, by that NRSRO, or, if unrated, be of comparable quality in the view of the Adviser; and (2) it must not be "traded flat" (i.e., without accrued interest) or in default as to principal or interest. A Fund's investments in Rule 144A securities could have the effect of increasing illiquidity to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing Rule 144A securities.
The staff of the Commission has taken the position that purchased over-the-counter options and the assets used as "cover" for written over-the-counter options are illiquid securities unless the Fund and the counterparty have provided for the Fund, at the Fund's election, to unwind the over-the-counter option. The exercise of such an option ordinarily would involve the payment by the Fund of an amount designated to effect the counterparty's economic loss from an early termination, but does allow the Fund to treat the assets used as "cover" as "liquid."
When a Fund enters into interest rate swaps on other than a net basis, the entire amount of the Fund's obligations, if any, with respect to such interest rate swaps will be treated as illiquid. To the extent that a Fund enters into interest rate swaps on a net basis, the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund's obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap will be treated as illiquid. The Funds will also treat non-U.S. Government POs and IOs as illiquid securities so long as the staff of the Commission maintains its position that such securities are illiquid.
INVESTMENT COMPANY SECURITIES
The Funds may invest in securities issued by other investment companies that invest in short-term debt securities and that seek to maintain a $1.00 net asset value per share (money market funds). The Funds may also invest in securities issued by other investment companies with similar investment objectives. The International Equity Fund may purchase shares of investment companies investing primarily in foreign securities, including so-called "country funds." Country funds have portfolios consisting primarily of securities of issuers located in one foreign country. Securities of other investment companies will be acquired within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company's expenses, including advisory fees. These
expenses would be in addition to the expenses each Fund bears in connection with its own operations.
RISK MANAGEMENT AND RETURN ENHANCEMENT STRATEGIES
The International Equity and Total Return Bond Funds may each engage in various portfolio strategies, including using derivatives, to seek to reduce certain risks of its investments and to enhance return. A Fund, and thus its investors, may lose money through any unsuccessful use of these strategies. These strategies currently include the use of foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency exchange contracts, options, futures contracts and options thereon. A Fund's ability to use these strategies may be limited by various factors, such as market conditions, regulatory limits and tax considerations, and there can be no assurance that any of these strategies will succeed. See "Taxes, Dividends and Distributions." If new financial products and risk management techniques are developed, each Fund may use them to the extent consistent with its investment objectives and policies.
RISKS OF RISK MANAGEMENT AND RETURN ENHANCEMENT STRATEGIES -- GENERAL.
Participation in the options and futures markets and in currency exchange
transactions involves investment risks and transaction costs to which a Fund
would not be subject absent the use of these strategies. A Fund, and thus its
investors, may lose money through any unsuccessful use of these strategies. If
an Adviser's predictions of movements in the direction of the securities,
foreign currency or interest rate markets are inaccurate, the adverse
consequences to a Fund may leave the Fund in a worse position than if such
strategies were not used. Risks inherent in the use of these strategies include
(but is not limited to) (1) dependence on the Adviser's ability to predict
correctly movements in the direction of interest rates, securities prices and
currency markets; (2) imperfect correlation between the price of options and
futures contracts and options thereon and movements in the prices of the
securities being hedged; (3) the fact that skills needed to use these strategies
are different from those needed to select portfolio securities; (4) the possible
absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument at any time;
(5) the risk that the counterparty may be unable to complete the transaction;
and (6) the possible inability of a Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio
security at a time that otherwise would be favorable for it to do so, or the
possible need for a Fund to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time,
due to the need for a Fund to maintain "cover" or to segregate assets in
connection with hedging transactions.
OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS. A Fund may purchase and write (that is, sell) put and call options on securities, currencies and financial indexes that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market (OTC) to seek to enhance return or to protect against adverse price fluctuations in securities in its portfolio. These options will be on debt securities, aggregates of debt securities, financial indexes (for example, S&P 500) and U.S. Government securities. The International Equity Fund may also purchase and write put and call options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures. A Fund may write covered put and call options to attempt to generate additional income through the receipt of premiums, purchase put options in an effort to protect the value of a security that it owns against a decline in market value and purchase call options in an effort to protect against an increase in price of securities or currencies it intends to purchase. A Fund may also purchase put and call options to offset previously written put and call options of the same series.
A call option gives the purchaser, in exchange for a premium paid, the right for a specified period of time to purchase the securities or currency subject to the option at a specified price (the exercise price or strike price) or, depending on the terms of the option contract, to receive a specified amount of cash. The writer of a call option, in return for the premium, has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver, depending upon the terms of the option contract, the underlying securities or a specified amount of cash to the purchaser upon receipt of the exercise price. When a Fund writes a call option, the Fund gives up the potential for gain on the underlying
securities or currency in excess of the exercise price of the option during the period that the option is open. There is no limitation on the amount of call options a Fund may write.
A put option gives the purchaser, in return for a premium, the right, for a specified period of time, to sell the securities or currency subject to the option to the writer of the put at the specified exercise price. The writer of the put option, in return for the premium, has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to acquire the securities or currency underlying the option at the exercise price. The Fund, as the writer of a put option, might, therefore, be obligated to purchase the underlying securities or currency for more than their current market price.
The writer of an option retains the amount of the premium, although this amount may be offset or exceeded, in the case of a covered call option, by an increase and, in the case of a covered put option, by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period.
A Fund will write only "covered" options. A written option is covered if, so long as the Fund is obligated under the option, it (1) owns an offsetting position in the underlying security or currency or (2) segregates cash or other liquid assets, in an amount equal to or greater than its obligation under the option. Under the first circumstance, the Fund's losses are limited because it owns the underlying security; under the second circumstance, in the case of a written call option, the Fund's losses are potentially unlimited. A Fund may only write covered put options to the extent that cover for such options does not exceed 25% of the Fund's net assets. A Fund will not purchase an option if, as a result of such purchase, more than 20% of its total assets would be invested in premiums for options and options on futures.
OPTIONS ON SECURITIES. The purchaser of a call option has the right, for a specified period of time, to purchase the securities subject to the option at a specified price (the exercise price or strike price) or depending on the terms of the option contract, to receive a specified amount of cash. By writing a call option, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying securities or a specified amount of cash to the purchaser against receipt of the exercise price. When a Fund writes a call option, the Fund loses the potential for gain on the underlying securities in excess of the exercise price of the option during the period that the option is open.
The purchaser of a put option has the right, for a specified period of time, to sell the securities subject to the option to the writer of the put at the specified exercise price. By writing a put option, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option, upon exercise of the option, to purchase the securities underlying the option at the exercise price. The Fund might, therefore, be obligated to purchase the underlying securities for more than their current market price.
The writer of an option retains the amount of the premium, although this amount may be offset or exceeded, in the case of a covered call option, by an increase and, in the case of a covered put option, by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period.
A Fund may wish to protect certain portfolio securities against a decline in market value at a time when put options on those particular securities are not available for purchase. The Fund may therefore purchase a put option on other securities, the values of which the Adviser expects will have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of such portfolio securities. If the Adviser's judgment is correct, changes in the value of the put options should generally offset changes in the value of the portfolio securities being hedged. If the Adviser's judgment is not correct, the value of the securities underlying the put option may decrease less than the value of the Fund's investments and therefore the put option may not provide complete protection against a decline in the value of the Fund's investments below the level sought to be protected by the put option.
A Fund may similarly wish to hedge against appreciation in the value of
debt securities that it intends to acquire at a time when call options on such
securities are not available. The Fund may, therefore, purchase call options on
other debt securities the values of which the Adviser expects will have a high
degree of positive correlation to the values of the debt securities that the
Fund intends
to acquire. In such circumstances the Fund will be subject to risks analogous to those summarized above in the event that the correlation between the value of call options so purchased and the value of the securities intended to be acquired by the Fund is not as close as anticipated and the value of the securities underlying the call options increases less than the value of the securities to be acquired by the Fund.
A Fund may write options on securities in connection with buy-and-write transactions; that is, the Fund may purchase a security and concurrently write a call option against that security. If the call option is exercised, the Fund's maximum gain will be the premium it received for writing the option, adjusted upwards or downwards by the difference between the Fund's purchase price of the security and the exercise price of the option. If the option is not exercised and the price of the underlying security declines, the amount of the decline will be offset in part, or entirely, by the premium received.
The exercise price of a call option may be below (in-the-money), equal to (at-the-money) or above (out-of-the-money) the current value of the underlying security at the time the option is written. A Fund may also buy and write straddles (i.e., a combination of a call and a put written on the same security at the same strike price where the same segregated collateral is considered "cover" for both the put and the call). In such cases, a Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or other liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is "in-the-money," i.e., the amount by which the exercise price of the put exceeds the current market value of the underlying security. It is contemplated that a Fund's use of straddles will be limited to 5% of the Fund's net assets (meaning that the securities used for cover or segregated as described above will not exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets at the time the straddle is written). The writing of a call and a put on the same security at the same stock price where the call and put are covered by different securities is not considered a straddle for the purposes of this limit. Buy-and-write transactions using in-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will remain flat or decline moderately during the option period. Buy-and-write transactions using at-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will remain fixed or advance moderately during the option period. A buy-and-write transaction using an out-of-the-money call option may be used when it is expected that the premium received from writing the call option plus the appreciation in the market price of the underlying security up to the exercise price will be greater than the appreciation in the price of the underlying security alone. If the call option is exercised in such a transaction, the Fund's maximum gain will be the premium received by it for writing the option, adjusted upwards or downwards by the difference between the Fund's purchase price of the security and the exercise price of the option. If the option is not exercised and the price of the underlying security declines, the amount of the decline will be offset in part, or entirely, by the premium received.
Prior to being notified of exercise of the option, the writer of an exchange-traded option that wishes to terminate its obligation may effect a "closing purchase transaction" by buying an option of the same series as the option previously written. (Options of the same series are options with respect to the same underlying security, having the same expiration date and the same strike price.) The effect of the purchase is that the writer's position will be cancelled by the exchange's affiliated clearing organization. Likewise, an investor who is the holder of an exchange-traded option may liquidate a position by effecting a "closing sale transaction" by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There is no guarantee that either a closing purchase or a closing sale transaction can be effected.
Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated
with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, gives its
guarantee to the fulfillment of every exchange-traded option transaction. In
contrast, OTC options are contracts between the Fund and its counter-party with
no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases an OTC option,
it relies on the dealer from which it has purchased the OTC option to make or
take delivery of the securities underlying the option. Failure by the dealer to
do so would result in the loss of the
premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of the expected benefit of the transaction. As such, the value of an OTC option is particularly dependent upon the financial viability of the OTC counterparty.
Exchange traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while OTC options may not. When a Fund writes an OTC option, it generally will be able to close out the OTC options prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to which the Fund originally wrote the OTC option. While the Fund will enter into OTC options only with dealers who agree to, and who are expected to be capable of, entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Until the Fund is able to effect a closing purchase transaction in a covered OTC call option the Fund has written, it will not be able to liquidate securities used as cover until the option expires or is exercised or different cover is substituted. In the event of insolvency of the counter party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate an OTC option. With respect to options written by a Fund, the inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction could result in material losses to the Fund.
OTC options purchased by a Fund will be treated as illiquid securities subject to any applicable limitation on such securities. Similarly, the assets used to "cover" OTC options written by the Fund will be treated as illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that the Fund may repurchase any OTC options it writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The "cover" for an OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.
A call option written by the Fund is "covered" if the Fund owns the security underlying the option or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional consideration (or for additional consideration segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds on a share-for-share basis a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written; where the exercise price of the call held is greater than the exercise price of the call written, the Fund will segregate cash or other liquid assets with its custodian. A put option written by the Fund is "covered" if the Fund holds on a share-for-share basis a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written; otherwise the Fund will segregate cash or other liquid assets with its custodian equivalent in value to the exercise price of the option. This means that so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option or an option to purchase the same underlying securities, having an exercise price equal to or less than the exercise price of the "covered" option, or will segregate with its custodian for the term of the option cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the exercise price of the option. In the case of a straddle written by the Fund, the amount segregated will equal the amount, if any, by which the put is "in-the-money."
OPTIONS ON GNMA CERTIFICATES. Options on GNMA Certificates are not currently traded on any exchange. However, the Total Return Bond Fund may purchase and write such options should they commence trading on any exchange and may purchase or write OTC Options on GNMA certificates.
Since the remaining principal balance of GNMA Certificates declines each month as a result of mortgage payments, the Fund, as a writer of a covered GNMA call holding GNMA Certificates as "cover" to satisfy its delivery obligation in the event of assignment of an exercise notice, may find that its GNMA Certificates no longer have a sufficient remaining principal balance for this purpose. Should this occur, the Fund will enter into a closing purchase transaction or will purchase additional GNMA Certificates from the same pool (if obtainable) or replacement GNMA Certificates in the cash market in order to remain covered.
A GNMA Certificate held by the Fund to cover an option position in any but the nearest expiration month may cease to represent cover for the option in the event of a decline in the GNMA
coupon rate at which new pools are originated under the FHA/VA loan ceiling in effect at any given time. Should this occur, the Fund will no longer be covered, and the Fund will either enter into a closing purchase transaction or replace the GNMA Certificate with a GNMA Certificate that represents cover. When the Fund closes its position or replaces the GNMA Certificate, it may realize an unanticipated loss and incur transaction costs.
RISKS OF OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS. An exchange-traded option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and for some exchange-traded options, no secondary market on an exchange may exist. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with the result that the Fund would have to exercise its exchange-traded options in order to realize any profit and may incur transaction costs in connection therewith. If the Fund as a covered call option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.
Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date, to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. There is no assurance that higher than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain of the facilities of any of the clearing corporations inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by an exchange of special procedures that may interfere with the timely execution of customers' orders.
In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which the Fund engages in options transactions, the Fund could experience delays and/or losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker and/or incur a loss of all or part of its margin deposits with the broker. Similarly, in the event of the bankruptcy of the writer of an OTC option purchased by the Fund, the Fund could experience a loss of all or part of the value of the option. Transactions are entered into by the Fund only with brokers or financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
OPTIONS ON SECURITIES INDEXES. The Total Return Bond Fund may purchase and write call and put options on securities indexes in an attempt to hedge against market conditions affecting the value of securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase, and not for speculation. Through the writing or purchase of index options, the Fund can achieve many of the same objectives as through the use of options on individual securities. Options on securities indexes are similar to options on a security except that, rather than the right to take or make delivery of a security at a specified price, an option on a securities indexes gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option.
This amount of cash is equal to such difference ]between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option. The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. Unlike security options, all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends upon price movements in the market generally (or in a particular industry or segment of the market), rather than upon price movements in individual securities. Price movements in securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase will probably not correlate perfectly with movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the Fund bears the risk that a loss on an index option would not be completely offset by movements in the price of such securities.
When the Fund writes an option on a securities index, it will be required to deposit with its custodian, and mark-to-market, eligible securities equal in value to 100% of the exercise price in the case of a put, or the contract value in the case of a call. In addition, where the Fund writes a call option on a securities index at a time when the contract value exceeds the exercise price, the Fund will segregate and mark-to-market, until the option expires or is closed out, cash or cash equivalents equal in value to such excess.
Options on a securities index involve risks similar to those risks relating to transactions in financial futures contracts described below. Also, an option purchased by the Fund may expire worthless, in which case the Fund would lose the premium paid therefor.
RISKS OF OPTIONS ON INDEXES. A Fund's purchase and sale of options on indexes will be subject to risks described above under "Risks of Options Transactions." In addition, the distinctive characteristics of options on indexes create certain risks that are not present with stock options.
Index prices may be distorted if trading of certain stocks included in the index is interrupted. Trading in index options also may be interrupted in certain circumstances, such as if trading were halted in a substantial number of stocks included in the index. If this occurred, the Fund would not be able to close out options that it had purchased or written and, if restrictions on exercise were imposed, may be unable to exercise an option it holds, which could result in substantial losses to the Fund. It is the policy of each Fund to purchase or write options only on indexes that include a number of stocks sufficient to minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in the index.
The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop in all index option contracts. A Fund will not purchase or sell any index option contract unless and until, in the Adviser's opinion, the market for such options has developed sufficiently that the risk in connection with such transactions is no greater than the risk in connection with options on securities in the index.
SPECIAL RISKS OF WRITING CALLS ON INDEXES. Because exercises of index options are settled in cash, a call writer such as a Fund cannot determine the amount of its settlement obligations in advance and, unlike call writing on specific stocks, cannot provide in advance for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. However, a Fund will write call options on indexes only under the circumstances described herein.
Price movements in a Fund's security holdings probably will not correlate precisely with movements in the level of the index and, therefore, the Fund bears the risk that the price of the securities held by the Fund may not increase as much as the index. In such event, the Fund would bear a loss on the call that is not completely offset by movements in the price of the Fund's security holdings. It is also possible that the index may rise when the Fund's stocks do not rise. If this occurred, the Fund would experience a loss on the call that is not offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio and might also experience a loss in its portfolio. However, because the value of a diversified portfolio will, over time, tend to move in the same direction as the market, movements in the value of the Fund in the opposite direction as the market would be likely to occur for only a short period or to a small degree.
Unless a Fund has other liquid assets that are sufficient to satisfy the exercise of a call, the Fund would be required to liquidate portfolio securities in order to satisfy the exercise. Because an exercise must be settled within hours after receiving the notice of exercise, if the Fund fails to anticipate an exercise, it may have to borrow from a bank pending settlement of the sale of securities in its portfolio and would incur interest charges thereon.
When a Fund has written a call, there is also a risk that the market may decline between the time the Fund has a call exercised against it, at a price that is fixed as of the closing level of the index on the date of exercise, and the time the Fund is able to sell stocks in its portfolio. As with stock options, the Fund will not learn that an index option has been exercised until the day following the exercise date but, unlike a call on stock where the Fund would be able to deliver the underlying securities in settlement, the Fund may have to sell part of its investment portfolio in order to make settlement in cash, and the price of such securities might decline before they can be sold. This timing risk makes certain strategies involving more than one option substantially more risky with index options than with stock options. For example, even if an index call that the Fund has written is "covered" by an index call held by the Fund with the same strike price, the Fund will bear the risk that the level of the index may decline between the close of trading on the date the exercise notice is filed with the clearing corporation and the close of trading on the date the Fund exercises the call it holds or the time the Fund sells the call that, in either case, would occur no earlier than the day following the day the exercise notice was filed.
If the Fund holds an index option and exercises it before final determination of the closing index value for that day, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may change before closing. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer. Although the Fund may be able to minimize this risk by withholding exercise instructions until just before the daily cutoff time or by selling rather than exercising an option when the index level is close to the exercise price, it may not be possible to eliminate this risk entirely because the cutoff times for index options may be earlier than those fixed for other types of options and may occur before definitive closing index values are announced.
FUTURES CONTRACTS. Each of the International Equity and Total Return Bond Funds may enter into futures contracts and related options that are traded on a commodities exchange or board of trade to reduce certain risks of its investments and to attempt to enhance returns, in each case in accordance with regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC). The Funds, and thus their investors, may lose money through any unsuccessful use of these strategies.
As a purchaser of a futures contract (futures contract), a Fund incurs an obligation to take delivery of a specified amount of the obligation underlying the futures contract at a specified time in the future for a specified price. As a seller of a futures contract, the Fund incurs an obligation to deliver the specified amount of the underlying obligation at a specified time in return for an agreed upon price. A Fund may purchase futures contracts with respect to, but not limited to, interest rate, debt securities, aggregates of debt securities, financial indexes and U.S. Government securities including futures contracts or options linked to LIBOR.
Although most futures contracts call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, the contracts usually are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. A futures contract sale is closed out by effecting a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security and the same delivery date. If the sale price exceeds the offsetting purchase price, the seller would be paid the difference and would realize a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the seller would pay the difference and would realize a loss. Similarly, a futures contract purchase is closed out by effecting a futures contract sale for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security and the same delivery date. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the purchaser would realize a gain, whereas if the
purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the purchaser would realize a loss. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to enter into a closing transaction.
When a Fund enters into a futures contract it is initially required to deposit with its custodian, in a segregated account in the name of the broker performing the transaction an "initial margin" of cash or other liquid securities equal to approximately 2-3% of the contract amount. Initial margin requirements are established by the exchanges on which futures contracts trade and may, from time to time, change. In addition, brokers may establish margin deposit requirements in excess of those required by the exchanges.
Initial margin in futures transactions is different from margin in securities transactions in that initial margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by a brokers' client but is, rather, a good faith deposit on a futures contract that will be returned to the Fund upon the proper termination of the futures contract. The margin deposits made are marked-to-market daily and the Fund may segregate with its custodian, cash or U.S. Government securities, called "variation margin," in the name of the broker, which are reflective of price fluctuations in the futures contract.
OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS. The International Equity and Total Return Bond Funds may each purchase call and put options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate an existing position. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right (in return for the premium paid), and the writer the obligation, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of an offsetting futures position by the writer and holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer's futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract at exercise exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.
A Fund may only write "covered" put and call options on futures contracts. A Fund will be considered "covered" with respect to a call option it writes on a futures contract if the Fund owns the assets that are deliverable under the futures contract or an option to purchase that futures contract having a strike price equal to or less than the strike price of the "covered" option and having an expiration date not earlier than the expiration date of the "covered" option, or if it segregates with its custodian for the term of the option cash or other liquid assets equal to the fluctuating value of the optioned future. The Fund will be considered "covered" with respect to a put option it writes on a futures contract if it owns an option to sell that futures contract having a strike price equal to or greater than the strike price of the "covered" option, or if it segregates with its custodian for the term of the option cash or other liquid assets at all times equal in value to the exercise price of the put (less any initial margin deposited by the Fund with its Custodian with respect to such option). There is no limitation on the amount of the Fund's assets that can be segregated.
A Fund will purchase options on futures contracts for identical purposes to those set forth above for the purchase of a futures contract (purchase of a call option or sale of a put option) and the sale of a futures contract (purchase of a put option or sale of a call option), or to close out a long or short position in futures contracts. If, for example, the Adviser wished to protect against an increase in interest rates and the resulting negative impact on the value of a portion of its U.S. Government securities holdings, it might purchase a put option on an interest rate futures contract, the underlying security that correlates with the portion of the securities holdings the Adviser seeks to hedge.
LIMITATIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES. A Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts or purchase related options thereon for bona fide hedging transactions without limit. In addition, the Funds may use futures contracts and options thereon for any other purpose to the extent that the aggregate initial margin and option premium does not exceed 5% of the market
value of the Fund's total assets. There is no overall limitation on the percentage of the Fund's assets that may be subject to a hedge position. Subject to these limitations and, in accordance with the regulations of the CFTC, the Fund is exempt from registration as a commodity pool operator.
RISKS OF TRANSACTIONS IN FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS. A Fund's successful use of futures contracts and related options depends upon the Adviser's ability to predict the direction of the market and is subject to various additional risks. The correlation between movements in the price of a futures contract and the price of the securities or currencies being hedged is imperfect and there is a risk that the value of the securities or currencies being hedged may increase or decrease at a greater rate than a specified futures contract resulting in losses to a Fund.
A Fund may sell a futures contract to protect against the decline in the value of securities or currencies held by the Fund. However, it is possible that the futures market may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund's portfolio may decline. If this were to occur, the Fund would lose money on the futures contracts and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities.
If a Fund purchases a futures contract to hedge against the increase in value of securities it intends to buy, and the value of such securities decreases, then the Fund may determine not to invest in the securities as planned and will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities.
In order to assure that the Fund is entering into transactions in futures contracts for hedging purposes as such term is defined by the CFTC, either: (1) a substantial majority (i.e., approximately 75%) of all anticipatory hedge transactions (transactions in which the Fund does not own at the time of the transaction, but expects to acquire, the securities underlying the relevant futures contract) involving the purchase of futures contracts will be completed by the purchase of securities that are the subject of the hedge, or (2) the underlying value of all long positions in futures contracts will not exceed the total value of (a) all short-term debt obligations held by the Fund; (b) cash held by the Fund; (c) cash proceeds due to the Fund on investments within thirty days; (d) the margin deposited on the contracts; and (e) any unrealized appreciation in the value of the contracts.
If a Fund maintains a short position in a futures contract, it will cover this position by segregating with its custodian, cash or other liquid assets equal in value (when added to any initial or variation margin on deposit) to the market value of the securities underlying the futures contract. Such a position may also be covered by owning the securities underlying the futures contract, or by holding a call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same contract at a price no higher than the price at which the short position was established.
In addition, if a Fund holds a long position in a futures contract, it will segregate cash or other liquid assets equal to the purchase price of the contract (less the amount of initial or variation margin on deposit) with its custodian. Alternatively, the Fund could cover its long position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with an exercise price as high or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund.
Exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a futures contract may move on any day. If the price moves equal the daily limit on successive days, then it may prove impossible to liquidate a futures position until the daily limit moves have ceased. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin on open futures positions. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to take or make delivery of the instruments underlying futures contracts it holds at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so. The ability to close out options and futures positions could also have an adverse impact on the Fund's ability to hedge its portfolio effectively.
In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which the Fund engages in transactions in futures or options thereon, the Fund could experience delays and/or losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker and/or incur a loss of all or part of its margin
deposits with the broker. Transactions are entered into by the Fund only with brokers or financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
There are risks inherent in the use of futures contracts and options transactions for the purpose of hedging the Fund's securities. One such risk that may arise in employing futures contracts to protect against the price volatility of portfolio securities is that the prices of securities subject to futures contracts (and thereby the futures contract prices) may correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the cash prices of the Fund's portfolio securities. Another such risk is that prices of futures contracts may not move in tandem with the changes in prevailing interest rates against which the Fund seeks a hedge. A correlation may also be distorted by the fact that the futures market is dominated by short-term traders seeking to profit from the difference between a contract or security price objective and their cost of borrowed funds. Such distortions are generally minor and would diminish as the contract approached maturity.
Successful use of futures contracts is also subject to the ability of an Adviser to forecast movements in the direction of the market and interest rates and other factors affecting equity securities and currencies generally. In addition, there may exist an imperfect correlation between the price movements of futures contracts purchased by the Fund and the movements in the prices of the securities that are the subject of the hedge. If participants in the futures market elect to close out their contracts through offsetting transactions rather than meet margin deposit requirements, distortions in the normal relationships between the debt securities and futures market could result. Price distortions could also result if investors in futures contracts elect to make or take delivery of underlying securities rather than engage in closing transactions due to the resultant reduction in the liquidity of the futures market. In addition, due to the fact that, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the cash market, increased participation by speculators in the futures markets could cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market and because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of securities and movements in the prices of futures contracts, a correct forecast of interest rate trends by the Adviser may still not result in a successful hedging transaction.
Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts involves less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs). However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund notwithstanding that the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not result in a loss, as in the instance where there is no movement in the prices of the futures contracts or underlying U.S. Government securities.
OPTIONS ON CURRENCIES. Instead of purchasing or selling futures, options on futures or forward currency exchange contracts, each of the International Equity and Total Return Bond Funds may attempt to accomplish similar objectives by purchasing put or call options on currencies either on exchanges or in over-the-counter markets or by writing put options or covered call options on currencies. A put option gives the Fund the right to sell a currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option gives the Fund the right to purchase a currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Both options serve to insure against adverse currency price movements in the underlying portfolio assets designated in a given currency.
RISKS OF OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES. Because there are two currencies involved, developments in either or both countries affect the values of options on foreign currencies. Risks include government actions affecting currency valuation and the movements of currencies from one country to another. The quantity of currency underlying option contracts represent odd lots in a market dominated by transactions between banks; this can mean extra transaction costs upon exercise. Option markets may be closed while round-the-clock interbank currency markets are open, and this can create price and rate discrepancies.
FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS. Each of the International Equity and Total Return Bond Funds may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to protect the value of each Fund's assets against future changes in the level of currency exchange rates. A Fund may enter into such contracts on a spot, i.e., cash, basis at the rate then prevailing in the currency exchange market or on a forward basis, by entering into a forward contract to purchase or sell currency. A forward contract on foreign currency is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days agreed upon by the parties from the date of the contract at a price set on the date of the contract.
A Fund's dealings in forward contracts will be limited to hedging involving either specific transactions or portfolio positions. Transaction hedging is the purchase or sale of a forward contract with respect to specific receivables or payables of the Fund generally arising in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities and accruals of interest or dividends receivable and Fund expenses. Position hedging is (1) the sale of a foreign currency with respect to portfolio security positions denominated or quoted in that currency or in a currency bearing a substantial correlation to the value of that currency (cross-hedge) or (2) the purchase of a foreign currency when the Adviser believes that the U.S. dollar may decline against that foreign currency. Although there are no limits on the number of forward contracts that a Fund may enter into, a Fund may not position hedge with respect to a particular currency for an amount greater than the aggregate market value (determined at the time of making any purchase or sale of foreign currency) of the securities being hedged.
The precise matching of forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date on which the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. A Fund does not intend to enter into such forward contracts to protect the value of its portfolio securities on a regular or continuous basis. A Fund does not intend to enter into such forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts where the consummation of the contracts would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the Fund's securities holdings or other assets denominated in that currency.
The Fund generally will not enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than one year. At the maturity of a forward contract, the Fund may either sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an "offsetting" contract with the same currency trader obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency.
It is impossible to forecast with absolute precision the market value of a particular portfolio security at the expiration of the forward contract. Accordingly, if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency and if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency that the Fund is obligated to deliver, then it would be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase).
If the Fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund would incur a gain or a loss to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. Should forward contract prices decline during the period between the Fund's entering into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Fund will realize a gain to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward contract prices increase, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.
A Fund's dealing in foreign currency forward contracts will generally be limited to the transactions described above. Of course, a Fund is not required to enter into such transactions with regard to its foreign currency-denominated securities. Also this method of protecting the value of a Fund's securities holdings against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities that are unrelated to exchange rates. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result should the value of such currency increase.
Although the Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend physically to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. It will do so from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
An Adviser may use foreign currency hedging techniques, including cross-currency hedges, to attempt to protect against declines in the U.S. dollar value of income available for distribution to shareholders and declines in the net asset value of a Fund's shares resulting from adverse changes in currency exchange rates. For example, the return available from securities denominated in a particular foreign currency would diminish in the event the value of the U.S. dollar increased against such currency. Such a decline could be partially or completely offset by an increase in value of a position hedge involving a foreign currency forward contract to (1) sell the currency in which the position being hedged is denominated, or a currency bearing a substantial correlation to the value of such currency, or (2) purchase either the U.S. dollar or a foreign currency expected to perform better than the currency being sold. Position hedges may, therefore, provide protection of net asset value in the event of a general rise in the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. However, a cross- currency hedge cannot protect against exchange rates perfectly, and if the Adviser is incorrect in its judgment of future exchange rate relationships, the Fund could be in a less advantageous position than if such a hedge had not been established.
INDEXED COMMERCIAL PAPER. Each of the International Equity and Total Return Bond Funds may invest in commercial paper that is indexed to certain specific foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of such commercial paper provide that its principal amount is adjusted upwards or downwards (but not below zero) at maturity to reflect changes in the exchange rate between two currencies while the obligation is outstanding. A Fund will purchase such commercial paper with the currency in which it is denominated and, at maturity, will receive interest and principal payments thereon in that currency, but the amount of principal payable by the issuer at maturity will change in proportion to the change (if any) in the exchange rate between the two specified currencies between the date the instrument is issued and the date the instrument matures. With respect to its investments in this type of commercial paper, a Fund will segregate cash or other liquid assets having a value at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of outstanding commercial paper of this type. While such commercial paper entails the risk of loss of principal, the potential for realizing gains as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates enables the Fund to hedge (or cross-hedge) against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of investments denominated in foreign currencies while providing an attractive money market rate of return.
LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASE AND SALE OF STOCK OPTIONS AND OPTIONS ON STOCK INDEXES, FOREIGN CURRENCIES AND FUTURES CONTRACTS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES. A Fund may write put and call options on stocks only if they are covered, and such options must remain covered so long as the Fund is obligated as a writer. A Fund will write put options on foreign currencies and futures contracts on foreign currencies for bona fide hedging purposes only if there is segregated with the Fund's custodian an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to or greater than the aggregate exercise price of the puts. In addition, the Fund may use futures contracts or related options for non-hedging or speculative purposes to the extent that aggregate initial margin and option premiums do not
exceed 5% of the market value of the Fund's assets. A Fund does not intend to purchase options on equity securities or securities indexes if the aggregate premiums paid for such outstanding options would exceed 10% of the Fund's total assets.
Except as described below, a Fund will write call options on indexes only if it holds a portfolio of stocks at least equal to the value of the index times the multiplier times the number of contracts. When a Fund writes a call option on a broadly-based stock market index, the Fund will segregate with its custodian, or pledge to a broker as collateral for the option, cash or other liquid assets or "qualified securities" with a market value at the time the option is written of not less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts.
If a Fund has written an option on an industry or market segment index, it will segregate with its custodian, or pledge to a broker as collateral for the option, at least ten "qualified securities," which are stocks of issuers in such industry or market segment, with a market value at the time the option is written of not less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts. Such stocks will include stocks that represent at least 50% of the weighting of the industry or market segment index and will represent at least 50% of the Fund's holdings in that industry or market segment. No individual security will represent more than 15% of the amount so segregated or pledged in the case of broadly-based stock market index options or 25% of such amount in the case of industry or market segment index options.
If at the close of business on any day the market value of such qualified securities so segregated or pledged falls below 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts, the Fund will so segregate or pledge an amount in cash or other liquid assets equal in value to the difference. In addition, when a Fund writes a call on an index that is in-the- money at the time the call is written, the Fund will segregate with its custodian or pledge to the broker as collateral cash or other liquid assets equal in value to the amount by which the call is in-the-money times the multiplier times the number of contracts. Any amount segregated pursuant to the foregoing sentence may be applied to the Fund's obligation to segregate additional amounts in the event that the market value of the qualified securities falls below 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts. A "qualified security" is an equity security that is listed on a national securities exchange or listed on Nasdaq against which a Fund has not written a stock call option and that has not been hedged by the Fund by the sale of stock index futures. However, if the Fund holds a call on the same index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is segregated by the Fund in cash or other liquid assets with its custodian, it will not be subject to the requirements described in this paragraph.
A Fund may engage in futures contracts and options on futures transactions as a hedge against changes, resulting from market or political conditions, in the value of the currencies to which the Fund is subject or to which the Fund expects to be subject in connection with future purchases. A Fund may engage in such transactions when they are economically appropriate for the reduction of risks inherent in the ongoing management of the Fund. A Fund may write options on futures contracts to realize through the receipt of premium income a greater return than would be realized in the Fund's securities holdings alone.
OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
LENDING OF SECURITIES. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the Total Return Bond Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund, and are at all times secured by cash or equivalent collateral (including a line of credit) that is equal to at least 100% of the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower will pay the Fund an amount equivalent to any dividend or interest paid on such securities and the Fund may invest the cash collateral and earn additional income, or it may receive an agreed-upon amount of interest income from the borrower. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund
continues to receive payments in lieu of the interest and dividends of the loaned securities, while at the same time earning interest either directly from the borrower or on the collateral that will be invested in short-term obligations.
A loan may be terminated by the borrower or by the Fund at any time. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Fund's Adviser to be creditworthy pursuant to procedures approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board) and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund.
Since voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, in whole or in part as may be appropriate, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund's investment in such loaned securities. The Fund may pay reasonable finders', administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities or may share the interest earned on collateral with the borrower.
WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES. Each Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis. When-issued or delayed-delivery transactions arise when securities are purchased or sold by a Fund with payment and delivery taking place in the future in order to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield to the Fund at the time of entering into the transaction. A Fund's custodian will segregate cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's purchase commitments. The securities so purchased are subject to market fluctuation and no interest accrues to the purchaser during the period between purchase and settlement. At the time of delivery of the securities, the value may be more or less than the purchase price and an increase in the percentage of a Fund's assets committed to the purchase of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may increase the volatility of a Fund's net asset value.
SHORT SALES. The Total Return Bond Fund may sell a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security (i.e., make short sales). Generally, to complete the transaction, the Fund will borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender any interest that accrues during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements until the short position is closed out. Until the Fund replaces the borrowed security, it will (1) segregate with its custodian cash or other liquid assets at such a level that the amount deposited in the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current market value of the security sold short and will not be less than the market value of the security at the time it was sold short or (2) otherwise cover its short position.
The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. The Portfolio will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss will be increased, by the amount of any premium or interest paid in connection with the short sale. No more than 25% of the value of
the Fund's net assets will be, when added together: (1) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace securities borrowed to effect short sales and (2) segregated in connection with short sales.
The Total Return Bond Fund may also make short sales against-the-box. A short sale against-the-box is a short sale in which the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, with or without payment of any further consideration, such securities; provided that if further consideration is required in connection with the conversion or exchange, cash or other liquid assets, in an amount equal to such consideration must be segregated for an equal amount of the securities of the same issuer as the securities sold short.
BORROWING. The Total Return Bond Fund may borrow from banks or through dollar rolls or reverse repurchase agreements an amount equal to no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (calculated when the loan is made) from banks for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes, for the clearance of transactions or to take advantage of investment opportunities. The Fund may pledge up to 33 1/3% of its total assets to secure these borrowings.
The other Funds may each borrow from banks or through dollar rolls or reverse repurchase agreements an amount equal to no more than 20% of the value of its total assets (calculated when the loan is made) for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes, or for the clearance of transactions. Each of these Funds may pledge up to 20% of its total assets to secure these borrowings.
If a Fund borrows to invest in securities, or if a Fund purchases securities at a time when borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets, any investment gains made on the securities in excess of interest paid on the borrowing will cause the net asset value of the shares to rise faster than would otherwise be the case. On the other hand, if the investment performance of the additional securities purchased fails to cover their cost (including any interest paid on the money borrowed) to a Fund, the net asset value of the Fund's shares will decrease faster than would otherwise be the case. This is the speculative characteristic known as "leverage." See "Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls" above. No Fund will purchase securities if its borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.
If any Fund's asset coverage for borrowings falls below 300%, such Fund will take prompt action (within 3 days) to reduce its borrowings even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time.
SEGREGATED ASSETS
When a Fund is required to segregate assets in connection with certain portfolio transactions, it will designate cash or liquid assets as segregated with the Trust's custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company (State Street) or earmark such assets as segregated on the Adviser's records. "Liquid assets" mean cash, U.S. Government securities, equity securities (including foreign securities), debt securities or other liquid, unencumbered assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of potentially leveraged transactions, marked-to-market daily. These include forward contracts, when-issued and delayed delivery securities, futures contracts, written options and options on futures contracts (unless otherwise covered). If collateralized or otherwise covered, in accordance with Commission guidelines, these will not be deemed to be senior securities.
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGY AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
When conditions dictate a temporary defensive strategy or pending investment of proceeds from sales of the Funds' shares, the Funds may invest without limit in money market instruments, including commercial paper of domestic and foreign corporations, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and other obligations of domestic and foreign banks, and obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its instrumentalities and its agencies. Commercial paper will be rated, at the time of purchase, at least A-2 by S&P or Prime-2 by Moody's, or the equivalent by another NRSRO or, if not rated, issued by an entity having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
rated at least A or A-2 by S&P or A or Prime-2 by Moody's or the equivalent by another NRSRO. In addition, each of the Large Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds may invest without limit in corporate and other debt obligations and the Large Cap Growth Fund may invest without limit in repurchase agreements when the Adviser believes that a temporary defensive position is appropriate.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
Portfolio turnover rate is generally the percentage computed by dividing the lesser of portfolio purchases or sales (excluding all securities, including options, whose maturities or expiration date at acquisition were one year or less) by the monthly average value of the long-term portfolio. High portfolio turnover (100% or more) may involve correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by each Fund. See "Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices." In addition, high portfolio turnover may result in increased short-term capital gains, which when distributed to shareholders, are treated as ordinary income. See "Taxes, Dividends, and Distributions." The Total Return Bond Fund experienced higher than expected portfolio turnover during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002, due primarily to investments in mortgage-backed "to-be-announced" securities ("TBAs"), which, although classified as derivatives, allowed the Fund to maintain exposure to a pool of mortgage-backed securities before those securities were issued.
The portfolio turnover rates for the Funds for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2002, 2001 and the period from November 3, 1999 (commencement of operations) to July 31, 2000 were as follows:
FUND 2002 2001 2000 ---- ---- ---- ---- Large Cap Growth Fund....................................... 74% 64% 39% Large Cap Value Fund........................................ 55% 46% 58% Small Cap Growth Fund....................................... 151% 149% 112% Small Cap Value Fund........................................ 142% 54% 34% International Equity Fund................................... 75% 40% 40% Total Return Bond Fund...................................... 530% 638% 423% |
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Trust has adopted the restrictions listed below as fundamental policies. Under the 1940 Act, a fundamental policy are those which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of a Fund's outstanding voting securities. A "majority of the outstanding voting securities" of a Fund, when used in this SAI, means the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present in person or represented by proxy or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares.
A Fund may not:
1. Purchase securities on margin (but the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of transactions); provided that the deposit or payment by the Fund of initial or variation margin in connection with options or futures contracts is not considered the purchase of a security on margin.
2. Make short sales of securities, or maintain a short position if, when added together, more than 25% of the value of the Fund's net assets would be (1) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace securities borrowed to effect short sales and (2) allocated to segregated accounts in connection with short sales. Short sales "against-the-box" are not subject to this limitation.
3. Issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that the Fund may borrow from banks or through dollar rolls or reverse repurchase agreements up to 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (calculated when the loan is made) for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes, to take advantage of investment opportunities or for the clearance of transactions and may pledge its assets to secure such borrowings. For purposes of this restriction, the purchase or sale of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, forward foreign currency exchange contracts and collateral arrangements relating thereto, and collateral arrangements with respect to futures contracts and options thereon and with respect to the writing of options and obligations of the Trust to Trustees pursuant to deferred compensation arrangements are not deemed to be a pledge of assets or the issuance of a senior security subject to this restriction.
4. Purchase any security (other than obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities) if, as a result, with respect to 75% of its total assets, more than 5% of the Fund's total assets (determined at the time of investment) would then be invested in securities of a single issuer, except as permitted by Section 5(b)(1) of the 1940 Act or any successor provision on the requirements applicable to diversified investment companies.
5. Purchase any security (other than obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities) if as a result 25% or more of the Fund's total assets (determined at the time of investment) would be invested in one or more issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry.
6. Buy or sell real estate or interests in real estate, except that the Fund may purchase and sell mortgaged-backed securities, securities collateralized by mortgages, securities which are secured by real estate, securities of companies which invest or deal in real estate and publicly traded securities of real estate investment trusts.
7. Act as underwriter except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws. Each Fund may purchase restricted securities without limit.
8. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.
9. Make loans, except through (1) repurchase agreements and (2) loans of portfolio securities limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets. For purposes of this limitation on securities lending, the value of a Fund's total assets includes the collateral received in the transactions.
10. Purchase more than 10% of all outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.
The foregoing restrictions are fundamental policies that may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the Fund's voting securities.
Whenever any fundamental investment policy or investment restriction states a maximum percentage of the Fund's assets, it is intended that if the percentage limitation is met at the time the investment is made, a later change in percentage resulting from changing total or net asset values will not be considered a violation of such policy. However, in the event that the Fund's asset coverage for borrowings falls below 300%, the Fund will take prompt action to reduce its borrowings, as required by applicable law.
As a matter of non-fundamental operating policy, a portfolio will not purchase rights if as a result the Fund would then have more than 5% of its assets (determined at the time of investment) invested in rights.
The Funds will provide 60 days' prior written notice to shareholders of a change in any Fund's non-fundamental policy of investing a certain percentage of its "investable assets" (that is, net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in the type of investments suggested by the Fund's name.
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
Information pertaining to the Trustees of the Trust is set forth below. Trustees who are not deemed to be "interested persons" of the Trust, (as defined in the 1940 Act), are referred to as "Independent Trustees." Trustees who are deemed to be "interested persons" of the Trust are referred to as "Interested Trustees." "Fund Complex" consists the Trust and any other investment companies managed by PI.
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
NUMBER OF TERMS OF PORTFOLIOS OFFICE(2) IN FUND AND LENGTH COMPLEX POSITION WITH OF TIME PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS OVERSEEN OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND AGE THE TRUST SERVED DURING PAST 5 YEARS BY TRUSTEE HELD BY TRUSTEE(3) ------------------------ ------------- ---------- --------------------- ---------- ------------------- Eugene C. Dorsey (75) Trustee Since 1999 Retired President, Chief 78 Director (since 1996) Executive Officer and Trustee of First Financial of the Gannett Foundation Fund, Inc. (First (now Freedom Forum) since Financial) and The December 1989; formerly High Yield Plus Fund, Publisher of four Gannett Inc. (High Yield newspapers and Vice President Plus). of Gannett Co., Inc.; Chairman of Independent Sector, Washington, D.C. (largest national coalition of philanthropic organizations); Chairman of the American Council for the Arts; Director of the Advisory Board of Chase Manhattan Bank of Rochester. Saul K. Fenster, Ph.D. (69) Trustee Since 2000 Currently President Emeritus 79 Director (since 2000) of New Jersey Institute of of IDT Corporation. Technology, formerly President (1978-2002) of New Jersey Institute of Technology; Commissioner (1998-2002) of the Middle States Association Commission on Higher Education; Commissioner (1985-2002) of the New Jersey Commission on Science and Technology; Director (since 1998) Society of Manufacturing Engineering Education Foundation, formerly a director or trustee of Liberty Science Center, Research and Development Council of New Jersey, New Jersey State Chamber of Commerce, and National Action Council for Minorities in Engineering. |
NUMBER OF TERMS OF PORTFOLIOS OFFICE(2) IN FUND AND LENGTH COMPLEX POSITION WITH OF TIME PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS OVERSEEN OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND AGE THE TRUST SERVED DURING PAST 5 YEARS BY TRUSTEE HELD BY TRUSTEE(3) ------------------------ ------------- ---------- --------------------- ---------- ------------------- Robert E. LaBlanc (68) Trustee Since 1999 President (since 1981) of 74 Director of Storage Robert E. LaBlanc Associates, Technology Corporation Inc. (telecommunications); (since 1979), Titan formerly General Partner at Corporation Salomon Brothers and Vice- (electronics, since Chairman of Continental 1995), Computer Telecom; Trustee of Manhattan Associated College. International, Inc. (since 2002) (software company), Chartered Semiconductor Ltd. (Singapore) (since 1998), First Financial (since 1999) and High Yield Plus (since 1999). Douglas H. McCorkindale (63) Trustee Since 1999 Chairman (since February 75 Director of 2001), Chief Executive Continental Airlines, Officer (since June 2000) and Inc., Lockheed Martin President (since September Corp.) (since 2001) 1997) of Gannett Co. Inc. and High Yield Plus (publishing and media); (since 1996). formerly Vice Chairman (March 1984-May 2000) of Gannett Co. Inc. W. Scott McDonald, Jr. (65) Trustee Since 2000 Vice President (since 1997) 79 of Kaludis Consulting Group, Inc. (company serving higher education); formerly principal (1995-1997), Scott McDonald & Associates, Chief Operating Officer (1991-1995), Fairleigh Dickinson University, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (1975-1991), Drew University, interim President (1988-1990), Drew University and former director of School, College and University Underwriters Ltd. Thomas T. Mooney (60) Trustee Since 1999 President of the Greater 95 Director, President Rochester Metro Chamber of and Treasurer of First Commerce; formerly Rochester Financial, (since City Manager; formerly Deputy 1986) and High Yield Monroe County Executive; Plus (since 1988). Trustee of Center for Governmental Research, Inc.; Director of Blue Cross of Rochester, Monroe County Water Authority and Executive Service Corps of Rochester. |
NUMBER OF TERMS OF PORTFOLIOS OFFICE(2) IN FUND AND LENGTH COMPLEX POSITION WITH OF TIME PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS OVERSEEN OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND AGE THE TRUST SERVED DURING PAST 5 YEARS BY TRUSTEE HELD BY TRUSTEE(3) ------------------------ ------------- ---------- --------------------- ---------- ------------------- Stephen Stoneburn (59) Trustee Since 1999 President and Chief Executive 74 Officer (since June 1996) of Quadrant Media Corp. (a publishing company); formerly President (June 1995-June 1996) of Argus Integrated Media, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Managing Director (January 1993-1995) of Cowles Business Media and Senior Vice President of Fairchild Publications, Inc (1975-1989). Joseph Weber, Ph.D. (78) Trustee Since 2000 Vice President, Finance 62 (retired), Interclass (international corporate learning) since 1991; formerly President, The Alliance for Learning; retired Vice President, Member of the Board of Directors and Member of the Executive and Operating Committees, Hoffmann-LaRoche Inc; Member, Board of Overseers, New Jersey Institute of Technology. Trustee and Vice Chairman Emeritus, Fairleigh Dickinson University. Clay T. Whitehead (63) Trustee Since 1999 President (since 1983) of 91 Director (since 2000) National Exchange Inc. (new of First Financial and business development firm). High Yield Plus. |
INTERESTED TRUSTEES(4)
NUMBER OF TERMS OF PORTFOLIOS OFFICE(2) IN FUND AND LENGTH COMPLEX POSITION(S) WITH OF TIME PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS OVERSEEN OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND AGE THE TRUST SERVED DURING PAST 5 YEARS BY TRUSTEE HELD BY TRUSTEE(3) ------------------------ ---------------- ---------- --------------------- ---------- ------------------- Robert F. Gunia (55) Vice President Since 1999 Executive Vice President 112 Vice President and and Trustee and Chief Administrative Director (since May Officer (since June 1999) 1989) of The Asia of PI; Executive Vice Pacific Fund, Inc. and President and Treasurer Nicholas-Applegate (since January 1996) of PI; Fund, Inc. President (since April 1999) of Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (PIMS); Corporate Vice President (since September 1997) of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential); formerly Senior Vice President (March 1987-May 1999) of Prudential Securities Incorporated (Prudential Securities); formerly Chief Administrative Officer (July 1989-September 1996), Director (January 1989- September 1996) and Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (June 1987-December 1996) of Prudential Mutual Fund Management, Inc. (PMF) David R. Odenath, Jr. (45) President and Since 1999 Officer in Charge, 115 Trustee President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer (since June 1999) of PI; Senior Vice President (since June 1999) of Prudential; formerly Senior Vice President (August 1993-May 1999) of PaineWebber Group, Inc. |
Information pertaining to Officers of the Trust who are not also Trustees is set forth below.
OFFICERS
TERMS OF OFFICE(2) AND LENGTH POSITION(S) WITH OF TIME PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND AGE THE TRUST SERVED DURING PAST 5 YEARS ------------------------ ---------------- ---------- --------------------- Judy A. Rice (54) Vice President Since 2000 Executive Vice President (since 1999) of PI; formerly various positions to Senior Vice President (1992-1999) of Prudential Securities; and various positions to Managing Director (1975-1992) of Salomon Smith Barney; Governor of the Money Management Institute; Member of the Prudential Securities Operating Council and the National Association for Variable Annuities. |
TERMS OF OFFICE(2) AND LENGTH POSITION(S) WITH OF TIME PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS NAME, ADDRESS(1) AND AGE THE TRUST SERVED DURING PAST 5 YEARS ------------------------ ---------------- ---------- --------------------- Marguerite E. H. Morrison Secretary Since 2002 Vice President and Chief Legal Officer-Mutual Funds and (46) Unit Investment Trusts (since August 2000) of Prudential; Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since February 2001) of PI; Vice President and Assistant Secretary of PIMS (since October 2001), previously Vice President and Associate General Counsel (December 1996- February 2001) of PI and Vice President and Associate General Counsel (September 1987-September 1996) of Prudential Securities. Grace C. Torres (43) Treasurer and Since 2000 Senior Vice President (since January 2000) of PI; Principal formerly First Vice President (December 1996-January Financial and 2000) of PI and First Vice President (March 1993-1999) of Accounting Prudential Securities. Officer |
(1) Unless otherwise noted, the address of the Trustees and Officers is c/o Prudential Investments LLC, Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.
(2) There is no set term of office for Trustees and Officers. The Independent Trustees have adopted a retirement policy that calls for retirement of Trustees on December 31 of the year in which they reach the age of 75, except that Mr. Weber will retire by December 31, 2002. The table shows the number of years for which they have served as Trustee and/or Officer.
(3) This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e., "public companies") or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.
(4) "Interested" Trustee, as defined in the 1940 Act, by reason of employment with the Manager, an Adviser or the Distributor.
The Trust has Trustees who, in addition to overseeing the actions of the Fund's Manager, Advisers and Distributor, decide upon matters of general policy, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act. In addition to their functions set forth under "Investment Advisory and Other Services -- Manager and Advisers" and "Principle Underwriter, Distributor and Rule 12b-1 Plans," the Trustees also review the actions of the Trust's Officers, who conduct and supervise the daily business operations of the Funds. Pursuant to the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Board may contract for advisory and management services for the Trust or for any of its series (or class thereof). Any such contract may permit the Manager to delegate certain or all of its duties under such contracts to qualified investment advisers and administrators.
Trustees and Officers of the Trust are also trustees, directors and officers of some or all of the other investment companies advised by the Trust's Manager and distributed by PIMS.
Pursuant to the Management Agreement with the Trust, the Manager pays all compensation of Officers and employees of the Trust as well as the fees and expenses of all Interested Trustees.
STANDING BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board has established two standing committees in connection with the governance of the Trust -- Audit and Nominating.
The Audit Committee consists of all of the Independent Trustees. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in overseeing the Trust's independent accountants, accounting policies and procedures, and other areas relating to the Trust's auditing processes. The scope of the Audit Committee's responsibilities is oversight. It is management's responsibility to maintain appropriate systems for accounting and internal control and the independent accountants' responsibility to plan and carry out a proper audit. The Audit Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002.
The Nominating Committee consists of all of the Independent Trustees. This Committee interviews and recommends to the Board persons to be nominated for election as Trustees by the
Trust's shareholders and selects and proposes nominees for election by the Board between annual meetings. This Committee does not normally consider candidates proposed by shareholders for election as Trustees. The Nominating Committee also reviews the independence of Trustees currently serving on the Board and recommends to the Board Independent Trustees to be selected for membership on Board Committees. The Nominating Committee reviews each Trustee's Investment in the Trust, matters relating to Trustee compensation and expenses and compliance with the Trust's retirement policy. The Nominating Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002.
In addition to the two standing Committees of the Trust, the Board has also approved Trustee participation in an Executive Committee designed to coordinate the governance of all of the mutual funds in the Prudential mutual fund complex. The role of the Executive Committee is solely advisory and consultative, without derogation of any of the duties or responsibilities of the Board. Messrs. Dorsey, Mooney and Whitehead serve on the Executive Committee. Independent Trustees from other funds in the Prudential mutual fund complex also serve on the Executive Committee. The responsibilities of the Executive Committee include: facilitating communication and coordination between the Independent Trustees and fund management on issues that affect more than one fund; serving as a liaison between the Boards of Directors/Trustees of funds and fund management; developing, in consultation with outside counsel and management, draft agendas for Board meetings; reviewing and recommending changes to Board practices generally and monitoring and supervising the performance of legal counsel to the funds generally and the Independent Trustees.
The Trust pays each of its Independent Trustees annual compensation in addition to certain out-of-pocket expenses. Trustees who serve on the Committees may receive additional compensation. The amount of compensation paid to each Independent Trustee may change as a result of the introduction of additional funds upon whose Boards the Trustees may be asked to serve.
Independent Trustees may defer receipt of their Trustees' fees pursuant to a deferred fee agreement with the Trust. Under the terms of such agreement, the Trust accrues daily deferred Trustees fees which, in turn, accrue interest at a rate equivalent to the prevailing rate of 90-day U.S. Treasury bills at the beginning of each calendar quarter or, at the daily rate of return of any Prudential mutual fund chosen by the Trustee. The Trust's obligation to make payments of deferred Trustees' fees, together with interest thereon, is a general obligation of the Trust.
The Trust has no retirement or pension plan for its Trustees.
The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid by the Trust to the Trustees who are not affiliated with the Manager for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and the aggregate compensation paid to such Trustees for service on the Trust's Board and the boards of all other investment companies managed by PIFM (Fund Complex) for the calendar year ended December 31, 2001.
COMPENSATION TABLE
TOTAL 2001 COMPENSATION AGGREGATE FROM TRUST AND FUND COMPENSATION COMPLEX PAID TO NAME OF TRUSTEE FROM TRUST TRUSTEES --------------- ------------ ----------------------- Eugene C. Dorsey*........................................... $8,825 $120,833(16/78)** Saul K. Fenster............................................. $8,458 $110,332(21/79)** Robert F. Gunia++........................................... None None Maurice F. Holmes+.......................................... $3,649 $ 58,333(5/58)** Robert E. LaBlanc........................................... $8,389 $115,333(18/74)** Douglas H. McCorkindale*.................................... $7,925 $110,000(17/75)** W. Scott McDonald, Jr. ..................................... $8,719 $118,000(21/79)** Thomas T. Mooney*........................................... $7,925 $164,000(28/95)** David R. Odenath, Jr.++..................................... None None Stephen Stoneburn........................................... $8,458 $110,332(18/74)** Joseph Weber................................................ $8,458 $ 55,000(9/62)** Clay T. Whitehead........................................... $7,925 $173,000(30/91)** |
* Although the last column shows the total amount paid to Trustees from the Fund Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2001, such compensation was deferred at the election of Trustees under the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plans. Including accrued interest and the selected Prudential fund's rate of return, total compensation amounted to approximately $135,070 for Mr. Dorsey, $91,273 for Mr. McCorkindale and $148,850 for Mr. Mooney.
** Indicates number of funds/portfolios in the Fund Complex (including the Trust) to which aggregate compensation relates.
+ As of March 1, 2002, Mr. Holmes has retired as a "non-interested" director of the Fund.
++ Interested Trustees do not receive compensation from the Funds or any Fund in the Fund Complex.
The following tables set forth the dollar range of equity securities in the Trust beneficially owned by a Trustee, and, on an aggregate basis, in all registered investment companies overseen by a Trustee in the Fund Complex as of December 31, 2001.
TRUSTEE SHARE OWNERSHIP TABLE
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
AGGREGATE DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN ALL REGISTERED INVESTMENT DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY COMPANIES OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE IN NAME OF TRUSTEE SECURITIES IN THE TRUST FUND COMPLEX --------------- ----------------------- --------------------------------------- Eugene C. Dorsey............................ -- $10,001 -- $50,000 Saul K. Fenster............................. -- $50,001 -- $100,000 Robert E. La Blanc.......................... -- Over $100,000 Douglas H. McCorkindale..................... -- Over $100,000 W. Scott McDonald, Jr....................... -- Over $100,000 Thomas T. Mooney............................ -- Over $100,000 Stephen Stoneburn........................... -- Over $100,000 Joseph Weber................................ -- -- Clay T. Whitehead........................... -- $50,001 -- $100,000 |
INTERESTED TRUSTEES
AGGREGATE DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN ALL REGISTERED INVESTMENT DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY COMPANIES OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE IN NAME OF TRUSTEE SECURITIES IN THE TRUST FUND COMPLEX --------------- ----------------------- --------------------------------------- Robert F. Gunia............................. -- Over $100,000 David R. Odenath, Jr. ...................... -- Over $100,000 |
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
As of September 6, 2002, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Funds.
As of September 6, 2002, the owners, directly or indirectly, of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of any Fund were as follows:
LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
NAME ADDRESS CLASS SHARES/% ---- ------- ----- -------- Prudential Retirement PO Box 15040 A 60,435/6.46% Services Administrator For New Brunswick NJ 08906-5040 Plan 7009 NPK Construction Equp Inc 401K Prudential Retirement PO Box 15040 A 49,301/5.27% Services Administrator For New Brunswick NJ 08906 Plan 7005 Kelly's Pike & Supply 401K |
SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
NAME ADDRESS CLASS SHARES/% ---- ------- ----- -------- Prudential Retirement PO Box 15040 A 65,831/10.6% Services Administrator For New Brunswick NJ 08906-5040 Plan 7009 NPK Construction Equp Inc 401K Prudential Retirement PO Box 15040 A 39,970/6.44% Services Administrator For New Brunswick NJ 08906 Plan 7005 Kelly's Pike & Supply 401K Prudential Retirement PO Box 15040 A 40,965/6.60% Services Nominee For Trustee New Brunswick NJ 08906-5040 Pl 7069 Emess Lighting Inc 401K |
SMALL CAP VALUE FUND
NAME ADDRESS CLASS SHARES/% ---- ------- ----- -------- Prudential Retirement PO Box 15040 A 43,724/5.83% Services Administrator For New Brunswick NJ 08906-5040 Plan 7009 NPK Construction Equp Inc 401K |
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
NAME ADDRESS CLASS SHARES/% ---- ------- ----- -------- SEI Trust Company One Freedom Valley Drive A 32,863/6.12% C/O Prudential Bache Oaks PA 19456 Attn: Mutual Fund Administrator Prudential Securities C/F 3535 Hidden Lake LN SE A 32,362/6.02% Robert D Burton MD Grand Rapids MI 49546-2133 IRA Rollover DTD 01/31/94 |
NAME ADDRESS CLASS SHARES/% ---- ------- ----- -------- Prudential Retirement Services PO Box 15040 A 56,326/10.4% Administrator For Plan 7009 New Brunswick NJ 08906-5040 NPK Construction Equip Inc 401K Prudential Retirement Services PO Box 15040 A 49,314/9.18% Administrator For Plan 7005 New Brunswick NJ 08906-5040 Kelly's Pike & Supply 401K Prudential Retirement Services PO Box 15040 A 31,477/5.86% Nominee For Trustee Pl 7069 New Brunswick NJ 08906-5040 Emess Lighting Inc 401K Prudential Retirement Services PO Box 15040 A 27,498/5.12% Nominee For Trustee Pl 6772 New Brunswick NJ 08905-5040 Macfarms Of Hawaii Inc 401K |
TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND
NAME ADDRESS CLASS SHARES/% ---- ------- ----- -------- Prudential Retirement PO Box 5310 A 220,608/11.00% Services Administrator For Scranton PA 18505-5310 Plan S300349 East Neck Nursing Center Edward Unger TTEE 1 Ingallis Dr A 120,591/6.01% Radiology Imaging Consultants Harvey IL 60426-3558 PS Plan DTD 06/06/86 |
As of September 18, 2002, Prudential Securities was record holder for beneficial owners of the following shares of beneficial interest outstanding and entitled to vote in each Fund:
FUND SHARES/% ---- -------- Large Cap Growth Fund Class A................................................... 2,823,839/81.66% Class B................................................... 4,535,591/75.04% Class C................................................... 8,737,474/91.94% Large Cap Value Fund Class A................................................... 711,481/76.06% Class B................................................... 1,369,422/66.46% Class C................................................... 1,825,490/91.02% Small Cap Growth Fund Class A................................................... 459,035/74.01% Class B................................................... 721,413/68.97% Class C................................................... 1,006,745/93.21% Small Cap Value Fund Class A................................................... 555,329/74.01% Class B................................................... 985,742/71.92% Class C................................................... 1,353,149/93.47% International Equity Fund Class A................................................... 423,316/78.86% Class B................................................... 590,666/70.41% Class C................................................... 990,366/91.59% |
FUND SHARES/% ---- -------- Total Return Bond Fund Class A................................................... 1,598,154/79.71% Class B................................................... 3,797,087/72.61% Class C................................................... 3,499,935/89.87% |
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
MANAGER AND ADVISERS
The Manager of the Trust is Prudential Investments LLC (PI or the Manager), Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, New Jersey 07102. PI serves as manager to all of the other investment companies that, for purposes of this SAI, together with the Trust and the other Strategic Partners mutual funds, comprise the Prudential mutual funds. See "How the Trust is Managed -- Manager" in the Prospectus. As of June 30, 2002, PI served as the investment manager to all of the Prudential U.S. and off-shore investment companies, and as manager or administrator to closed-end investment companies, with assets of approximately $93.07 billion. According to the Investment Company Institute, as of December 31, 2001, the Prudential mutual funds were the 23rd largest family of mutual funds in the United States.
PI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PIFM Holdco, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Asset Management Holding Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential). Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (PMFS), an affiliate of PI, serves as the transfer agent for the Prudential mutual funds and, in addition, provides customer service, recordkeeping and management and administrative services to qualified plans.
Pursuant to the Management Agreement with the Trust (the Management Agreement), PI, subject to the supervision of the Trustees and in conformity with the stated policies of the Trust, manages both the investment operations of the Trust and the composition of the Funds' portfolios, including the purchase, retention, disposition and loan of securities. In connection therewith, PI is obligated to keep certain books and records of the Trust. The Manager is authorized to enter into subadvisory agreements for investment advisory services in connection with the management of the Trust and each Fund thereof. The Manager will continue to have responsibility for all investment advisory services furnished pursuant to any such investment advisory agreements.
The Manager will review the performance of all Advisers, and make recommendations to the Trustees with respect to the retention and renewal of contracts. PI also administers the Trust's business affairs and, in connection therewith, furnishes the Trust with office facilities, together with those ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services that are not being furnished by the Custodian and PMFS, the Trust's transfer and dividend disbursing agent. The management services of PI for the Trust are not exclusive under the terms of the Management Agreement and PI is free to, and does, render management services to others.
The following table sets forth the annual management fee rates payable by each Fund to PI pursuant to the Management Agreement, and the amount of such fees that may be retained by PI, each expressed as a percentage of the Fund's average daily net assets:
TOTAL AMOUNT RETAINED FUND MANAGEMENT FEE BY PI ---- -------------- --------------- Large Cap Growth Fund.............................. 0.70% 0.40% Large Cap Value Fund............................... 0.70% 0.40% Small Cap Growth Fund.............................. 0.70% 0.30% Small Cap Value Fund............................... 0.70% 0.30% International Equity Fund.......................... 0.80% 0.40% Total Return Bond Fund............................. 0.50% 0.25% |
The fee is computed daily and payable monthly. The Management Agreement also provides that, in the event the expenses of the Trust (including the fees of PI, but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, distribution fees and litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust's business) for any fiscal year exceed the lowest applicable annual expense limitation established and enforced pursuant to the statutes or regulations of any jurisdiction in which the Trust's shares are qualified for offer and sale, the compensation due to PI will be reduced by the amount of such excess. Reductions in excess of the total compensation payable to PI will be paid by PI to the Trust. No jurisdiction currently limits the Trust's expenses.
In connection with its management of the business affairs of the Trust, PI bears the following expenses:
(1) the salaries and expenses of all of its and the Trust's personnel except the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of PI or the Advisers;
(2) all expenses incurred by PI or by the Trust in connection with managing the ordinary course of the Trust's business, other than those assumed by the Trust as described below; and
(3) the fees payable to each Adviser pursuant to the subadvisory agreements between PI and each Adviser (the Subadvisory Agreement).
Under the terms of the Management Agreement, the Trust is responsible for the payment of the following expenses: (1) the fees payable to the Manager, (2) the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of the Manager or the Advisers, (3) the fees and certain expenses of the custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent, including the cost of providing records to the Manager in connection with its obligation of maintaining required records of the Trust and of pricing the Trust's shares, (4) the charges and expenses of legal counsel and independent accountants for the Trust, (5) brokerage commissions and any issue or transfer taxes chargeable to the Trust in connection with its securities transactions, (6) all taxes and corporate fees payable by the Trust to governmental agencies, (7) the fees of any trade associations of which the Trust may be a member, (8) the cost of share certificates representing shares of the Trust, (9) the cost of fidelity and liability insurance, (10) certain organization expenses of the Trust and the fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registration of the Trust and of its shares with the Commission including the preparation and printing of the Trust's registration statements and prospectuses for such purposes, (11) allocable communications expenses with respect to investor services and all expenses of shareholders' and Trustees' meetings and of preparing, printing and mailing reports, proxy statements and prospectuses to shareholders in the amount necessary for distribution to the shareholders and (12) litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust's business.
The Management Agreement provides that PI will not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which the Management Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty. The Management Agreement provides that it will terminate automatically if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party upon not more than 60 days' nor less than 30 days' written notice. The Management Agreement will continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date of execution only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the 1940 Act. As discussed in the Prospectus, PI employs each Adviser under a "manager-of-managers" structure that allows PI to replace the Adviser or amend the Advisory Agreement without seeking shareholder approval.
For the two fiscal years ended July 31, 2002 and 2001, PI received the following management fees:
MANAGEMENT FEE PAID ---------- FUND 2002 2001 ---- ---------- ---------- Large Cap Growth Fund.................................... $1,083,776 $1,720,527 Large Cap Value Fund..................................... $ 348,343 $ 285,632 Small Cap Growth Fund.................................... $ 142,842 $ 154,939 Small Cap Value Fund..................................... $ 261,152 $ 142,513 International Equity Fund................................ $ 137,630 $ 160,846 Total Return Bond Fund................................... $ 390,367 $ 175,710 |
Each Advisory Agreement provides that the applicable Adviser will furnish investment advisory services to the applicable Fund's portfolio in connection with the management of the Fund. In connection therewith, CCI, J.P. Morgan, Hotchkis and Wiley, Sawgrass, J.P. Morgan Fleming, Lazard, PIMCO, EARNEST, Oak and National City are obligated to keep certain books and records of their respective Fund. Under the Subadvisory Agreements, each Adviser, subject to the supervision of PI, is responsible for managing the assets of its respective Fund in accordance with the Fund's investment objective, investment program and policies. Each Adviser determines what securities and other instruments are purchased and sold for its respective Fund and is responsible for obtaining and evaluating financial data relevant to the Fund. PI continues to have responsibility for all investment advisory services pursuant to the Management Agreement.
Each Subadvisory Agreement provides that it will terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement. Each Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, PI or the Adviser upon not more than 60 days' written notice. Each Subadvisory Agreement provides that it will continue in effect for a period of more than two years from its execution only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
The Manager and the Trust have received an exemptive order from the Commission that permits the Manager, subject to certain conditions, to enter into or amend advisory agreements without obtaining shareholder approval each time. On September 17, 1999, the sole shareholder of the Trust voted affirmatively to give the Trust this ongoing authority. With Board approval, the Manager is permitted to employ new Advisers, change the terms of the Funds' subadvisory agreements or enter into a new subadvisory agreement with an existing Adviser after events that cause an automatic termination of the old advisory agreement with that Adviser. Shareholders of a Fund continue to have the right to terminate a subadvisory agreement for the Fund at any time by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Shareholders will be notified of any Adviser changes or other material amendments to subadvisory agreements that occur under these arrangements.
The Advisers have agreed to annual subadvisory fee rates paid by the Manager pursuant to the subadvisory agreements. These fees are generally lower than the fees the Advisers charge to institutional accounts for which they serve as investment adviser. These fees are computed daily and payable monthly.
ANNUAL FEE PAID BY THE MANAGER TO THE ADVISER(S) (AS % OF AVERAGE FUND DAILY NET ASSETS) ---- ----------------- Large Cap Growth Fund....................................... 0.30% Large Cap Value Fund........................................ 0.30% Small Cap Growth Fund....................................... 0.40% Small Cap Value Fund........................................ 0.40% International Equity Fund................................... 0.40% Total Return Bond Fund...................................... 0.25% |
For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, PI paid the following amounts to the Advisers:
FUND 2002 2001 2000* ---- -------- -------- -------- Large Cap Growth Fund........................... $464,475 $737,368 $481,632 Large Cap Value Fund............................ $149,290 $122,138 $ 56,878 Small Cap Growth Fund........................... $ 81,624 $ 88,537 $ 50,788 Small Cap Value Fund............................ $149,230 $ 81,436 $ 36,795 International Equity Fund....................... $ 68,815 $ 80,423 $ 56,840 Total Return Bond Fund.......................... $195,184 $ 87,855 $ 47,644 |
* Represents Date of Inception (November 3, 1999) through fiscal year end July 31, 2000.
The Advisers perform all administrative functions associated with serving as Adviser to a Fund. Subject to the supervision and direction of the Manager and, ultimately, the Trustees, each Adviser's responsibilities are limited to managing the securities held by the portion of the Fund it serves in accordance with the Fund's stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for that portion of the Fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the portion of the Fund it manages.
MATTERS CONSIDERED BY THE BOARD
The Management and Subadvisory Agreements were last approved by the Board, including all of the Independent Trustees on May 22, 2002, at an in-person meeting called for that purpose. In approving the Management and Subadvisory Agreements, the Board primarily considered, with respect to the Trust, the nature and quality of the services to be provided under the Agreements and the overall fairness of the Agreements to the Trust. The Board requested and evaluated reports from the Manager and Advisers that addressed specific factors designed to inform the Board's consideration of these and other issues.
With respect to the nature and quality of the services to be provided by the Manager and Advisers, the Board considered the performance of a peer group of investment companies pursuing broadly similar strategies, and reviewed reports prepared by an unaffiliated organization applying various statistical and financial measures of fund performance compared to such indexes and peer groups of funds, over the past one, three and five years. The Board also evaluated the division of responsibilities among the Manager and its affiliates, and the capabilities of the personnel providing services. The Board also considered the quality of brokerage execution provided by the Manager and Advisers. The Board reviewed the Manager's and Advisers' use of brokers or dealers that provide research and other services to them, and the benefits that were derived by the Trust from such services. The Board also considered the Manager's and the Advisers' positive compliance history, as neither the Manager nor any of the Advisers has been subject to any significant compliance problems.
With respect to the overall fairness of the Management and Subadvisory Agreements, the Board primarily considered the fee structure of the Agreements. The Board reviewed information from an independent data service about the rates of compensation paid to investment advisers, and overall expense ratios, for funds comparable in character and investment strategy to the Funds. The Board noted that the fee rates paid by the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, to the Manager were comparable to the median compensation paid by comparable mutual funds. The Board also evaluated the aggregate amount and structure of fees paid by the Manager to the Advisers. These matters were also considered at the meeting of Independent Trustees.
The following table identifies each Fund's Adviser(s) and indicates the month and year that the Adviser began service as a subadviser.
BEGAN SERVICE AS FUND ADVISER AN ADVISER ---- ------- ---------------- Large Cap Growth Fund Columbus Circle Investors November 3, 1999 Oak Associates, Ltd. November 3, 1999 Large Cap Value Fund J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (J.P. Morgan)(1) May 24, 2000 Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC(2) October 9, 2001 Small Cap Growth Fund Sawgrass Asset Management, L.L.C. November 3, 1999 J.P. Morgan Fleming Asset Management USA (J.P. Morgan Fleming)(3) August 28, 2000 Small Cap Value Fund National City Investment Management Company (National City)(4) May 3, 2002 EARNEST Partners(5) December 20, 2001 International Equity Fund Lazard Asset Management November 3, 1999 Total Return Bond Fund Pacific Investment Management Company LLC November 3, 1999 |
(2) From November 3, 1999 to October 8, 2001, Mercury Advisors served as a subadviser to the Large Cap Value Portfolio and received the same fee that Hotchkis and Wiley currently receives for managing its segment of the Fund.
(3) From November 3, 1999 to August 28, 2000, Fleming Asset Management USA (Fleming) served as an Adviser to the Small Cap Growth Fund and was paid at the same fee rate that J.P. Morgan Fleming currently is paid for managing its segment of the Fund. J.P. Morgan Fleming is the successor entity to Fleming.
(4) From November 3, 1999 to May 2, 2002 Credit Suisse Asset Management LLC and its predecessor entities served as a subadviser to the Small Cap Value Fund and received the same fee that National City currently receives for managing its segment of the Fund.
(5) From November 3, 1999 to December 19, 2001, Lazard served as a subadviser to the Small Cap Value Portfolio and received the same fee that EARNEST Partners currently receives for managing its segment of the Fund.
PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER, DISTRIBUTOR AND RULE 12b-1 PLANS
Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (PIMS or the Distributor), Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, acts as the distributor of the shares of the Trust. See "How the Trust is Managed -- Distributor" in the Prospectus. PIMS is a subsidiary of Prudential.
Pursuant to separate Distribution and Service Plans (the Class A Plan, the Class B Plan and the Class C Plan, collectively, the Plans) adopted by the Trust under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and a distribution agreement (the Distribution Agreement), the Distributor incurs the expenses of distributing the Funds' Class A, Class B and Class C shares, respectively. See "How the Trust is Managed -- Distributor" in the Prospectus.
The expenses incurred under the Plans include commissions and account servicing fees paid to, or on account of, brokers or financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the Distributor, advertising expenses, the cost of printing and mailing prospectuses to potential
investors and indirect and overhead costs of the Distributor associated with the sale of Fund shares, including lease, utility, communications and sales promotion expenses.
Under the Plans, each Fund is obligated to pay distribution and/or service fees to the Distributor as compensation for its distribution and service activities, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. If the Distributor's expenses exceed its distribution and service fees, a Fund will not be obligated to pay any additional expenses. If the Distributor's expenses are less than such distribution and service fees, it will retain its full fees and realize a profit.
The distribution and/or service fees may also be used by the Distributor to compensate on a continuing basis brokers in consideration for the distribution, marketing, administrative and other services and activities provided by brokers with respect to the promotion of the sale of the Funds' shares and the maintenance of related shareholder accounts.
CLASS A PLAN. Under the Class A Plan, each Fund may pay the Distributor for its distribution-related expenses with respect to Class A shares at an annual rate of up to .30% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares. The Class A Plan provides that (1) up to .25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares may be used to pay for personal service and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts (service fee) and (2) total distribution fees (including the service fee of .25%) may not exceed .30% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares. The Distributor contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees payable under the Class A Plan to .25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and has contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees payable under the Class A Plan to .25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2002 for each Fund. The Distributor also receives an initial sales charge from shareholders.
The table below sets forth the payments received by the Distributor under the Class A Plan, the amount spent by the Distributor in distributing Class A shares and the amount of initial sales charges received by the Distributor in connection with the sale of Class A shares for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001.
AMOUNTS RECEIVED BY THE DISTRIBUTOR FOR CLASS A SHARES
AMOUNT SPENT DISTRIBUTING CLASS A APPROXIMATE DISTRIBUTION FEES SHARES INITIAL SALES CHARGES ----------------- -------------------- ---------------------- FUND 2002 2001 2002 2001 2002 2001 ---- ------- -------- --------- --------- ---------- ---------- Large Cap Growth Fund......... $68,599 $100,069 $50,186 $82,021 $ 87,200 $253,400 Large Cap Value Fund.......... $23,808 $ 18,913 $18,690 $15,667 $ 60,600 $ 74,000 Small Cap Growth Fund......... $12,648 $ 12,773 $ 8,700 $10,100 $ 19,800 $ 32,800 Small Cap Value Fund.......... $22,045 $ 13,954 $16,308 $10,563 $ 74,800 $ 36,800 International Equity Fund..... $ 9,998 $ 11,585 $ 9,998 $11,585 $ 10,100 $ 20,900 Total Return Bond Fund........ $43,909 $ 26,693 $25,751 $14,755 $143,800 $ 84,200 |
The amount spent by the Distributor in distributing Class A shares were primarily for the payment of account servicing fees to financial advisers and other persons who sell Class A shares.
CLASS B AND CLASS C PLANS. Under the Class B and Class C Plans, each Fund may pay the Distributor for its distribution-related expenses with respect to these shares at an annual rate of up to 1% of the average daily net assets of each of the applicable class of shares. The Class B and Class C Plans provide for the payment to the Distributor of (1) an asset-based sales charge of .75% of the average daily net assets of each of the Class B and Class C shares, respectively, and (2) a service fee of .25% of the average daily net assets of each of the Class B and Class C shares. The service fee is used to pay for personal service and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The Distributor also receives contingent deferred sales charges from certain redeeming shareholders and, with respect to Class C shares, an initial sales charge. The Distributor contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees payable under the Class B and Class C Plans to
.75% of the average daily net assets of each of the Class B and Class C shares of the Total Return Bond Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and has voluntarily agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees payable under the Class B and Class C Plans to .75% of the average daily net assets of the Class B and Class C shares, respectively, of the Total Return Bond Fund for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2003.
CLASS B PLAN. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2002 and 2001, the Distributor received payments under the Class B Plans and the proceeds of contingent deferred sales charges (CDSCs) paid by investors on the redemption of Class B shares, as set forth below.
AMOUNTS RECEIVED BY THE DISTRIBUTOR FOR CLASS B SHARES
APPROXIMATE DISTRIBUTION FEES CDSCS ------------------ ------------------ FUND 2002 2001 2002 2001 ---- -------- -------- -------- -------- Large Cap Growth Fund........................... $489,344 $758,195 $205,800 $242,700 Large Cap Value Fund............................ $213,740 $171,884 $ 91,500 $ 39,000 Small Cap Growth Fund........................... $ 80,933 $ 92,435 $ 21,100 $ 20,100 Small Cap Value Fund............................ $153,282 $ 84,315 $ 37,900 $ 15,700 International Equity Fund....................... $ 60,517 $ 70,889 $ 27,800 $ 24,600 Total Return Bond Fund.......................... $274,312 $123,953 $119,900 $ 59,100 |
For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002, the Distributor spent approximately the following amounts on behalf of Class B shares of each Fund.
AMOUNTS SPENT BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN CONNECTION WITH CLASS B SHARES
PRINTING AND COMPENSATION TO COMMISSION MAILING BROKER/DEALERS PAYMENTS TO PROSPECTUSES FOR COMMISSIONS FINANCIAL TOTAL TO OTHER THAN TO REPRESENTATIVES ADVISORS OF AMOUNT CURRENT AND OTHER PRUDENTIAL OVERHEAD SPENT BY FUND SHAREHOLDERS EXPENSES SECURITIES COSTS(1) DISTRIBUTOR ---- ------------- ------------------ ----------- -------- ----------- Large Cap Growth Fund........ $6,700 $114,100 $148,800 $123,300 $ 392,900 Large Cap Value Fund......... $2,800 $ 91,300 $ 66,900 $ 59,600 $ 220,600 Small Cap Growth Fund........ $6,500 $ 38,400 $ 27,400 $ 25,800 $ 98,100 Small Cap Value Fund......... $2,600 $ 83,200 $ 58,400 $ 98,800 $ 243,000 International Equity Fund.... $1,200 $ 20,800 $ 19,700 $ 26,400 $ 68,100 Total Return Bond Fund....... $2,688 $391,423 $225,001 $464,905 $1,084,017 |
CLASS C PLAN. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and 2001, the Distributor received payments under the Class C Plans, initial sales charges and the proceeds of CDSCs paid by investors on the redemption of Class C shares, as set forth below.
AMOUNTS RECEIVED BY THE DISTRIBUTOR FOR CLASS C SHARES
APPROXIMATE INITIAL SALES APPROXIMATE DISTRIBUTION FEES CHARGES CDSCS --------------------- ------------------------- ------------------ FUND 2002 2001 2002 2001 2002 2001 ---- -------- ---------- ----------- ----------- ------- -------- Large Cap Growth Fund..... $784,511 $1,299,422 $ 69,200 $303,400 $36,800 $141,900 Large Cap Value Fund...... $188,662 $ 160,510 $ 38,400 $ 50,000 $11,400 $ 28,000 Small Cap Growth Fund..... $ 72,534 $ 77,816 $ 19,400 $ 32,000 $ 4,700 $ 11,900 Small Cap Value Fund...... $131,614 $ 63,460 $ 35,300 $ 39,400 $ 9,900 $ 7,600 International Equity Fund.................... $ 71,529 $ 83,830 $ 18,600 $ 25,300 $ 3,100 $ 14,600 Total Return Bond Fund.... $179,512 $ 59,533 $164,600 $ 90,200 $47,700 $ 20,000 |
For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002, the Distributor spent approximately the following amounts on behalf of Class C shares of each Fund.
AMOUNTS SPENT BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN CONNECTION WITH CLASS C SHARES
PRINTING AND COMPENSATION TO COMMISSION MAILING BROKER/DEALERS PAYMENTS TO PROSPECTUSES FOR COMMISSIONS FINANCIAL TOTAL TO OTHER THAN TO REPRESENTATIVES ADVISORS OF AMOUNT CURRENT AND OTHER PRUDENTIAL OVERHEAD SPENT BY FUND SHAREHOLDERS EXPENSES SECURITIES COSTS(1) DISTRIBUTOR ---- ------------- ------------------ ----------- -------- ----------- Large Cap Growth Fund.......... $10,900 $ 400 $690,000 $ 99,900 $801,200 Large Cap Value Fund........... $ 2,400 $ 500 $162,800 $ 80,600 $246,300 Small Cap Growth Fund.......... $ 1,700 $ 100 $ 63,000 $ 43,300 $108,100 Small Cap Value Fund........... $ 1,900 $ 700 $129,400 $237,400 $369,400 International Equity Fund...... $ 1,400 $ 200 $ 60,600 $ 27,400 $ 89,600 Total Return Bond Fund......... $ 1,220 $ 5,848 $197,228 $307,754 $512,050 |
(1) Includes (a) the expenses of operating the branch offices of Prudential Securities and Prusec in connection with the sale of fund shares, including lease costs, the salaries and employee benefits of operations and sales support personnel, utility costs, communication costs and the costs of stationery and supplies, (b) the cost of client sales seminars, (c) expenses of mutual fund sales coordinators to promote the sale of Fund shares and (d) other incidental expense relating to branch promotion of Fund sales.
Distribution expenses attributable to the sale of Class A, Class B or Class C shares of each Fund will be allocated to each such class based upon the ratio of sales of each such class to the sales of Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund other than expenses allocable to a particular class. The distribution fee and sales charge of one class will not be used to subsidize the sale of another class.
The Class A, Class B and Class C Plans will continue in effect from year to year, provided that each such continuance is approved at least annually by a vote of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Class A, Class B and Class C Plan or in any agreement related to the Plans (the Rule 12b-1 Trustees), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance. A Plan may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by the vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class on not more than 60 days', nor less than 30 days', written notice to any other party to the Plans. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amounts to be spent for the services described therein without approval by the shareholders of the applicable class, and all material amendments are required to be approved by the Board in the manner described above. Each Plan will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. A Fund will not be obligated to pay expenses incurred under any Plan if it is terminated or not continued.
Pursuant to each Plan, the Board will review at least quarterly a written report of the distribution expenses incurred on behalf of each class of shares of the Funds by the Distributor. The report will include an itemization of the distribution expenses and the purposes of such expenditures. In addition, as long as the Plans remain in effect, the selection and nomination of Rule 12b-1 Trustees shall be committed to the Rule 12b-1 Trustees.
Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Trust has agreed to indemnify the Distributor to the extent permitted by applicable law against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.
In addition to distribution and service fees paid by each Fund under the Class A, Class B and Class C Plans, the Manager (or one of its affiliates) may make payments to dealers (including Prudential Securities) and other persons who distribute shares of the Fund. Such payments may be calculated by reference to the net asset value of shares sold by such persons or otherwise.
FEE WAIVERS/SUBSIDIES
PI may from time to time waive all or a portion of its management fee and subsidize all or a portion of the operating expenses of a Fund. In addition, the Distributor has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its distribution fees for the Class A shares and, with respect to the Total Return Bond Fund, for the Class B and Class C shares for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2003. Fee waivers and subsidies will increase a Fund's total return.
NASD MAXIMUM SALES CHARGE RULE
Pursuant to rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) Conduct Rules, the Distributor is required to limit aggregate initial sales charges, deferred sales charges and asset-based sales charges to 6.25% of total gross sales of each class of shares. Interest charges equal to the prime rate plus one percent per annum may be added to the 6.25% limitation. Sales from the reinvestment of dividends and distributions are not included in the calculation of the 6.25% limitation. The annual asset-based sales charge of the Fund may not exceed .75 of 1%. The 6.25% limitation applies to each class of a Fund rather than on a per shareholder basis. If aggregate sales charges were to exceed 6.25% of total gross sales of any class, all sales charges on shares of that class would be suspended.
OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS
State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Heritage Drive, North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, serves as custodian for the Trust's portfolio securities and cash, and in that capacity maintains certain financial and accounting books and records pursuant to an agreement with the Trust. Subcustodians provide custodial services for each Fund's foreign assets held outside the United States.
Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (PMFS), 194 Wood Avenue, South Iselin, New Jersey 08830, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent of each Fund. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PIFM Holdco Inc., the parent of PI, the Manager. PMFS provides customary transfer agency services to the Trust, including the handling of shareholder communications, the processing of shareholder transactions, the maintenance of shareholder account records, the payment of dividends and distributions and related functions. For these services, PMFS receives an annual fee per shareholder account of $10.00, a new account set-up fee for each manually established account of $2.00 and a monthly inactive zero balance account fee per shareholder account of $.20. PMFS is also reimbursed for its out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to postage, stationery, printing, allocable communications and other costs. In addition, the Trust may pay fees for recordkeeping services in respect of certain eligible defined benefit plan investors.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 1177 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 currently serves as the Trust's independent accountants and, in that capacity, audits the Trust's annual financial statements of the Trust.
CODES OF ETHICS
The Board of Trustees of the Trust has adopted a Code of Ethics. In addition, the Manager, PIMS, the Advisers and Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics (the Codes). The Codes permit personnel subject to the Codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund. However, the protective provisions of the Codes prohibit certain investments and limit such personnel from making investments during periods when a Fund is making such investments. The Codes are on public file with, and are available from, the Commission.
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES
The Manager is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities, futures contracts and options thereon for the Funds, the selection of brokers, dealers and futures commission merchants to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. For purposes of this section, the term "Manager" includes the Advisers. Brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants may receive brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions, including options, futures, and options on futures transactions and the purchase and sale of underlying securities upon the exercise of options. Orders may be directed to any broker, dealer or futures commission merchant, including to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, Prudential Securities and its affiliates or one of the Adviser's affiliates (an affiliated broker). Brokerage commissions on United States securities, options and futures exchanges or boards of trade are subject to negotiation between the Manager and the broker or futures commission merchant.
In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a "net" basis, with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter's concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. No Fund will deal with an affiliated broker in any transaction in which an affiliated broker acts as principal. Thus, it will not deal in the over-the-counter market with an affiliated broker acting as market maker, and it will not execute a negotiated trade with an affiliated broker if execution involves an affiliated broker acting as principal with respect to any part of the Fund's order.
In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, the Manager's overriding objective is to obtain the best possible combination of price and efficient execution. The Manager seeks to effect each transaction at a price and commission that provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. The factors that the Manager may consider in selecting a particular broker, dealer or futures commission merchant (firms) are the Manager's knowledge of negotiated commission rates currently available and other current transaction costs; the nature of the portfolio transaction; the size of the transaction; the desired timing of the trade; the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular transaction; confidentiality; the execution, clearance and settlement capabilities of the firms; the availability of research and research related services provided through such firms; the Manager's knowledge of the financial stability of the firms; the Manager's knowledge of actual or apparent operational problems of firms; and the amount of capital, if any, that would be contributed by firms executing the transaction. Given these factors, the Fund may pay transaction costs in excess of that which another firm might have charged for effecting the same transaction.
When the Manager selects a firm that executes orders or is a party to portfolio transactions, relevant factors taken into consideration are whether that firm has furnished research and research-related products and/or services, such as research reports, research compilations, statistical and economic data, computer data bases, quotation equipment and services, research-oriented computer software, hardware and services, reports concerning the performance of accounts, valuations of securities, investment related periodicals, investment seminars and other economic services and consultants. Such services are used in connection with some or all of the Manager's investment activities; some of such services, obtained in connection with the execution of transactions for one investment account, may be used in managing other accounts, and not all of these services may be used in connection with a Fund.
The Manager maintains an internal allocation procedure to identify those firms who have provided it with research and research-related products and/or services, and the amount that was provided, and to endeavor to direct sufficient commissions to them to ensure the continued receipt
of those services that the Manager believes provide a benefit to the Trust and its other clients. The Manager makes a good faith determination that the research and/or service is reasonable in light of the type of service provided and the price and execution of the related portfolio transactions.
When the Manager deems the purchase or sale of equities to be in the best interests of the Trust or its other clients, including Prudential, the Manager may, but is under no obligation to, aggregate the transactions in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the transactions, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Manager in the manner it considers to be most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to its clients.
The allocation of orders among firms and the commission rates paid are reviewed periodically by the Trust's Board of Trustees. Portfolio securities may not be purchased from any underwriting or selling syndicate of which an affiliated broker, during the existence of the syndicate, is a principal underwriter (as defined in the 1940 Act), except in accordance with rules of the Commission. This limitation, in the opinion of the Trust, will not significantly affect any Fund's ability to pursue its present investment objective. However, in the future in other circumstances, a Fund may be at a disadvantage because of this limitation in comparison to other funds with similar objectives but not subject to such limitations.
Subject to the above considerations, an affiliated broker may act as a securities broker or futures commission merchant for the Trust. In order for an affiliated broker to effect any portfolio transactions for the Trust, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by the affiliated broker must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to other firms in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities or futures contracts being purchased or sold on an exchange or board of trade during a comparable period of time. This standard would allow the affiliated broker to receive no more than the remuneration that would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated firm in a commensurate arm's-length transaction. Furthermore, the Board, including a majority of Independent Trustees, has adopted procedures that are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to the affiliated broker are consistent with the foregoing standard. In accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, an affiliated broker dealer may not retain compensation for effecting transactions on a national securities exchange for the Trust unless the Trust has expressly authorized the retention of such compensation. Each affiliated broker dealers must furnish to the Trust at least annually a statement setting forth the total amount of all compensation retained by it from transactions effected for the Trust during the applicable period. Brokerage and futures transactions with an affiliated broker dealer are also subject to such fiduciary standards as may be imposed upon them by applicable law.
The table below sets forth certain information concerning the payment of commissions by the Trust, including the commissions paid to an affiliated broker for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and 2001.
LARGE CAP LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND VALUE FUND ------------------- ----------------- 2002 2001 2002 2001 ---- ---- ---- ---- Total brokerage commissions................................. $288,909 $243,716 $55,423 $41,503 Total brokerage commissions paid to affiliated brokers...... $ 4,610 $ 2,475 $ 1,000 $ 6,880 Percentage of total brokerage commissions paid to affiliated brokers................................................... 1.6% 1.0% 1.8% 16.58% Percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of portfolio transactions involving the payment of commissions to affiliated brokers........................................ 1.7% 0.08% 0.1% 16.79% |
SMALL CAP SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND VALUE FUND ----------------- ------------------ 2002 2001 2002 2001 ---- ---- ---- ---- Total brokerage commissions................................. $71,912 $66,593 $136,252 $45,372 Total brokerage commissions paid to affiliated brokers...... $ 385 $ 6,461 $ 18 $ 2,170 Percentage of total brokerage commissions paid to affiliated brokers................................................... 0.53% 9.70% -- 4.78% Percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of portfolio transactions involving the payment of commissions to affiliated brokers........................................ 0.53% 0.13% 0.38% 4.24% |
INTERNATIONAL TOTAL RETURN EQUITY FUND BOND FUND ----------------- --------------- 2002 2001 2002 2001 ---- ---- ---- ---- Total brokerage commissions................................. $45,838 $34,792 $3,175 $ 0 Total brokerage commissions paid to affiliated brokers...... $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 Percentage of total brokerage commissions paid to affiliated brokers................................................... 0% 0% 0% 0% Percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of portfolio transactions involving the payment of commissions to affiliated brokers........................................ 0% 0% 0% 0% |
Of the total brokerage commissions paid during these periods, the following table sets forth the amount and percentage that the Funds paid to firms that provided research, statistical or other services to the Advisers. The Advisers have not separately identified a portion of such brokerage commissions as applicable to the provision of such research, statistical or other services.
2002 2001 --------------------- --------------------- FUND $ AMOUNT PERCENTAGE $ AMOUNT PERCENTAGE ---- -------- ---------- -------- ---------- $ % $ % $ % $ % $ % $ % |
The Trust is required to disclose the Funds' holdings of securities of the Trust's regular brokers and dealers (as defined under the Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act) and their parents at July 31, 2002. The following table shows such holdings as of that date.
FUND BROKER DEALER AMOUNT DEBT/EQUITY ---- ------------------------ ---------- ----------- Large Capitalization Growth....................... Morgan Stanley $2,267,670 Equity Large Capitalization Value........................ Morgan Stanley $ 347,000 Equity Goldman, Sachs & Co. $ 154,000 Equity Merrill Lynch & Co. $ 68,000 Equity Total Return Bond................................. Bear, Stearns & Co. $ 450 Debt Salomon, Smith, Barney $ 21 Debt |
CAPITAL SHARES, OTHER SECURITIES AND ORGANIZATION
The Trust, organized as a statutory trust in 1999 under the laws of Delaware, is a trust fund of the type commonly known as a "business trust."
The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, $.001 par value per share, divided into six series and three classes, designated Class A, Class B and Class C shares. Each class of shares represents an interest in the same assets of a Fund and is identical in all respects except that (1) each class is subject to different sales charges and distribution and/or service fees which may affect performance, (2) each class has exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement and has separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class, (3) each class has a different exchange privilege and (4) only Class B shares have a conversion feature. In accordance with the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may authorize the creation of additional series and classes within such series, with such
preferences, privileges, limitations and voting and dividend rights as the Trustees may determine. The voting rights of the shareholders of a series or class can be modified only by the vote of shareholders of that series or class.
Shares of the Trust, when issued, are fully paid, nonassessable, fully transferable and redeemable at the option of the holder. Shares are also redeemable at the option of the Trust under certain circumstances. Each share of each class is equal as to earnings, assets and voting privileges, except as noted above, and each class of shares bears the expenses related to the distribution of its shares. Except for the conversion feature applicable to the Class B shares, there are no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. In the event of liquidation, each share of a Fund is entitled to its portion of all of the Fund's assets after all debt and expenses of the Fund have been paid. Since Class B and Class C shares generally bear higher distribution expenses than Class A shares, the liquidation proceeds to shareholders of those classes are likely to be lower than to Class A shareholders.
The Trust does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders unless otherwise required by law. The Trust will not be required to hold meetings of shareholders unless, for example, the election of Trustees is required to be acted on by shareholders under the 1940 Act. Shareholders have certain rights, including the right to call a meeting upon the vote of 10% of the Trust's outstanding shares for the purpose of voting on the removal of one or more Trustees or to transact any other business.
Under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may authorize the creation of additional series of shares (the proceeds of which would be invested in separate, independently managed portfolios with distinct investment objectives and policies and share purchase, redemption and net asset value procedures) with such preferences, privileges, limitations and voting and dividend rights as the Trustees may determine. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any additional series, and all assets in which such consideration is invested, would belong to that series (subject only to the rights of creditors of that series) and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto. Under the 1940 Act, shareholders of any additional series of shares would normally have to approve the adoption of any advisory contract relating to such series and of certain changes in the investment policies related thereto.
The Trustees have the power to alter the number and the terms of office of the Trustees, provided that always at least a majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders of the Trust. The voting rights of shareholders are not cumulative, so that holders of more than 50 percent of the shares voting can, if they choose, elect all Trustees being selected, while the holders of the remaining shares would be unable to elect any Trustees.
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF FUND SHARES
Shares of a Fund may be purchased at a price equal to the next determined net asset value (NAV) per share plus a sales charge that, at the election of the investor, may be imposed either (1) at the time of purchase (Class A or Class C shares) or (2) on a deferred basis (Class B or Class C shares). See "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds" in the Funds' prospectus.
Each class of shares represents an interest in the same assets of a Fund and is identical in all respects except that (i) each class is subject to different sales charges and distribution and/or service fees, which may affect performance; (ii) each class has exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement and has separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class; (iii) each class has a different exchange privilege; and (iv) only Class B shares have a conversion feature.
PURCHASE BY WIRE
For an initial purchase of shares of a Fund by wire, you must complete an application and telephone PMFS at (800) 225-1852 (toll-free) to receive an account number. The following information will be requested: your name, address, tax identification number, class election, dividend distribution election, amount being wired and wiring bank. You should then give instructions to your bank to transfer funds by wire to State Street Bank and Trust Company, Boston, Massachusetts, Custody and Shareholder Services Division, Attention: Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, specifying on the wire the account number assigned by PMFS and your name and identifying the Fund and class in which you are eligible to invest (Class A, Class B or Class C shares).
If you arrange for receipt by State Street of federal funds prior to the calculation of NAV (once each business day at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), usually 4:00 p.m. New York time), on a business day, you may purchase shares of a Fund as of that day. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to purchase is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE.
In making a subsequent purchase order by wire, you should wire State Street directly and should be sure that the wire specifies Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, the Fund in which you would like to invest, Class A, Class B or Class C shares and your name and individual account number. It is not necessary to call PMFS to make subsequent purchase orders utilizing Federal Funds.
ISSUANCE OF FUND SHARES FOR SECURITIES
Transactions involving the issuance of Fund shares for securities (rather than cash) will be limited to (1) reorganizations, (2) statutory mergers, or (3) other acquisitions of portfolio securities that: (a) meet the investment objective and policies of the Fund, (b) are liquid and not subject to restrictions on resale, (c) have a value that is readily ascertainable via listing on or trading in a recognized United States or international exchange or market, and (d) are approved by an Adviser.
SPECIMEN PRICE MAKE-UP
Under the current distribution arrangements between the Trust and the Distributor, Class A shares of the Total Return Bond Fund are sold with a maximum sales charge of 4%, Class A shares of the other Funds are sold with a maximum sales charge of 5%, Class C* shares are sold with a 1% initial sales charge, and Class B* shares are sold at NAV. Using the NAV of the Fund at July 31, 2002, the maximum offering price of the Funds' shares is as follows:
LARGE CAP LARGE CAP SMALL CAP SMALL CAP TOTAL RETURN GROWTH VALUE GROWTH VALUE INT'L EQUITY BOND --------- --------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------ CLASS A NAV and redemption price per Class A share................ $5.68 $9.13 $6.02 $11.71 $6.46 $10.35 Maximum sales charge (Total Return Bond Fund -- 4% of offering price; Other Funds -- 5% of offering price)....................... .30 .48 .32 .62 .34 .43 ----- ----- ----- ------ ----- ------ Maximum offering price to public....................... $5.98 $9.61 $6.34 $12.33 $6.80 $10.78 ===== ===== ===== ====== ===== ====== |
LARGE CAP LARGE CAP SMALL CAP SMALL CAP TOTAL RETURN GROWTH VALUE GROWTH VALUE INT'L EQUITY BOND --------- --------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------ CLASS B NAV, offering price and redemption price per Class B share*....................... $5.56 $9.01 $5.88 $11.46 $6.33 $10.35 ===== ===== ===== ====== ===== ====== CLASS C NAV and redemption price per Class C share*............... $5.56 $9.01 $5.88 $11.46 $6.33 $10.35 Sales charge (1% of offering price)....................... .06 .09 .06 .12 .06 .10 ----- ----- ----- ------ ----- ------ Offering price to public....... $5.62 $9.10 $5.94 $11.58 $6.39 $10.45 ===== ===== ===== ====== ===== ====== |
* Class A, Class B and Class C shares are subject to a CDSC on certain redemptions. See "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds -- How to Sell Your Shares -- Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" in the Prospectus.
SELECTING A PURCHASE ALTERNATIVE
The following is provided to assist you in determining which method of purchase best suits your individual circumstances and is based on current fees and expenses being charged to the Fund:
All Funds except the Total Return Bond Fund. If you intend to hold your investment in a Fund for less than 4 years and do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, since Class A shares are subject to an initial sales charge of 5% and Class B shares are subject to a CDSC of 5% that declines to zero over a 6 year period, you should consider purchasing Class C shares over either Class A or Class B shares.
If you intend to hold your investment for longer than 4 years, but less than 5 years, and do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, you should consider purchasing Class B or Class C shares over Class A shares. This is because the initial sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fee on Class A shares would exceed those of the Class B and Class C shares if you redeem your investment during this time period. In addition, more of your money would be invested initially in the case of Class C shares, because of the relatively low initial sales charge, and all of your money would be invested initially in the case of Class B shares, which are sold at NAV.
If you intend to hold your investment for longer than 5 years, you should consider purchasing Class A shares over either Class B or Class C shares. This is because the maximum sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fee on Class A shares would be less than those of the Class B and Class C shares.
If you qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, it generally may be more advantageous for you to purchase Class A shares over either Class B or Class C shares regardless of how long you intend to hold your investment. However, unlike Class B shares, you would not have all of your money invested initially because the sales charge on Class A shares is deducted at the time of purchase. In addition, if you purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares, you are subject to a 1% CDSC on shares sold within 12 months. This charge is waived for all such Class A shareholders other than those unaffiliated brokers who purchased their shares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential.
If you do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares and you purchase Class B or Class C shares, you would have to hold your investment for more than 6 years in the case of Class B shares and for more than 5 years in the case of Class C shares for the higher cumulative annual distribution-related fee on those shares plus, in the case of Class C shares, the 1% initial sales charge to exceed the initial sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fees on Class A shares. This does not take into account the time value of money, which further reduces the
impact of the higher Class B or Class C distribution-related fee on the investment, fluctuations in NAV, the effect of the return on the investment over this period of time or redemptions when the CDSC is applicable.
Total Return Bond Fund. If you intend to hold your investment in the Fund for less than four years and do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, since Class A shares are subject to an initial sales charge of 4% and Class B shares are subject to a CDSC of 5% that declines to zero over a 6 year period, you should consider purchasing Class C shares over either Class A or Class B shares.
If you intend to hold your investment for longer than 4 years, but less than 5 years, and do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, you should consider purchasing Class B or Class C shares over Class A shares. This is because the initial sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fee on Class A shares would exceed those of the Class B and Class C shares if you redeem your investment during this time period. In addition, more of your money would be invested initially in the case of Class C shares, because of the relatively low initial sales charge, and all of your money would be invested initially in the case of Class B shares, which are sold at NAV.
If you intend to hold your investment for longer than 6 years, you should consider purchasing Class B shares over either Class A or Class C shares. This is because the initial sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fee on Class A and Class C shares would exceed the cumulative distribution-related fee of the Class B shares after 6 years.
If you qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, it may generally be more advantageous for you to purchase Class A shares over either Class B or Class C shares regardless of how long you intend to hold your investment. However, unlike Class B shares, you would not have all of your money invested initially because the sales charge on Class A shares is deducted at the time of purchase. In addition, if you purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares, you are subject to a 1% CDSC on shares sold within 12 months. This charge is waived for all such Class A shareholders other than those who purchased their shares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential.
If you do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares and you purchase Class C shares, you would have to hold your investment for more than 6 years for the higher cumulative annual distribution-related fee on those shares plus the 1% initial sales charge to exceed the initial sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fees on Class A shares. This does not take into account the time value of money, which further reduces the impact of the higher Class C distribution-related fee on the investment, fluctuations in the NAV, the effect of the return on the investment over this period of time or redemptions when the CDSC is applicable.
REDUCTION AND WAIVER OF INITIAL SALES CHARGE -- CLASS A SHARES
Benefit Plans. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV, without payment of an initial sales charge, by pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plans qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, deferred compensation or annuity plans under Sections 401(a), 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code, "rabbi" trusts and non-qualified deferred compensation plans (collectively, Benefit Plans), provided that the Benefit Plan has existing assets of at least $1 million or 250 eligible employees or participants. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV by participants who are repaying loans made from such plans to the participant.
Other Waivers. In addition, Class A shares may be purchased at NAV, through the Distributor or the Transfer Agent, by:
- officers of the Trust,
- employees of the Distributor, Prudential Securities, and their subsidiaries and members of the families of such persons who maintain an "employee related" account at Prudential Securities or the transfer agent,
- employees of the Advisers, provided that purchases at NAV are permitted by such person's employer,
- Prudential, employees and special agents of Prudential and its subsidiaries and all persons who have retired directly from active service with Prudential or one of its subsidiaries,
- real estate brokers, agents and employees of real estate brokerage companies affiliated with The Prudential Real Estate Affiliates who maintain an account at Prudential Securities Incorporated, Pruco Securities Corporation or with the transfer agent,
- registered representatives and employees of brokers who have entered into a selected dealer agreement with the Distributor provided that purchases at NAV are permitted by such person's employer,
- investors who have a business relationship with a financial adviser who
joined Prudential Securities from another investment firm, provided that
(1) the purchase is made within 180 days of the commencement of the
financial adviser's employment at Prudential Securities, or within one
year in the case of Benefit Plans, (2) the purchase is made with proceeds
of a redemption of shares of any open-end non-money market fund sponsored
by the financial adviser's previous employer (other than a fund that
imposes a distribution or service fee of .25 of 1% or less) and (3) the
financial adviser served as the client's broker on the previous purchase,
- investors in Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), provided the purchase is made in a directed rollover to such Account or with the proceeds of a tax-free rollover of assets from a benefit plan for which Prudential provides administrative or recordkeeping services and further provided that such purchase is made within 60 days of receipt of the benefit plan distribution,
- orders placed by broker-dealers, investment advisers or financial planners who have entered into an agreement with the Distributor, who place trades for their own accounts or the accounts of their clients and who charge a management, consulting or other fee for their services (for example, mutual fund "wrap" or asset allocation programs), and
- orders placed by clients of broker-dealers, investment advisers or financial planners who place trades for customer accounts if the accounts are linked to the master account of such broker-dealer, investment adviser or financial planner and the broker-dealer, investment adviser or financial planner charges the clients a separate fee for its services (for example, mutual fund "supermarket" programs).
Broker-dealers, investment advisers or financial planners sponsoring fee-based programs (such as mutual fund "wrap" or asset allocation programs and mutual fund supermarket programs) may offer their clients more than one class of shares in the Funds in connection with different pricing options for their programs. Investors should consider carefully any separate transaction and other fees charged by these programs in connection with investing in each available share class before selecting a share class.
For an investor to obtain any reduction or waiver of the initial sales charges, at the time of the sale either the transfer agent must be notified directly by the investor or the Distributor must be notified by the broker facilitating the transaction that the sale qualifies for the reduced or waived
sales charge. The reduction or waiver will be granted subject to confirmation of your entitlement. No initial sales charges are imposed upon Class A shares acquired upon the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
COMBINED PURCHASE AND CUMULATIVE PURCHASE PRIVILEGE
If an investor or eligible group of related investors purchases Class A shares of a Fund concurrently with Class A shares of other Strategic Partners mutual funds, the purchases may be combined to take advantage of the reduced sales charges applicable to larger purchases. See "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds -- How to Buy Shares -- Step 2: Choose a Share Class -- Reducing or Waiving Class A's Initial Sales Charge" in the prospectus of the Funds.
An eligible group of related Fund investors includes any combination of the following:
- an individual,
- the individual's spouse, their children and their parents,
- the individual's and spouse's IRA,
- any company controlled by the individual (a person, entity or group that holds 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a company will be deemed to control the company, and a partnership will be deemed to be controlled by each of its general partners),
- a trust created by the individual, the beneficiaries of which are the individual, his or her spouse, parents or children,
- a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act/Uniform Transfers to Minors Act account created by the individual or the individual's spouse, and
- one or more employee benefit plans of a company controlled by an individual.
Also, an eligible group of related Fund investors may include an employer (or group of related employers) and one or more qualified retirement plans of such employer or employers (an employer controlling, controlled by or under common control with another employer is deemed related to that employer).
The transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker must be notified at the time of purchase that the investor is entitled to a reduced sales charge. The reduced sales charge will be granted subject to confirmation of the investor's holdings. The Combined Purchase and Cumulative Purchase Privilege does not apply to individual participants in any retirement or group plans.
If you held shares of a Fund on September 4, 2001, these shares will continue to qualify toward reduced sales charges on subsequent purchases of Class A shares of Prudential mutual funds. If you acquired shares of a Fund after September 4, 2001, however, these shares will not count toward reduced sales charges on subsequent purchases of Class A shares of Prudential mutual funds. See "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds -- How to Buy Shares -- Step 2: Choose a Share Class -- Reducing or Waiving Class A's Initial Sales Charge" in the prospectus of the Funds.
LETTER OF INTENT
Reduced sales charges also are available to investors (or an eligible group of related investors) who enter into a written letter of intent providing for the purchase, within a thirteen-month period, of shares of a Fund and shares of other Strategic Partners mutual funds (letter of intent). Retirement and group plans may not enter into a Letter of Intent.
For purposes of the letter of intent, all shares of the Funds and shares of other Strategic Partners mutual funds (excluding money market funds other than those acquired pursuant to the exchange privilege) that were previously purchased and are still owned are also included in
determining the applicable reduction. However, the value of shares held directly with the transfer agent or its affiliates and through your broker will not be aggregated to determine the reduced sales charge.
A letter of intent permits an investor to establish a total investment goal to be achieved by any number of investments over a thirteen-month period. Each investment made during the period will receive the reduced sales charge applicable to the amount represented by the goal, as if it were a single investment. Escrowed Class A shares totaling 5% of the dollar amount of the letter of intent will be held by the transfer agent in the name of the investor. The effective date of a letter of intent may be back-dated up to 90 days, in order that any investments made during this 90-day period, valued at the investor's cost, can be applied to the fulfillment of the letter of intent goal.
The letter of intent does not obligate the investor to purchase, nor the Trust to sell, the indicated amount. In the event the letter of intent goal is not achieved within the thirteen-month period, the investor is required to pay the difference between the sales charge otherwise applicable to the purchases made during this period and sales charges actually paid. Such payment may be made directly to the Distributor or, if not paid, the Distributor will liquidate sufficient escrowed shares to obtain such difference. If the goal is exceeded in an amount which qualifies for a lower sales charge, a price adjustment is made by refunding to the purchaser the amount of excess sales charge, if any, paid during the thirteen-month period. Investors electing to purchase Class A shares of the Fund pursuant to a letter of intent should carefully read such letter of intent.
The Distributor must be notified at the time of purchase that the investor is entitled to a reduced sales charge. The reduced sales charge will be granted subject to confirmation of the investor's holdings.
If you entered into a letter of intent before September 4, 2001, you may satisfy the letter only by purchasing shares of Prudential mutual funds, the Funds and Strategic Partners Asset Allocation Funds, but not with shares of other Strategic Partners mutual funds.
CLASS B SHARES
The offering price of Class B shares for investors choosing one of the deferred sales charge alternatives is the NAV next determined following receipt of an order in proper form by the transfer agent, your broker or the Distributor. Although there is no sales charge imposed at the time of purchase, redemptions of Class B shares may be subject to a CDSC. See "Sale of Shares -- Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" below.
The Distributor will pay, from its own resources, sales commissions of up to 4% of the purchase price of Class B shares to brokers, financial advisers and other persons who sell Class B shares at the time of sale. This facilitates the ability of the Trust to sell the Class B shares without an initial sales charge being deducted at the time of purchase. The Distributor anticipates that it will recoup its advancement of sales commissions from the combination of the CDSC and the distribution fee.
CLASS C SHARES
The offering price of Class C shares is the next determined NAV plus a 1% sales charge. In connection with the sale of Class C shares, the Distributor will pay, from its own resources, brokers, financial advisers and other persons which distribute Class C shares a sales commission of up to 2% of the purchase price at the time of the sale.
WAIVER OF INITIAL SALES CHARGE -- CLASS C SHARES
Benefit Plans. Benefit Plans may purchase Class C shares without the initial sales charge.
Investment of Redemption Proceeds from Other Investment Companies. Investors may purchase Class C shares at NAV, without the initial sales charge, with the proceeds from the redemption of shares of any unaffiliated registered investment company that were not held through an account with any Prudential affiliate. Such purchases must be made within 60 days of the
redemption. This waiver is not available to investors who purchase shares directly from the transfer agent. You must notify your broker if you are entitled to this waiver and provide your broker with such supporting documentation as it may deem appropriate.
Other. Investors who purchase Class C shares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential may purchase Class C shares without paying the initial sales charge.
RIGHTS OF ACCUMULATION
Reduced sales charges are also available through rights of accumulation, under which an investor or an eligible group of related investors, as described above under "Combined Purchase and Cumulative Purchase Privilege," may aggregate the value of their existing holdings of shares of the Funds and shares of other Strategic Partners mutual funds (excluding money market funds other than those acquired pursuant to the exchange privilege) to determine the reduced sales charge. Rights of accumulation may be applied across the classes of shares of the Strategic Partners mutual funds. However, the value of shares held directly with the Transfer Agent and through your broker will not be aggregated to determine the reduced sales charge. The value of existing holdings for purposes of determining the reduced sales charge is calculated using the maximum offering or price (NAV plus maximum sales charge) as of the previous business day.
The Distributor or the transfer agent must be notified at the time of purchase that the investor is entitled to a reduced sales charge. The reduced sales charges will be granted subject to confirmation of the investor's holdings. Rights of accumulation are not available to individual participants in retirement or group plans.
SALE OF SHARES
You can redeem your shares at any time for cash at the NAV next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (in accordance with procedures established by the transfer agent in connection with investors' accounts) by the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker. In certain cases, however, redemption proceeds will be reduced by the amount of any applicable CDSC, as described below. See "Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" below. If you are redeeming your shares through a broker, your broker must receive your sell order before a Fund computes its NAV for that day (at the close of regular trading on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. New York time) in order to receive that day's NAV. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4 p.m. New York Time you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to sell is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE. Your broker will be responsible for furnishing all necessary documentation to the Distributor and may charge you for its services in connection with redeeming shares of a Fund.
If you hold shares in non-certificate form, a written request for redemption signed by you exactly as the account is registered is required. If you hold certificates, the certificates must be received by the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker in order for the redemption request to be processed. If redemption is requested by a corporation, partnership, trust or fiduciary, written evidence of authority acceptable to the transfer agent must be submitted before such request will be accepted. All correspondence and documents concerning redemptions should be sent to the Trust in care of its transfer agent, Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, Attention: Redemption Services, P.O. Box 8149, Philadelphia, PA 19101, to the Distributor or to your broker.
EXPEDITED REDEMPTION PRIVILEGE. By electing the Expedited Redemption Privilege, you may arrange to have redemption proceeds sent to your bank account. The Expedited Redemption Privilege may be used to redeem shares in an amount of $200 or more, except if an account for which an expedited redemption is requested has a net asset value of less than $200, the entire account will be redeemed. Redemption proceeds in the amount of $1,000 or more will be remitted by wire to your bank account at a domestic commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve system. Redemption proceeds of less than $1,000 will be mailed by check to your designated bank account. Any applicable CDSC will be deducted from the redemption proceeds. Expedited redemp-
tion requests may be made by telephone or letter, must be received by your Fund prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, to receive a redemption amount based on that day's NAV and are subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in the Funds' prospectus regarding redemption of shares. For more information, see "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds -- Telephone Redemptions or Exchanges" in the Funds' prospectus. The Expedited Redemption Privilege may be modified or terminated at any time without notice. To receive further information, shareholders should contact PMFS at (800) 225-1852.
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
If the proceeds of the redemption (1) exceed $100,000, (2) are to be paid to a person other than the record owner, (3) are to be sent to an address other than the address on the transfer agent's records, or (4) are to be paid to a corporation, partnership, trust or fiduciary, and are held directly with the transfer agent, the signature(s) on the redemption request or stock power must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution." An "eligible guarantor institution" includes any bank, broker, dealer, savings association or credit union. PMFS reserves the right to request additional information from, and make reasonable inquiries of, any eligible guarantor institution.
Payment for shares presented for redemption will be made by check within
seven days after receipt by the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker
of the certificate and/or written request, except as indicated below. If you
hold shares through a broker, payment for shares presented for redemption will
be credited to your account at your broker, unless you indicate otherwise. Such
payment may be postponed or the right of redemption suspended at times (1) when
the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekends and holidays, (2) when
trading on the NYSE is restricted, (3) when an emergency exists as a result of
which disposal by the Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably
practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for a Fund fairly to determine
the value of its net assets, or (4) during any other period when the Commission,
by order, so permits; provided that applicable rules and regulations of the
Commission shall govern as to whether the conditions prescribed in (2), (3) or
(4) exist.
REDEMPTION IN KIND
If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, the Fund may pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution in kind of securities from the investment portfolio of the Fund, in lieu of cash, in conformity with applicable rules of the Commission. Securities will be readily marketable and will be valued in the same manner as in a regular redemption. If your shares are redeemed in kind, you would incur transaction costs in converting the assets into cash. The Trust, however, has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, under which each Fund is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder.
INVOLUNTARY REDEMPTION
In order to reduce expenses of the Funds, the Board may redeem all of the shares of any shareholder, other than a shareholder that is an IRA or other tax-deferred retirement plan, whose account has an account value of less than $500 due to a redemption. The Trust will give such shareholders 60 days' prior written notice in which to purchase sufficient additional shares to avoid such redemption. No CDSC will be imposed on any such involuntary redemption.
90-DAY REPURCHASE PRIVILEGE
If you redeem your shares and have not previously exercised the repurchase privilege, you may reinvest any portion or all of the proceeds of such redemption in shares of the same Fund and account at the NAV next determined after the order is received, which must be within 90 days after
the date of the redemption. Any CDSC paid in connection with such redemption will be credited (in shares) to your account. (If less than a full repurchase is made, the credit will be on a pro rata basis.) You must notify the transfer agent, either directly or through the Distributor or your broker, at the time the repurchase privilege is exercised to adjust your account for the CDSC you previously paid. Thereafter, any redemptions will be subject to the CDSC applicable at the time of the redemption. See "Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" below. Exercise of the repurchase privilege will generally not affect federal tax treatment of any gain realized upon redemption. However, if the redemption was made within a 30 day period of the repurchase and if the redemption resulted in a loss, some or all of the loss, depending on the amount reinvested, may not be allowed for federal income tax purposes.
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE
Certain redemptions of Class A shares within 12 months of purchase are subject to a 1% CDSC. Redemptions of Class B shares will be subject to a CDSC declining from 5% to zero over a six-year period. Class C shares redeemed within 18 months of purchase will be subject to a 1% CDSC. The CDSC will be deducted from the redemption proceeds and reduce the amount paid to you. The CDSC will be imposed on any redemption that reduces the current value of your Class A, Class B or Class C shares to an amount that is lower than the amount of all payments by you for shares during the preceding 12 months in the case of Class A shares (in certain cases), six years in the case of Class B shares, and 18 months in the case of Class C shares. A CDSC will be applied on the lesser of the original purchase price or the current value of the shares being redeemed. Increases in the value of your shares or shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or distributions are not subject to a CDSC. The amount of any CDSC will be paid to and retained by the Distributor. If you purchased or hold your shares through a broker, third party administrator or other authorized entity that maintains subaccount recordkeeping, any applicable CDSC that you will pay will be calculated and reported to PMFS by such broker, administrator or other authorized entity.
The amount of the CDSC, if any, will vary depending on the number of years from the time of payment for the purchase of shares until the time of redemption of such shares. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years from the time of any payment for the purchase of shares, all payments during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the month. The CDSC will be calculated from the first day of the month after the initial purchase, excluding the time shares were held in a money market fund.
The following table sets forth the rates of the CDSC applicable to redemption of Class B shares:
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE AS A PERCENTAGE YEAR SINCE PURCHASE OF DOLLARS INVESTED OR PAYMENT MADE REDEMPTION PROCEEDS ------------------- ------------------------- First................................................ 5.0% Second............................................... 4.0% Third................................................ 3.0% Fourth............................................... 2.0% Fifth................................................ 1.0% Sixth................................................ 1.0% Seventh.............................................. None |
In determining whether a CDSC is applicable to a redemption, the calculation will be made in a manner that results in the lowest possible rate. It will be assumed that the redemption is made first of amounts representing shares acquired pursuant to the reinvestment of dividends and distributions; then of amounts representing the increase in NAV above the total amount of payments for the purchase of Class A shares made during the preceding 12 months (in certain cases), six years for Class B shares and 18 months for Class C shares; then of amounts representing the cost of shares
held beyond the applicable CDSC period; and finally, of amounts representing the cost of shares held for the longest period of time within the applicable CDSC period.
For example, assume you purchased 100 Class B shares at $10 per share for a cost of $1,000. Subsequently, you acquired 5 additional Class B shares through dividend reinvestment. During the second year after the purchase you decide to redeem $500 of your investment. Assuming at the time of the redemption the NAV had appreciated to $12 per share, the value of your Class B shares would be $1,260 (105 shares at $12 per share). The CDSC would not be applied to the value of the reinvested dividend shares and the amount that represents appreciation ($260). Therefore, $240 of the $500 redemption proceeds ($500 minus $260) would be charged at a rate of 4% (the applicable rate in the second year after purchase) for a total CDSC of $9.60.
For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the CDSC will reduce the gain, or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount recognized on the redemption of shares.
WAIVER OF CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE -- CLASS B SHARES
The CDSC will be waived in the case of a redemption following the death or disability of a shareholder or, in the case of a trust account, following the death or disability of the grantor. The waiver is available for total or partial redemptions of shares owned by a person, either individually or in joint tenancy (with rights of survivorship), at the time of death or initial determination of disability, provided that the shares were purchased prior to death or disability.
The CDSC will also be waived in the case of a total or partial redemption in connection with certain distributions made without penalty under the Internal Revenue Code from a tax-deferred retirement plan, an IRA or Section 403(b) custodial account.
These distributions are:
(1) in the case of a tax-deferred retirement plan, a lump-sum or other distribution after retirement;
(2) in the case of an IRA (including a Roth IRA), a lump-sum or other distribution after attaining age 59 1/2 or a periodic distribution based on life expectancy;
(3) in the case of a Section 403(b) custodial account, a lump-sum or other distribution after attaining age 59 1/2; and
(4) a tax-free return of an excess contribution or plan distributions following the death or disability of the shareholder, provided that the shares were purchased prior to death or disability.
The waiver does not apply in the case of a tax-free rollover or transfer of assets, other than one following a separation from service (that is, following voluntary or involuntary termination of employment or following retirement). Under no circumstances will the CDSC be waived on redemptions resulting from the termination of a tax-deferred retirement plan, unless such redemptions otherwise qualify for a waiver as described above. Shares purchased with amounts used to repay a loan from such plans on which a CDSC was not previously deducted will thereafter be subject to a CDSC without regard to the time such amounts were previously invested. In the case of a 401(k) plan, the CDSC will also be waived upon the redemption of shares purchased with amounts used to repay loans made from the account to the participant and from which a CDSC was previously deducted.
Systematic Withdrawal Plan. The CDSC will be waived (or reduced) on certain redemptions effected through a Systematic Withdrawal Plan. On an annual basis, up to 12% of the total dollar amount subject to the CDSC may be redeemed without charge. The Transfer Agent will calculate the total amount available for this waiver annually on the anniversary date of your purchase. The CDSC will be waived (or reduced) on redemptions until this threshold 12% is reached. The Systematic
Withdrawal Plan is not available to participants in certain retirement plans. Please contact PMFS for more details.
In addition, the CDSC will be waived on redemptions of shares held by Trustees of the Trust.
You must notify the transfer agent either directly or through your broker at the time of redemption, that you are entitled to waiver of the CDSC and provide the transfer agent with such supporting documentation as it may deem appropriate. The waiver will be granted subject to confirmation of your entitlement.
In connection with these waivers, the transfer agent will require you to submit the supporting documentation set forth below.
CATEGORY OF WAIVER REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION Death A copy of the shareholder's death certificate or, in the case of a trust, a copy of the grantor's death certificate, plus a copy of the trust agreement identifying the grantor. Disability -- An individual will be considered A copy of the Social Security Administration award disabled if he or she is unable to engage in any letter or a letter from a physician on the substantial gainful activity by reason of any physician's letterhead stating that the shareholder medically determinable physical or mental (or, in the case of a trust, the grantor (a copy of impairment that can be expected to result in the trust agreement identifying the grantor will be death or to be of long-continued and indefinite required as well)) is permanently disabled. The duration. letter must also indicate the date of disability. Distribution from an IRA or 403(b) Custodial A copy of the distribution form from the custodial Account firm indicating (i) the date of birth of the shareholder and (ii) that the shareholder is over age 59 1/2 and is taking a normal distribution -- signed by the shareholder. Distribution from Retirement Plan A letter signed by the plan administrator/trustee indicating the reason for the distribution. Excess Contributions A letter from the shareholder (for an IRA) or the plan administrator/trustee on company letterhead indicating the amount of the excess and whether or not taxes have been paid. |
PMFS reserves the right to request such additional documents as it may deem appropriate.
WAIVER OF CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE -- CLASS C SHARES
Benefit Plans. The CDSC will be waived on redemptions from Benefit Plans holding shares through a broker for which the broker provides administrative or recordkeeping services.
CONVERSION FEATURE -- CLASS B SHARES
Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis approximately seven years after purchase. Conversions will be effected at relative net asset value without the imposition of any additional sales charge.
Since the Trust tracks amounts paid rather than the number of shares bought on each purchase of Class B shares, the number of Class B shares eligible to convert to Class A shares (excluding shares acquired through the automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions)(Eligible Shares) will be determined on each conversion date in accordance with the following formula: (1) the ratio of (a) the amounts paid for Class B shares purchased at least seven years prior to the conversion date to (b) the total amount paid for all Class B shares purchased and then held in your account (2) multiplied by the total number of Class B shares purchased and then held in your account. Each time any Eligible Shares in your account convert to Class A shares, all shares or
amounts representing Class B shares then in your account that were acquired through the automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will convert to Class A shares.
For purposes of determining the number of Eligible Shares, if the Class B shares in your account on any conversion date are the result of multiple purchases at different NAVs per share, the number of Eligible Shares calculated as described above will generally be either more or less than the number of shares actually purchased approximately seven years before such conversion date. For example, if 100 shares were initially purchased at $10 per share (for a total of $1,000) and a second purchase of 100 shares was subsequently made at $11 per share (for a total of $1,100), 95.24 shares would convert approximately seven years from the initial purchase (that is, $1,000 divided by $2,100 (47.62%), multiplied by 200 shares equals 95.24 shares). The Manager reserves the right to modify the formula for determining the number of Eligible Shares in the future as it deems appropriate on notice to shareholders.
Since annual distribution-related fees are lower for Class A shares than Class B shares, the per share NAV of the Class A shares may be higher than that of the Class B shares at the time of conversion. Thus, although the aggregate dollar value will be the same, you may receive fewer Class A shares than Class B shares converted.
For purposes of calculating the applicable holding period for conversions, all payments for Class B shares during a month will be deemed to have been made on the last day of the month, or for Class B shares acquired through exchange, or a series of exchanges, on the last day of the month in which the original payment for purchases of such Class B shares was made. For Class B shares previously exchanged for shares of Special Money Market Fund, Inc. (Special Money Fund), the time period during which such shares were held in that money market fund will be excluded. For example, Class B shares held in Special Money Fund for one year would not convert to Class A shares until approximately eight years from purchase. For purposes of measuring the time period during which shares are held in Special Money Fund, exchanges will be deemed to have been made on the last day of the month. Class B shares acquired through exchange will convert to Class A shares after expiration of the conversion period applicable to the original purchase of such shares.
Class B shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or distributions will be converted to Class A shares according to the procedures utilized by the broker-dealer through which the Class B shares were purchased, to the extent the shares are carried on the books of the broker-dealer and the broker-dealer provides subaccounting services to the Fund. Otherwise, the procedures utilized by PMFS, or its affiliates, will be used. The use of different procedures may result in a timing differential in the conversion of Class B shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
The conversion feature may be subject to the continuing availability of
opinions of counsel or rulings of the Internal Revenue Service (1) that the
dividends and other distributions paid on Class A, Class B and Class C shares
will not constitute "preferential dividends" under the Internal Revenue Code and
(2) that the conversion of shares does not constitute a taxable event. The
conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares may be suspended if such
opinions or rulings are no longer available. If conversions are suspended, Class
B shares of the Fund will continue to be subject, possibly indefinitely, to
their higher annual distribution and service fee.
SHAREHOLDER INVESTMENT ACCOUNT
Upon the initial purchase of Trust shares, a Shareholder Investment Account is established for each investor under which a record of the shares is maintained for the investor by the transfer agent. If a share certificate is desired, it must be requested in writing for each transaction. Certificates are issued only for full shares and may be redeposited in the Account at any time. There
is no charge to the investor for issuance of a certificate. The Trust makes available to its shareholders the following privileges and plans.
AUTOMATIC REINVESTMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
For the convenience of investors, all dividends and distributions are automatically reinvested in full and fractional shares of the Fund in which they have invested at net asset value per share. An investor may direct the transfer agent in writing not less than five full business days prior to the record date to have subsequent dividends or distributions sent in cash rather than reinvested. In the case of recently purchased shares for which registration instructions have not been received on the record date, cash payment will be made directly to the broker. Any shareholder who receives a dividend or distribution in cash may subsequently reinvest any such dividend or distribution at NAV by returning the check or the proceeds to the transfer agent within 30 days after the payment date. Such reinvestment will be made at the NAV per share next determined after receipt of the check or proceeds by the transfer agent. Shares purchased with reinvested dividends and/or distributions will not be subject to any CDSC upon redemption.
EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
Each Fund makes available to its shareholders the privilege of exchanging their shares of the Fund for shares of the other mutual funds that the Trust offers and other Strategic Partners mutual funds, including Special Money Fund, subject in each case to the minimum investment requirements of such funds. Shares of such other Strategic Partners mutual funds may also be exchanged for shares of each Fund. All exchanges are made on the basis of the relative NAV next determined after receipt of an order in proper form. An exchange will be treated as a redemption and purchase for tax purposes. For retirement and group plans offering only certain of the Strategic Partners mutual funds, the exchange privilege is available for those funds eligible for investment in the particular program.
It is contemplated that the exchange privilege may be applicable to new Strategic Partners mutual funds whose shares may be distributed by the Distributor.
In order to exchange shares by telephone, you must authorize telephone exchanges on your initial application form or by written notice to the transfer agent and hold shares in non-certificate form. Thereafter, you may call the Fund whose shares you wish to exchange at (800) 225-1852 to execute a telephone exchange of shares, on weekdays, except holidays, between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M., New York time. For your protection and to prevent fraudulent exchanges, your telephone call will be recorded and you will be asked to provide your personal identification number. A written confirmation of the exchange transaction will be sent to you. Neither the Trust nor its agents will be liable for any loss, liability or cost that results from acting upon instructions reasonably believed to be genuine under the foregoing procedures. All exchanges will be made on the basis of the relative NAV of the two funds next determined after the request is received in good order.
If you hold shares through Prudential Securities, you must exchange your shares by contacting your Prudential Securities financial adviser.
If you hold certificates, the certificates must be returned in order for the shares to be exchanged.
You may also exchange shares by mail by writing to Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, Attention: Exchange Processing, P.O. Box 8157, Philadelphia, PA 19101.
In periods of severe market or economic conditions the telephone exchange of shares may be difficult to implement and you should make exchanges by mail by writing to Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC at the address noted above.
CLASS A. Shareholders of a Fund may exchange their Class A shares for Class A shares of the other Strategic Partners mutual funds and shares of Special Money Fund. No fee or sales load will be imposed upon the exchange.
CLASS B AND CLASS C. Shareholders of a Fund may exchange their Class B and Class C shares of the Fund for Class B and Class C shares, respectively, of other Strategic Partners mutual funds and shares of Special Money Fund. No CDSC will be payable upon such exchange, but a CDSC may be payable upon the redemption of the Class B and Class C shares acquired as a result of an exchange. The applicable sales charge will be that imposed by the fund in which shares were initially purchased and the purchase date will be deemed to be the first day of the month after the initial purchase, rather than the date of the exchange.
Class B and Class C shares of a Fund may also be exchanged for shares of Special Money Fund, without imposition of any CDSC at the time of exchange. Upon subsequent redemption from such money market fund or after re-exchange into the Fund, such shares will be subject to the CDSC calculated without regard to the time such shares were held in the money market fund. In order to minimize the period of time in which shares are subject to a CDSC, shares exchanged out of the money market fund will be exchanged on the basis of their remaining holding periods, with the longest remaining holding periods being transferred first. In measuring the time period shares are held in a money market fund and "tolled" for purposes of calculating the CDSC holding period, exchanges are deemed to have been made on the last day of the month. Thus, if shares are exchanged into a Fund from a money market fund during the month (and are held in the Fund at the end of the month), the entire month will be included in the CDSC holding period. Conversely, if shares are exchanged into a money market fund prior to the last day of the month (and are held in the money market fund on the last day of the month), the entire month will be excluded from the CDSC holding period. For purposes of calculating the seven year holding period applicable to the Class B conversion feature, the time period during which Class B shares were held in a money market fund will be excluded.
At any time after acquiring shares of other funds participating in the Class B or Class C exchange privilege, a shareholder may again exchange those shares (and any reinvested dividends and distributions) for Class B or Class C shares of a Fund, respectively, without subjecting such shares to any CDSC. Shares of any fund participating in the Class B or Class C exchange privilege that were acquired through reinvestment of dividends or distributions may be exchanged for Class B or Class C shares of other funds, respectively, without being subject to any CDSC.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
Dollar cost averaging is a method of accumulating shares by investing a fixed amount of dollars in shares at set intervals. An investor buys more shares when the price is low and fewer shares when the price is high. The average cost per share is lower than it would be if a constant number of shares were bought at set intervals.
Dollar cost averaging may be used, for example, to plan for retirement, to save for a major expenditure, such as the purchase of a home, or to finance a college education. The cost of a year's education at a four-year college today averages around $22,500 at a private college and around $10,600 at a public university. Assuming these costs increase at a rate of 7% a year, as has been projected, the cost of one year at a private college could reach $44,300 and over $21,000 at a public
university in 10 years.(1) The following chart shows how much you would need in monthly investments to achieve specified lump sums to finance your investment goals.(2)
PERIOD OF MONTHLY INVESTMENTS: $100,000 $150,000 $200,000 $250,000 ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- 25 Years.......................... $ 105 $ 158 $ 210 $ 263 20 Years.......................... 170 255 340 424 15 Years.......................... 289 433 578 722 10 Years.......................... 547 820 1,093 1,366 5 Years.......................... 1,361 2,041 2,721 3,402 See "Automatic Investment Plan" |
(1) Source information concerning the costs of education at public and private universities is available from The College Board Annual Survey of Colleges. Average costs for private institutions include tuition, fees, room and board for the 1998-1999 academic year.
(2) The chart assumes an effective rate of return of 8% (assuming monthly compounding). This example is for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to reflect the performance of an investment in shares of the Fund. The investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investor's shares when redeemed may be worth more or less than their original cost.
AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN (AIP)
Under AIP, an investor may arrange to have a fixed amount automatically invested in shares of a Fund monthly by authorizing his or her bank account or brokerage account to be debited to invest specified dollar amounts in shares of the Fund. The investor's bank must be a member of the Automated Clearing House System.
Further information about this program and an application form can be obtained from the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker.
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN
A systematic withdrawal plan is available to shareholders through the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker. The systematic withdrawal plan provides for monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual redemption checks in any amount, except as provided below, up to the value of the shares in the shareholder's account. Systematic withdrawals of Class B or Class C shares may be subject to a CDSC.
In the case of shares held through the transfer agent (1) a $10,000 minimum account value applies, (2) systematic withdrawals may not be for less than $100 and (3) the shareholder must elect to have all dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in additional full and fractional shares at NAV on shares held under this plan.
The transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker acts as an agent for the shareholder in redeeming sufficient full and fractional shares to provide the amount of the systematic withdrawal. The systematic withdrawal plan may be terminated at any time, and the Distributor reserves the right to initiate a fee of up to $5 per withdrawal, upon 30 days' written notice to the shareholder.
Systematic withdrawals should not be considered as dividends, yield or income. If systematic withdrawals continuously exceed reinvested dividends and distributions, the shareholder's original investment will be correspondingly reduced and ultimately exhausted.
Furthermore, each withdrawal constitutes a redemption of shares, and any gain or loss realized must be recognized for federal income tax purposes. In addition, systematic withdrawals made concurrently with purchases of additional shares are inadvisable because of the sales charges applicable to (1) the purchase of Class A and Class C shares and (2) the redemption of Class B and Class C shares. Each shareholder should consult his or her own tax adviser with regard to the tax consequences of the plan, particularly if used in connection with a retirement plan.
TAX-DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLANS
Various qualified retirement plans, including 401(k) plans, self-directed individual retirement accounts and "tax-deferred accounts" under Section 403(b)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code are available through the Distributor. These plans are for use by both self-employed individuals and corporate employers. These plans permit either self-direction of accounts by participants, or a pooled account arrangement. Information regarding the establishment of these plans, and the administration, custodial fees and other details are available from the Distributor or the Transfer Agent.
Investors who are considering the adoption of such a plan should consult with their own legal counsel or tax adviser with respect to the establishment and maintenance of any such plan.
TAX-DEFERRED RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS. An (IRA) permits the deferral of federal income tax on income earned in the account until the earnings are withdrawn. The following chart represents a comparison of the earnings in a personal savings account with those in an IRA, assuming a $2,000 annual contribution, an 8% rate of return and a 38.6% federal income tax bracket and shows how much more retirement income can accumulate within an IRA as opposed to a taxable individual savings account.
TAX-DEFERRED COMPOUNDING(1)
CONTRIBUTIONS PERSONAL MADE OVER: SAVINGS IRA ------------- -------- -------- 10 years..................................... $ 26,165 $ 31,291 15 years..................................... 44,675 58,649 20 years..................................... 68,109 98,846 25 years..................................... 97,780 157,909 30 years..................................... 135,346 244,692 |
(1) The chart is for illustrative purposes only and does not represent the performance of the Fund or any specific investment. It shows taxable versus tax-deferred compounding for the periods and on the terms indicated. Earnings in a traditional IRA account will be subject to tax when withdrawn from the account. Distributions from a Roth IRA that meet the conditions required under the Internal Revenue Code will not be subject to tax upon withdrawal from the account.
NET ASSET VALUE
Each Fund's NAV is determined by subtracting its liabilities from the value of its assets and dividing the remainder by the number of outstanding shares. NAV is calculated separately for each class. Each Fund will compute its NAV once each business day at the close of regular trading on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. New York time. A Fund may not compute its NAV on days on which no orders to purchase, sell or redeem Fund shares have been received or days on which changes in the value of the Fund's portfolio securities do not materially affect its NAV. The NYSE is closed on the following holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
Under the 1940 Act, the Board is responsible for determining in good faith the fair value of securities of each Fund. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the value of investments listed on a securities exchange and Nasdaq National Market System securities (other than options on stock and stock indexes) are valued at the last sales price on such exchange system on the day of valuation, or, if there was no sale on such day, the mean between the last bid and asked prices on such day or at the last bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price. Corporate bonds (other than convertible debt securities) and U.S. government securities that are actively traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities for which the primary
market is believed by an Adviser, in consultation with the Manager to be over-the-counter, are valued by an independent pricing agent or more than one principal market maker (if available, otherwise by a principal market maker or a primary market dealer). Convertible debt securities that are actively traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities for which the primary market is believed by an Adviser in consultation with the Manager to be over-the-counter, are valued by an independent pricing agent or at the mean between the last reported bid and asked prices (or at the last bid price in the absence of an asked price) provided by more than one principal market maker (if available, otherwise by a principal market maker or a primary market dealer). Options on stock and stock indexes traded on an exchange are valued at the last sale price on such exchange or, if there was no such sale on such day, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices on the respective exchange or at the last bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price and futures contracts and options thereon are valued at their last sale prices as of the close of trading on the applicable commodities exchange or board of trade or, if there was no sale on the applicable commodities exchange or board of trade on such day, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange or board of trade or at the last bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price. Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents at the current rate obtained from a recognized bank, dealer or independent service, and foreign currency forward contracts are valued at the current cost of covering or offsetting such contracts calculated on the day of valuation. Should an extraordinary event, which is likely to affect the value of the security, occur after the close of an exchange on which a portfolio security is traded, such security will be valued at fair value considering factors determined in good faith by an Adviser and/or the Manager under procedures established by and under the general supervision of the Board.
Securities or other assets for which reliable market quotations are not readily available or for which the pricing agent or principal market maker does not provide a valuation or methodology or provides a valuation or methodology that, in the judgment of the applicable Adviser or the Manager (or Valuation Committee or Board), does not represent fair value, (Fair Value Securities) are valued by the Valuation Committee or Board in consultation with the Manager and Adviser, including, as applicable, their portfolio managers, traders, research and credit analysts and legal compliance personnel on the basis of the following factors: nature of any restrictions on disposition of the securities, assessment of the general liquidity/illiquidity of the securities, the issuer's financial condition and the market in which it does business, cost of the investment, transactions in comparable securities, the size of the holding and the capitalization of the issuer, the prices of any recent transactions or bids/offers for such securities or any comparable securities, any available analyst, media or other report or information deemed reliable by the Manager or Advisers regarding the issuer or the markets or industry in which it operates; other analytical data; and consistency with valuation of similar securities held by other Prudential or Strategic Partners mutual funds, and such other factors as may be determined by the Advisers, Manager, Board or Valuation Committee to materially affect the value of security. Fair Value Securities may include, but are not limited to, the following: certain private placements and restricted securities that do not have an active trading market; securities whose trading has been suspended or for which market quotes are no longer available; debt securities that have recently gone into default and for which there is no current market; securities whose prices are stale; securities denominated in currencies that are restricted, untraded or for which exchange rates are disrupted; securities affected by significant events; and securities that the Adviser or Manager believe were priced incorrectly. A "significant event" (which includes, but is not limited to, an extraordinary political or market event) is an event that the Adviser or Manager believes with a reasonably high degree of certainty has caused the closing market prices of a Fund's portfolio securities to no longer reflect their value at the time of the Fund's NAV calculation. On a day that the Manager determines that one or more of a Fund's portfolio securities constitute Fair Value Securities, the Manager may determine the fair value of these securities without the supervision of the Valuation Committee if the fair valuation of all such securities results in a change of less than $0.01 to the Fund's NAV and the Manager presents these valuations to the
Board for its ratification. Debt investments are valued at cost, with interest accrued or discount amortized to the date of maturity, if their original maturity was 60 days or less, unless such valuation, in the judgment of the Manager or Adviser does not represent fair value. Debt securities with remaining maturities of more than 60 days, for which market quotations are readily available, are valued at their current market quotations as supplied by an independent pricing agent or more than one principal market maker (if available otherwise a primary market dealer).
Although the legal rights of each class of shares are substantially identical, the different expenses borne by each class will result in different NAVs and dividends. NAV is calculated separately for each class. The NAVs of Class B and Class C shares will generally be lower than the NAV of Class A shares as a result of the larger distribution-related fee to which Class B and Class C shares are subject. It is expected, however, that the NAV of the three classes will tend to converge immediately after the recording of dividends, if any, that will differ by approximately the amount of the distribution and/or service fee expense accrual differential among the classes.
TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Each Fund is qualified as, intends to remain qualified as and has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. This relieves each Fund (but not its shareholders) from paying federal income tax on income and capital gains that are distributed to shareholders, and permits net capital gains of each Fund (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) to be treated as long-term capital gains of the shareholders, regardless of how long shareholders have held their shares. Net capital gains of each Fund that are available for distribution to shareholders will be computed by taking into account any applicable capital loss carryforward.
For federal income tax purposes, the Large Cap Growth Fund, Large Cap Value Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund and International Equity Fund had a capital loss carryforward as of July 31, 2002. Accordingly, no capital gain distributions are expected to be paid to shareholders of these Funds until future net gains have been realized in excess of such carryforward. In addition certain funds elected to treat net currency losses incurred in the two-month period ended December 31, 2001 as having been incurred in the following year.
APPROXIMATE CAPITAL LOSS FUND CARRYFORWARD ---- -------------------------------- Large Capitalization Growth Fund............................ $42,317,000(a) Large Capitalization Value Fund............................. $ 662,000(expiring in 2010) Small Capitalization Growth Fund............................ $ 3,171,000(b) International Equity Fund................................... $ 3,122,000(c) |
(a) Approximately $10,021,000 expiring in 2009 and $32,296,000 expiring in 2010.
(b) Approximately $350,000 expiring in 2009 and $2,821,000 expiring in 2010.
(c) Approximately $18,000 expiring in 2009 and $3,104,000 expiring in 2010.
Qualification of each Fund as a regulated investment company under the
Internal Revenue Code requires, among other things, that (1) the Fund derive at
least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with
respect to certain securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition
of stocks, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not
limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with
respect to its business of investing in such stocks, securities or currencies;
(2) the Fund diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the
taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund's assets is represented
by cash, U.S. Government securities and other securities limited in respect of
any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's
assets and not more than 10% of
the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund's assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government securities) securities of other regulated investment companies; and (3) the Fund distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its net investment income and net short-term gains (that is, the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) in each year.
In addition, each Fund is required to distribute 98% of its ordinary income in the same calender year in which it is earned. Each Fund is also required to distribute during the calendar year 98% of the capital gain net income it earned during the twelve months ending on October 31 of such calendar year. In addition, the Fund must distribute during the calendar year all undistributed ordinary income and undistributed capital gain net income from the prior calendar year or the twelve-month period ending on October 31 of such prior calendar year, respectively. To the extent it does not meet these distribution requirements, the Fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amount. For purposes of this excise tax, income on which the Fund pays income tax is treated as distributed.
Gains or losses on sales of securities by each Fund generally will be treated as long-term capital gains or losses if the securities have been held by it for more than one year, except in certain cases where a Fund acquires a put or writes a call or otherwise holds an offsetting position, with respect to the securities. Long-term capital gains are taxed at a rate of up to 20%. Other gains or losses on the sale of securities will be short-term capital gains or losses taxable at ordinary income tax rates. Gains and losses on the sale, lapse or other termination of options on securities will be treated as gains and losses from the sale of securities. If an option written by each Fund on securities lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by a Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will generally realize short-term capital gain or loss. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option written by it, the Fund will include the premium received in the sale proceeds of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. Certain Funds' transactions may be subject to wash sale, short sale, constructive sale, anti-conversion and straddle provisions of the Code that may, among other things, require each Fund to defer recognition of losses. In addition, debt securities acquired by each Fund may be subject to original issue discount and market discount rules which, respectively, may cause each Fund to accrue income in advance of the receipt of cash with respect to interest or cause gains to be treated as ordinary income subject to the distribution requirement referred to above.
Certain futures contracts and certain listed options (referred to as
Section 1256 contracts) held by the Funds will be required to be "marked to
market" for federal income tax purposes at the end of each Fund's taxable year;
that is, treated as having been sold at the fair market value on the last
business day of the Fund's taxable year. Except with respect to certain foreign
currency forward contracts, sixty percent of any gain or loss recognized on
these deemed sales and on actual dispositions will be treated as long-term
capital gain or loss, and the remainder will be treated as short-term capital
gain or loss. Any net marked to market gains may be subject to distribution
requirements referred to above, even though a Fund may receive no corresponding
cash amounts, possibly requiring the disposition of portfolio securities or
borrowing to obtain the necessary cash.
Gain or loss on the sale, lapse or other termination of options acquired by a Fund on stock and on narrowly-based stock indexes will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term depending on the holding period of the option. In addition, positions that are part of a "straddle" will be subject to certain wash sale, short sale and constructive sale provisions of the Code. In the case of a straddle, a Fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on positions it holds to the extent of any unrecognized gain with respect to offsetting positions held by the Fund.
Gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates that occur between the time each Fund accrues interest or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time a Fund actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities are
treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts or dispositions of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency that are attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition thereof generally also are treated as ordinary income or loss. These gains or losses, referred to under the Code as "Section 988" gains or losses, increase or decrease the amount of a Fund's investment company taxable income available to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income, rather than increasing or decreasing the amount of the Fund's net capital gain. If Section 988 losses exceed other investment company taxable income during a taxable year, a Fund would not be able to make any ordinary dividend distributions, and distributions made before the losses were realized would be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders, rather than as an ordinary dividend, thereby reducing each shareholder's basis in his or her Fund shares.
Shareholders electing to receive dividends and distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the NAV of a share of each Fund on the reinvestment date.
Any dividends or distributions paid shortly after a purchase by an investor may have the effect of reducing the per share NAV of the investor's shares by the per share amount of the dividends or distributions. Furthermore, such dividends or distributions, although in effect a return of capital, are subject to federal income taxes. In addition, dividends, and capital gains distributions also may be subject to state and local income taxes. Therefore, prior to purchasing shares of each Fund, the investor should carefully consider the impact of dividends or capital gains distributions that are expected to be or have been announced.
Any loss realized on a sale, redemption or exchange of shares of each Fund by a shareholder will be disallowed to the extent the shares are replaced within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of shares. Shares purchased pursuant to the reinvestment of a dividend will constitute a replacement of shares.
A shareholder who acquires shares of a Fund and sells or otherwise disposes of such shares within 90 days of acquisition may not be allowed to include certain sales charges incurred in acquiring such shares for purposes of calculating gain or loss realized upon a sale or exchange of shares of the Fund.
The per share dividends on Class B and Class C shares will be lower than the per share dividends on Class A shares as a result of the higher distribution-related fee applicable to the Class B and Class C shares. The per share distributions of net capital gains, if any, will be paid in the same amount for Class A, Class B and Class C shares. See "Net Asset Value."
Dividends of net investment income and distributions of net short-term capital gains paid to a shareholder (including a shareholder acting as a nominee or fiduciary) who is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign entity (foreign shareholder) are subject to a 30% (or lower treaty rate) withholding tax upon the gross amount of the dividends unless, in general, the dividends are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder. Net capital gain distributions paid to a foreign shareholder are generally not subject to withholding tax. A foreign shareholder will, however, be required to pay U.S. income tax on any dividends and capital gain distributions that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign shareholder. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the particular tax consequences resulting from their investments in the Funds.
Dividends received by corporate shareholders are generally eligible for a dividends-received deduction of 70% to the extent a Fund's income is derived from qualified dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations. However, the International Equity Fund and Total Return Bond Fund do not expect to receive substantial amounts of such qualified dividends. Dividends attributable to foreign corporations, interest income, capital gain and currency gain, gain or loss from
Section 1256 contracts (described above), and income from certain other sources will not constitute qualified dividends. Individual shareholders are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.
Each Fund may, from time to time, invest in passive foreign investment companies (PFICs). A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. If a Fund acquires and holds stock in a PFIC beyond the end of the year of its acquisition, the Fund will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution" received on the stock or on any gain from disposition of the stock (collectively, PFIC income), plus certain interest changes, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in the Fund's investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed to its shareholders. Each Fund may make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to any marketable stock it holds of a PFIC. If the election is in effect, at the end of a Fund's taxable year, the Fund will recognize the amount of net gain, if any, as ordinary income with respect to PFIC stock. No ordinary loss will be recognized on the marking to market of PFIC stock, except to the extent of mark-to market gains recognized in prior years. Alternatively, a Fund, if it meets certain requirements, may elect to treat any PFIC in which it invests as a "qualified electing fund," in which case, in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year its pro rata share of the qualified electing Fund's annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain, even if they are not distributed to the Fund; those amounts would be subject to the distribution requirements applicable to the Fund described above. In order to make this election, a Fund would be required to obtain certain information from the PFIC, which, in many cases, may be difficult to do.
Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Income tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. It is impossible to determine in advance the effective rate of foreign tax to which a Fund will be subject, since the amount of each Fund's assets to be invested in various countries will vary. Except in the case of the International Equity Fund, the Funds do not expect to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code for "passing-through" to their shareholders any foreign income taxes paid for purposes of determining such shareholders foreign tax credit.
Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the federal, state and local tax consequences resulting from their investment in the Funds.
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
YIELD
The Trust may from time to time advertise the yield of the Total Return Bond Fund as calculated over a 30-day period. This yield will be computed by dividing the Fund's net investment income per share earned during this 30-day period by the maximum offering price per share on the last day of this period. The average number of shares used in determining the net investment income per share will be the average daily number of shares outstanding during the 30-day period that were eligible to receive dividends. In accordance with regulations of the Commission, income will be computed by totaling the interest earned on all debt obligations during the 30-day period and subtracting from that amount the total of all expenses incurred during the period, which include management fees. The
30-day yield is then annualized on a bond-equivalent basis assuming semi-annual
reinvestment and compounding of net investment income. Yield is calculated
according to the following formula:
a-b
YIELD = 2[(-------+1)to the 6th power - 1]
Where: a = dividends and interest earned during the period. b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements). c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends. d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period. |
The Fund's yield will fluctuate, and an annualized yield quotation is not a representation by the Fund as to what an investment in the Fund will actually yield for any given period. Yields for the Fund will vary based on a number of factors including changes in net asset value, market conditions, the level of interest rates and the level of income and expenses.
Below is the 30-day yield for the Total Return Bond Fund share classes for the 30 days ended July 31, 2002.
Class A..................................................... 2.85% Class B..................................................... 2.47% Class C..................................................... 2.45% |
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN
A Fund may from time to time advertise its average annual total return. Average annual total return is determined separately for Class A, Class B and Class C shares.
Average annual total return is computed according to the following formula:
P(1+T)to the power of n = ERV
Where: P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000. T = average annual total return. n = number of years. |
ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).
Average annual total return takes into account any applicable initial or deferred sales charges but does not take into account any federal or state income taxes that may be payable upon redemption. The average annual total returns for each Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002, and the period since inception (November 3, 1999 for each Fund) through July 31, 2002, are set forth in the following table.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN ---------------------------- FUND 1 YEAR SINCE INCEPTION ---- ------- --------------- Large Cap Growth Fund Class A............................................... (36.14)% (20.14)% Class B............................................... (36.67)% (20.15)% Class C............................................... (34.66)% (19.56)% Large Cap Value Fund Class A............................................... (20.35)% (4.03)% Class B............................................... (20.99)% (4.04)% Class C............................................... (18.52)% (3.34)% |
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN ---------------------------- FUND 1 YEAR SINCE INCEPTION ---- ------- --------------- Small Cap Growth Fund Class A............................................... (38.90)% (15.61)% Class B............................................... (39.35)% (15.57)% Class C............................................... (37.43)% (15.03)% Small Cap Value Fund Class A............................................... (9.56)% 7.89% Class B............................................... (9.85)% 8.17% Class C............................................... (7.26)% 8.72% International Equity Fund Class A............................................... (22.02)% (16.30)% Class B............................................... (22.61)% (16.29)% Class C............................................... (20.15)% (15.66)% Total Return Bond Fund Class A............................................... 1.10% 5.58% Class B............................................... (0.17)% 5.65% Class C............................................... 2.76% 6.25% |
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN
(AFTER TAXES ON DISTRIBUTIONS AND AFTER TAXES ON DISTRIBUTIONS AND REDEMPTION).
Average annual total returns (after taxes on distributions and after taxes on distributions and redemption) take into account any applicable initial or contingent deferred sales charges and take into account federal income taxes that may be payable upon receiving distributions and following redemption. Federal income taxes are calculated using the highest marginal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date.
Average annual total return (after taxes on distributions) is computed according to the following formula:
P(1+T)(n) = ATV(D)
Where: P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000. T = average annual total return (after taxes on distributions). n = number of years. ATV(D) = ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions but not after taxes on redemption. |
The average annual total return (after taxes on distributions) for each Fund for the one- and since-inception (November 3, 1999 for each Fund) periods ended July 31, 2002 are set forth in the following table.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN (AFTER TAXES ON DISTRIBUTIONS)
FOR PERIODS ENDED JULY 31, 2002
PORTFOLIO 1 YEAR SINCE INCEPTION --------- ------- --------------- Large Cap Growth Fund Class A............................................... (36.14)% (20.14)% Class B............................................... (36.67)% (20.15)% Class C............................................... (34.66)% (19.56)% Large Cap Value Fund Class A............................................... (20.55)% (4.37)% Class B............................................... (21.20)% (4.27)% Class C............................................... (18.73)% (3.57)% |
PORTFOLIO 1 YEAR SINCE INCEPTION --------- ------- --------------- Small Cap Growth Fund Class A............................................... (38.90)% (16.71)% Class B............................................... (39.35)% (16.71)% Class C............................................... (37.43)% (16.15)% Small Cap Value Fund Class A............................................... (11.19)% 6.68% Class B............................................... (11.58)% 6.91% Class C............................................... (8.97)% 7.48% International Equity Fund Class A............................................... (22.02)% (16.30)% Class B............................................... (22.61)% (16.29)% Class C............................................... (20.15)% (15.66)% Total Return Bond Fund Class A............................................... (1.10)% 3.31% Class B............................................... (2.25)% 3.52% Class C............................................... (0.70)% 4.16% |
Average annual total return (after taxes on distributions and redemption) is computed according to the following formula:
P(1+T)(n) = ATV(DR)
Where: P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000. T = average annual total return (after taxes on distributions). n = number of years. ATV(DR) = ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions and redemption. |
The average annual total return (after taxes on distributions and redemption) for each Fund for the one- and since-inception November 3, 1999 for each Fund) periods ended July 31, 2002 are set forth in the following table.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN (AFTER TAXES ON DISTRIBUTIONS AND REDEMPTION)
FOR PERIODS ENDED JULY 31, 2002
PORTFOLIO 1 YEAR SINCE INCEPTION --------- ------- --------------- Large Cap Growth Fund Class A............................................... (22.19)% (15.42)% Class B............................................... (22.51)% (15.43)% Class C............................................... (21.28)% (15.00)% Large Cap Value Fund Class A............................................... (12.33)% (3.32)% Class B............................................... (12.71)% (3.27)% Class C............................................... (11.19)% (2.72)% Small Cap Growth Fund Class A............................................... (23.88)% (12.40)% Class B............................................... (24.16)% (12.38)% Class C............................................... (22.98)% (11.97)% Small Cap Value Fund Class A............................................... (5.10)% 5.95% Class B............................................... (5.22)% 6.17% Class C............................................... (3.63)% 6.63% |
PORTFOLIO 1 YEAR SINCE INCEPTION --------- ------- --------------- International Equity Fund Class A............................................... (13.52)% (12.61)% Class B............................................... (13.88)% (12.60)% Class C............................................... (12.37)% (12.13)% Total Return Bond Fund Class A............................................... 0.69% 3.33% Class B............................................... (0.08)% 3.47% Class C............................................... 1.72% 3.98% |
AGGREGATE TOTAL RETURN
The Trust may from time to time advertise the aggregate total return of a Fund. A Fund's aggregate total return figures represent the cumulative change in the value of an investment in the Fund for the specified period and are computed by the following formula:
Where: P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000. |
ERV = ending redeemable value at the end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof) of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods.
Aggregate total return does not take into account any federal or state income taxes that may be payable upon redemption or any applicable initial or contingent deferred sales charges.
The aggregate total returns for each Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002 and the period since inception (November 3, 1999 for each Fund) through July 31, 2002 are set forth in the table below.
AGGREGATE TOTAL RETURN --------------------------- FUND 1 YEAR SINCE INCEPTION ---- ------ --------------- Large Cap Growth Fund Class A................................................ (32.78)% (43.20)% Class B................................................ (33.33)% (44.40)% Class C................................................ (33.33)% (44.40)% Large Cap Value Fund Class A................................................ (16.16)% (5.98)% Class B................................................ (16.87)% (7.99)% Class C................................................ (16.87)% (7.99)% Small Cap Growth Fund Class A................................................ (35.68)% (33.92)% Class B................................................ (36.16)% (35.39)% Class C................................................ (36.16)% (35.39)% Small Cap Value Fund Class A................................................ (4.80)% 29.63% Class B................................................ (5.44)% 27.05% Class C................................................ (5.44)% 27.05% International Equity Fund Class A................................................ (17.92)% (35.40)% Class B................................................ (18.53)% (36.70)% Class C................................................ (18.53)% (36.70)% Total Return Bond Fund Class A................................................ (5.31)% 20.89% Class B................................................ (4.79)% 19.29% Class C................................................ (4.79)% 19.29% |
ADVERTISING. Advertising materials for a Fund may include biographical information relating to its portfolio manager(s), and may include or refer to commentary by a Fund's portfolio manager(s) concerning investment style, investment discipline, asset growth, current or past business experience, business capabilities, political, economic or financial conditions and other matters of general interest to investors. Advertising materials for a Fund also may include mention of Prudential or Strategic Partners, its affiliates and subsidiaries, and reference the assets, products and services of those entities.
From time to time, advertising materials for a Fund may include information concerning retirement and investing for retirement, may refer to the approximate number of Fund shareholders and may refer to Lipper rankings or Morningstar ratings, other related analysis supporting those ratings, other industry publications, business periodicals and market indexes. In addition, advertising materials may reference studies or analyses performed by the Manager or its affiliates. Advertising materials for sector funds, funds that focus on market capitalizations, index funds and international/global funds may discuss the potential benefits and risks of that investment style. Advertising materials for fixed-income funds may discuss the benefits and risks of investing in the bond market including discussions of credit quality, duration and maturity.
The Trust also may include comparative performance information in advertising or marketing a Fund's shares. Such performance information may include data from Lipper, Inc., Morningstar Publications, Inc., other industry publications, business periodicals and market indexes. Set forth below is a chart which compares the performance of different types of investments over the long-term and the rate of inflation.
[columns are in percentages]
[BAR CHART]
PERFORMANCE
COMPARISON OF DIFFERENT
TYPES OF INVESTMENTS
OVER THE LONG TERM
(12/31/1926-12/31/2001
Common Stocks 10.7% Long-Term Gov't. Bond 5.3% Inflation 3.1% |
(1) Source: Ibbotson Associates. All rights reserved. Common stock returns are based on the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500), a market-weighted, unmanaged index of 500 common stocks in a variety of industry sectors. It is a commonly used indicator of stock price movements. This chart is for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to represent the performance of any particular investment or fund. Investors cannot invest directly in an index. Past performance is not a guarantee of future results.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Trust's financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2002, incorporated in this SAI by reference to the Trust's 2001 annual report to shareholders (File No. 811-9439), have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. You may obtain a copy of the Trust's annual report at no charge by request to the Trust by calling (800) 225-1852, or by writing to the Trust at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.
APPENDIX I -- GENERAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION
The following terms are used in mutual fund investing.
ASSET ALLOCATION
Asset allocation is a technique for reducing risk and providing balance. Asset allocation among different types of securities within an overall investment portfolio helps to reduce risk and to potentially provide stable returns, while enabling investors to work toward their financial goal(s). Asset allocation is also a strategy to gain exposure to better performing asset classes while maintaining investment in other asset classes.
DIVERSIFICATION
Diversification is a time-honored technique for reducing risk, providing "balance" to an overall portfolio and potentially achieving more stable returns. Owning a portfolio of securities mitigates the individual risks (and returns) of any one security. Additionally, diversification among types of securities reduces the risks (and general returns) of any one type of security.
DURATION
Debt securities have varying levels of sensitivity to interest rates. As interest rates fluctuate, the value of a bond (or a bond portfolio) will increase or decrease. Longer term bonds are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates. When interest rates fall, bond prices generally rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, bond prices generally fall.
Duration is an approximation of the price sensitivity of a bond (or a bond portfolio) to interest rate changes. It measures the weighted average maturity of a bond's (or a bond portfolio's) cash flows, i.e., principal and interest rate payments. Duration is expressed as a measure of time in years -- the longer the duration of a bond (or a bond portfolio), the greater the impact of interest rate changes on the bond's (or the bond portfolio's) price. Duration differs from effective maturity in that duration takes into account call provisions, coupon rates and other factors. Duration measures interest rate risk only and not other risks, such as credit risk and, in the case of non-U.S. dollar denominated securities, currency risk. Effective maturity measures the final maturity dates of a bond (or a bond portfolio).
MARKET TIMING
Market timing -- buying securities when prices are low and selling them when prices are relatively higher -- may not work for many investors because it is impossible to predict with certainty how the price of a security will fluctuate. However, owning a security for a long period of time may help investors offset short-term price volatility and realize positive returns.
POWER OF COMPOUNDING
Over time, the compounding of returns can significantly impact investment returns. Compounding is the effect of continuous investment on long-term investment results, by which the proceeds of capital appreciation (and income distributions, if elected) are reinvested to contribute to the overall growth of assets. The long-term investment results of compounding may be greater than that of an equivalent initial investment in which the proceeds of capital appreciation and income distributions are taken in cash.
STANDARD DEVIATION
Standard deviation is an absolute (non-relative) measure of volatility that, for a mutual fund, depicts how widely the returns varied over a certain period of time. When a fund has a high standard deviation, its range of performance has been very wide, implying greater volatility potential. Standard deviation is only one of several measures of a fund's volatility.
APPENDIX II -- HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA
The historical performance data contained in this Appendix relies on data obtained from statistical services, reports and other services believed by the Manager to be reliable. The information has not been independently verified by the Manager.
The following chart shows the long-term performance of various asset classes and the rate of inflation.
Source: Ibbotson Associates. Used with permission. All rights reserved. This chart is for illustrative purposes only and is not indicative of the past, present or future performance of any asset class or any Prudential or Strategic Partners mutual fund.
Generally, stock returns are due to capital appreciation and the reinvestment of any gains. Bond returns are due to reinvesting interest. Also, stock prices are usually more volatile than bond prices over the long term. Small stock returns for 1926-2001 are those of stocks comprising the 5th quintile of the New York Stock Exchange. Thereafter, returns are those of the Dimensional Fund Advisors (DFA) Small Company Fund. Common stock returns are based on the S&P Composite Index, a market-weighted, unmanaged index of 500 stocks (currently) in a variety of industries. It is often used as a broad measure of stock market performance.
Long-term government bond returns are measured using a constant one-bond portfolio with a maturity of roughly 20 years. Treasury bill returns are for a one-month bill. Treasuries are guaranteed by the government as to the timely payment of principal and interest; equities are not. Inflation is measured by the consumer price index (CPI).
II-1
Set forth below is historical performance data relating to various sectors of the fixed-income securities markets. The chart shows the historical total returns of U.S. Treasury bonds, U.S. mortgage securities, U.S. corporate bonds, U.S. high yield bonds and world government bonds on an annual basis from 1991 through 2001. The total returns of the indices include accrued interest, plus the price changes (gains or losses) of the underlying securities during the period mentioned. The data is provided to illustrate the varying historical total returns and investors should not consider this performance data as an indication of the future performance of the Funds or of any sector in which the Funds invest.
All information relies on data obtained from statistical services, reports and other services believed by the Manager to be reliable. Such information has not been verified. The figures do not reflect the operating expenses and fees of a mutual fund. See "Risk/Return Summary-Fees and Expenses" in the prospectus. The net effect of the deduction of the operating expenses of a mutual fund on these historical total returns, including the compounded effect over time, could be substantial.
HISTORICAL TOTAL RETURNS OF DIFFERENT BOND MARKET SECTORS
YEAR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----- ----- ----- U.S. Government Treasury Bonds(1) 15.3% 7.2% 10.7% (3.4%) 18.4% 2.7% 9.6% 10.0% (2.56%) 13.52% 7.23% U.S. Government Mortgage Securities(2) 15.7% 7.0% 6.8% (1.6%) 16.8% 5.4% 9.5% 7.0% 1.86% 11.16% 8.22% U.S. Investment Grade Corporate Bonds(3) 18.5% 8.7% 12.2% (3.9%) 22.3% 3.3% 10.2% 8.6% (1.96%) 9.39% 10.40% U.S. High Yield Bonds(4) 46.2% 15.8% 17.1% (1.0%) 19.2% 11.4% 12.8% 1.6% 2.39% (5.86%) 5.28% World Government Bonds(5) 16.2% 4.8% 15.1% 6.0% 19.6% 4.1% (4.3%) 5.3% (5.07%) (2.63%) (3.54%) Difference between highest and lowest returns percent 30.9% 11.0% 10.3% 9.9% 5.5% 8.7% 17.1% 8.4% 7.46% 19.10% 13.94% |
(1) LEHMAN BROTHERS TREASURY BOND INDEX is an unmanaged index made up of over 150 public issues of the U.S. Treasury having maturities of at least one year.
(2) LEHMAN BROTHERS MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES INDEX is an unmanaged index that includes over 600 15- and 30-year fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities of GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC.
(3) LEHMAN BROTHERS CORPORATE BOND INDEX includes over 3,000 public fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment-grade bonds. All bonds are U.S. dollar-denominated issues and include debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments, municipalities, governmental agencies or international agencies. All bonds in the index have maturities of at least one year. Source: Lipper Inc.
(4) LEHMAN BROTHERS HIGH YIELD BOND INDEX is an unmanaged index comprising over 750 public, fixed-rate, nonconvertible bonds that are rated Ba1 or lower by Moody's Investors Service (or rated BB+ or lower by Standard & Poor's or Fitch Investors Service). All bonds in the index have maturities of at least one year.
(5) SALOMON SMITH BARNEY WORLD GOVERNMENT INDEX (NON U.S.) includes over 800 bonds issued by various foreign governments or agencies, excluding those in the U.S., but including those in Japan, Germany, France, the U.K., Canada, Italy, Australia, Belgium, Denmark, the Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, and Austria. All bonds in the index have maturities of at least one year.
II-2
This chart shows the growth of a hypothetical $10,000 investment made in the stocks representing the S&P 500 Stock Index with and without reinvested dividends.
__ Capital Appreciation and Reinvesting Dividends $251,725 ... Capital Appreciation only $106,850 |
Source: Lipper Inc. Used with permission. All rights reserved. This chart is used for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to represent the past, present or future performance of any Prudential or Strategic Partners mutual fund. Common stock total return is based on the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index, a market-value-weighted index made up of 500 of the largest stocks in the U.S. based upon their stock market value. Investors cannot invest directly in indexes.
II-3
This chart illustrates the performance of major world stock markets for the period from December 31, 1985 through December 31, 2001. It does not represent the performance of any Prudential or Strategic Partners mutual fund.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS OF MAJOR WORLD STOCK MARKETS
(12/31/1985 - 12/31/2001) (IN U.S. DOLLARS)
[BAR GRAPH]
Sweden 15.51% Spain 16.26% Hong Kong 14.96% Netherland 14.03% Belgium 13.78% France 13.20% USA 13.14% U.K. 12.28% Switzerland 12.21% Europe 11.92% Denmark 11.88% Australia 9.54% Germany 8.63% Canada 8.45% Italy 7.70% Norway 6.82% Austria 4.95% Japan 3.84% |
Source: Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) and Lipper Inc. as of 12/31/01. Used with permission. Morgan Stanley Country indexes are unmanaged indexes which include those stocks making up the largest two-thirds of each country's total stock market capitalization. Returns reflect the reinvestment of all distributions. This chart is for illustrative purposes only and is not indicative of the past, present or future performance of any specific investment. Investors cannot invest directly in stock indexes.
II-4
WORLD STOCK MARKET CAPITALIZATION BY REGION
WORLD TOTAL: 15.9 TRILLION
[PIE GRAPH]
Source: Morgan Stanley Capital International, December 31, 2001. Used with permission. This chart represents the capitalization of major world stock markets as measured by the Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) World Index. The total market capitalization is based on the value of approximately 1577 companies in 22 countries (representing approximately 60% of the aggregate market value of the stock exchanges). This chart is for illustrative purposes and does not represent the allocation of any Prudential or Strategic Partners mutual fund.
The chart below shows the historical volatility of general interest rates as measured by the long U.S. Treasury Bond.
LONG TERM U.S. TREASURY BOND YIELD IN PERCENT (1926-2001)
Source: Ibbotson Associates. Used with permission. All rights reserved. This chart illustrates the historical yield of the long-term U.S. Treasury Bond from 1926-2001. Yields represent that of an annually renewed one-bond portfolio with a remaining maturity of approximately 20 years. This chart is for illustrative purposes and should not be construed to represent the yields of any Prudential or Strategic Partners mutual fund.
II-5
APPENDIX III
GLOSSARY OF INDEXES
U.S. LARGE CAP STOCKS (S&P 500) -- The S&P 500 is a capital-weighted index representing the aggregate market value of the common equity of 500 stocks primarily traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The S&P 500 is an unmanaged index.
U.S. SMALL CAP STOCKS (RUSSELL 2000) -- The Russell 2000 Index is a stock market index comprised of the 2000 smallest U.S. domiciled publicly traded common stocks that are included in the Russell 3000 Index. These common stocks represent 10% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index that, in turn, represents approximately 98% of the publicly traded U.S. equity market.
INTERNATIONAL STOCKS (MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL EUROPE, AUSTRALIA, FAR EAST (EAFE) INDEX) -- The MSCI EAFE Index is an arithmetical average weighted by market value of the performance of over 1000 non-U.S. companies representing 20 stock markets in Europe, Australia, New Zealand and the Far East. The EAFE Index is an unmanaged index.
U.S. BONDS (LEHMAN BROTHERS AGGREGATE BOND INDEX) -- The index is composed of securities from the Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Bond Index, Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and Asset Backed Securities Index. Total return comprises price appreciation/depreciation and income as a percentage of the original investment.
INTERNATIONAL BONDS (WB INDEX) -- The Salomon Smith Barney Non-U.S. World Government WB Index (WB Index) measures the total return performance of high quality securities in major sectors of the international bond market. The Index covers approximately 600 bonds from 17 currencies. Only high quality, straight issues are included. The WB Index is calculated on both a weighted and an unweighted basis. Generally, index samples for each market are restricted to bonds with at least one year of remaining life. The WB Index is an unmanaged index.
U.S. TREASURY BILLS (SALOMON BROTHERS 90 DAY INDEX) -- This index is constructed by purchasing equal dollar amounts of three-month Treasury bills at the beginning of three consecutive months. As each bill matures, all proceeds are rolled over or reinvested in a new three-month bill. The income used to calculate the monthly return is derived by subtracting the original amount invested from the maturity value.
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY MORTGAGE-BASED SECURITIES INDEX (MBS INDEX) -- The MBS Index is comprised of 30- and 15-year GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pass-through, and FNMA and FHLMC balloon mortgages. The MBS Index is an unmanaged index.
INFLATION (CPI) -- The Consumer Price Index for all urban consumers, not seasonally adjusted, is used to measure the rate of change of consumer prices. This measures inflation and is constructed by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Washington D.C.
LARGE CAP GROWTH INDEX (RUSSELL 1000 GROWTH) -- Contains those Russell 1000 securities with a "growth" orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit higher price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields, and higher forecasted growth rates than those in the Value universe.
LARGE CAP VALUE INDEX (RUSSELL 1000 VALUE) -- Contains those Russell 1000 securities with a "value" orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit lower price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields, and lower forecasted growth rates than those in the Growth universe.
SMALL CAP GROWTH INDEX (PSI SMALL CAP GROWTH INDEX) -- This index is created by screening the twentieth through forty-fifth percentiles of market value in the Compustat universe for companies with growth characteristics. Growth stocks have historical sales growth rates that are greater than 10%, rank in the top half of the Institutional Brokers Estimate System (I/B/E/S) universe based on forecasted growth rate, and have low payouts and debt/capital ratios.
III-1
SMALL CAP VALUE INDEX (PSI SMALL CAP VALUE) -- This index is created by screening the twentieth through forty-fifth percentiles of market value in the Compustat universe for companies with value characteristics. Value stocks rank in the bottom 50% of the universe based on a normalized P/E ratio. Companies must have sustainable dividend rates.
LEHMAN BROTHERS GOVERNMENT/CREDIT BOND INDEX -- The Lehman Brothers Government/Credit Bond Index (LGCI) is a weighted index comprised of publicly traded intermediate and long-term government and corporate debt with an average maturity of 10 years. The LGCI is an unmanaged index.
LEHMAN BROTHERS INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT/CREDIT BOND INDEX -- The Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government/Credit Bond Index (Lehman Int. Gov't Corp. Index) is a weighted index comprised of securities issued or backed by the U.S. government and its agencies and securities publicly issued by corporations with one to ten years remaining to maturity, rated investment grade and having $50 million or more outstanding. The Lehman Int. Gov't Credit Index is an unmanaged index.
LIPPER INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND AVERAGE -- Contains international equity funds that report to Lipper Analytical Services. The funds are given equal weight in constructing performance that prevents any one fund from having a greater impact on the overall calculation. Each fund contained in the average has stated that their objective matches that of the group. Single country funds are not included in this group.
LIPPER CORPORATE BOND FUND AVERAGE -- Contains corporate bond funds that report to Lipper Analytical Services. The funds have an average credit quality rating of least an "A". The average maturity is greater than 10 years. The funds are equally weighted to assure that no one fund has more of an impact on the performance calculation than any other fund.
LIPPER INTERMEDIATE TERM BOND FUND AVERAGE -- Contains intermediate-term bond funds that report to Lipper Analytical Services. The funds invest mainly in investment grade debt instruments and have an average credit rating of "A". The average maturity is between 5 to 10 years. The funds are equally weighted to assure that no one fund has more of an impact on the performance calculation than any other fund.
LIPPER MORTGAGE FUND AVERAGE -- Contains mortgage funds that report to Lipper Analytical Services. The funds contain primarily U.S. mortgage obligations. The average maturity is greater than 10 years. The funds are equally weighted to assure that no one fund has more of an impact on the performance calculation than any other fund.
LIPPER GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET AVERAGE -- Contains Government money market funds that report to Lipper Analytical Services. The funds invest in short-term U.S. Government obligations. The funds are equally weighted to assure that no one fund has more of an impact on the performance calculation than any other fund.
LIPPER WORLD INCOME FUND AVERAGE -- Contains world income funds that report to Lipper Analytical Services. The funds are able to invest in debt instruments in any country. The funds are equally weighted to assure that no one fund has more of an impact on the performance calculation than any other fund.
MORNINGSTAR LARGE CAP GROWTH AVERAGE -- Funds that have a median market capitalization exceeding $5 billion qualify for large cap designation. Morningstar then categorizes growth funds as having a price/earnings ratio combined with price/book ratio greater than the S&P 500.
MORNINGSTAR LARGE CAP VALUE AVERAGE -- Funds that have a median market capitalization exceeding $5 billion qualify for large cap designation. Morningstar then categorizes value funds as having a price/earnings ratio combined with price/book ratio less than the S&P 500.
III-2
MORNINGSTAR SMALL CAP GROWTH AVERAGE -- Funds that have a median market capitalization less than $1 billion qualify for small cap designation. Morningstar then categorizes growth funds as having a price/earnings ratio combined with price/book ratio greater than the S&P 500.
MORNINGSTAR SMALL CAP VALUE AVERAGE -- Funds that have a median market capitalization less than $1 billion qualify for small cap designation. Morningstar then categorizes value funds as having a price/earnings ratio combined with price/book ratio less than the S&P 500.
III-3
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 23. EXHIBITS.
(a) (1) Certificate of Trust.(1) (2) Amendment to Certificate of Trust dated September 4, 2001. (3) Agreement and Declaration of Trust.(1) (4) Certificate of Correction of Amendment to Certificate of Trust dated May 14, 2002.* (b) By-Laws, amended as of February 29, 2000.* (c) In response to this item, Registrant incorporates by reference the following provisions of its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, filed herewith as Exhibit (a)(3) and Exhibit (b), defining the rights of the Trust's shareholders: Articles III and V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Article III of the By-Laws. (d) (1) Management Agreement between Registrant and Prudential Investments Fund Management LLC (PI).(2) (2) (i) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and J. P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.(2) (ii) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Sawgrass Asset Management, L.L.C.(2) (iii) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and National City Investment Management Company ("National City") dated April 29, 2002.* (iv) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Columbus Circle Investors.(2) (v) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Pacific Investment Management Company.(2) (vi) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC ("Hotchkis & Wiley") dated October 22, 2001.* (vii) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Robert Fleming Inc. (d/b/a J.P. Morgan Fleming Asset Management (USA) Inc.).(2) (viii) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and EARNEST Partners, LLC ("EARNEST") dated December 13, 2001.* (ix) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Oak Associates, Ltd.(2) (x) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Lazard Asset Management (International Equity Fund).(2) (e) (1) Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (PIMS).(2) (2) Selected Dealer Agreement.(3) (f) Not applicable. (g) (1) Custodian Contract between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company.(2) (2) Amendment to Custodian Contract.(3) (3) Amendment to Custodian Contract dated July 17, 2001.(4) (h) Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC.(2) (i) Opinion of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell dated September 27, 2002.* (j) Consent of independent accountants.* (k) Not applicable. (l) Not applicable. (m) (1) 12b-1 Fee Waivers and Expense Limitations for Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares.* (n) Rule 18f-3 Plan.* |
(p) (1) Amended Code of Ethics of Registrant dated September 4, 2002.* (2) Amended Code of Ethics of PI and PIMS (Personal Securities Trading Policy) dated September 4, 2002.* (3) Code of Ethics of J. P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc.(2) (4) Code of Ethics of Sawgrass Asset Management, L.L.C.(2) (5) Code of Ethics of National City Investment Management Company.* (6) Code of Ethics of Columbus Circle Investors.(2) (7) Code of Ethics of Pacific Investment Management Company.(2) (8) Code of Ethics of Hotchkis & Wiley Capital Management, LLC.* (9) Code of Ethics of Robert Fleming Inc. (d/b/a J. P. Morgan Fleming Asset Management (USA) Inc.(2) (10) Code of Ethics of Oak Associates, Ltd.(2) (11) Code of Ethics of EARNEST Partners, LLC.* (12) Code of Ethics of Lazard Asset Management.(2) (q) Powers of attorney for Eugene C. Dorsey, Saul K. Fenster, Ph.D., Robert F. Gunia, Robert E. LaBlanc, Douglas H. McCorkindale, W. Scott McDonald, Jr., Thomas T. Mooney, David R. Odenath, Jr., Stephen Stoneburn, Grace C. Torres, Joseph Weber, Ph.D. and Clay T. Whitehead.* |
ITEM 24. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT.
Not Applicable.
ITEM 25. INDEMNIFICATION.
As permitted by Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), and pursuant to Article VII of the Agreement
and Declaration of Trust (Exhibit (a)(3) to this Registration Statement) and
Article XI of the Trust's By-Laws (Exhibit (b) to the Registration Statement),
officers, trustees, employees and agents of Registrant will not be liable to
Registrant, any stockholder, officer, director, employee, agent or other person
for any action or failure to act, except for bad faith, willful misfeasance,
gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties, and those individuals may be
indemnified against liabilities in connection with Registrant, subject to the
same exceptions. Section 3817 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act permits
indemnification of trustees who acted in good faith and reasonably believed that
the conduct was in the best interest of the Trust. As permitted by Section 17(i)
of the 1940 Act, pursuant to Section 10 of the Distribution Agreement (Exhibit
(e)(1) to this Registration Statement), the Distributor of Registrant may be
indemnified against liabilities which it may incur, except liabilities arising
from bad faith, gross negligence, willful misfeasance or reckless disregard of
duties.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1940 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of Registrant in connection with the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against Registrant by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the shares being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1940 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Registrant has purchased an insurance policy insuring its officers and trustees against liabilities, and certain costs of defending claims against such officers and trustees, to the extent such officers and trustees are not found to have committed conduct constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of their duties. The insurance policy also insures Registrant against the cost of indemnification payments to officers and trustees under certain circumstances.
Section 8 of the Management Agreement (Exhibit (d)(1) to the Registration Statement) and Section 4 of the Subadvisory Agreements (Exhibits (d)(2)(i) through (x) to the Registration Statement) limit the liability of PI and each Adviser, respectively, to liabilities arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their respective duties or from reckless disregard by them of their respective obligations and duties under the agreements.
Registrant hereby undertakes that it will apply the indemnification provisions of its By-Laws and the Distribution Agreement in a manner consistent with Release No. 11330 of the Commission under the 1940 Act as long as the interpretation of Section 17(h) and 17(i) of such Act remains in effect and is consistently applied.
ITEM 26. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.
(a) PI
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Manager" in the Prospectus constituting
Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other
Services" in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.
The business and other connections of the officers of PI are listed in Schedules A and D of Form ADV of PI as currently on file with the Commission, as most recently amended (File No. 801-31104).
The business and other connections of PI's directors and principal executive officers are set forth below. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each person is Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.
NAME AND ADDRESS POSITION WITH PIFM PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS ---------------- ------------------ --------------------- David R. Odenath, Jr. ....... Officer in Charge, Officer in Charge, President, Chief President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Executive Officer and Officer, PI; Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer The Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential) Catherine A. Brauer.......... Executive Vice President Executive Vice President, PI John L. Carter............... Executive Vice President Executive Vice President, PI Robert F. Gunia.............. Executive Vice President Executive Vice President and Chief and Treasurer Administrative Officer, PI; Vice President, Prudential; President, PIMS |
NAME AND ADDRESS POSITION WITH PIFM PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS ---------------- ------------------ --------------------- William V. Healey............ Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Chief Legal Officer and Officer and Secretary, PI; Vice Secretary President and Associate General Counsel, Prudential; Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, PIMS Marc S. Levine............... Executive Vice President Executive Vice President, PI Judy A. Rice................. Executive Vice President Executive Vice President, PI Ajay Sawhney................. Executive Vice President Executive Vice President, PI Lynn M. Waldvogel............ Executive Vice President Executive Vice President, PI |
(b) Columbus Circle Investors (CCI)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to CCI's directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-31227), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (J.P. Morgan)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services -- Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to J.P. Morgan's directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-21011), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(d) Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (Hotchkis and Wiley)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to Hotchkis and Wiley is included in the Form ADV of Hotchkis and Wiley filed with the Commission (File No. 801-60512), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(e) Sawgrass Asset Management, L.L.C. (Sawgrass)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services -- Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to Sawgrass is included in its Form ADV filed with Commission (File No. 801-55243), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(f) J.P. Morgan Fleming Asset Management (J.P. Morgan Fleming)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services -- Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to directors and executive officers of J.P. Morgan Fleming is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-26297), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(g) Lazard Asset Management (Lazard)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services -- Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to the general members of Lazard is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-6568), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(h) Pacific Investment Management Company (PIMCO)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services -- Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to PIMCO's partners is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-7260), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(i) EARNEST Partners, LLC (EARNEST)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to EARNEST's directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-56189), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(j) Oak Associates, Ltd. (Oak)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to Oak's directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-23632), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
(k) National City Investment Management Company (National City)
See "How the Trust is Managed -- Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.
Information as to National Citys' directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-446), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 27. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.
(a) PIMS
PIMS is distributor for Cash Accumulation Trust, COMMAND Money Fund, COMMAND Government Fund, COMMAND Tax-Free Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Fund, Inc. (Nicholas-Applegate Growth Equity Fund), Prudential California Municipal Fund, Prudential Equity Fund, Inc., Prudential Europe Growth Fund, Inc., Prudential's Gibraltar Fund, Inc., Prudential Global Total Return Fund, Inc., Prudential Government Income Fund, Inc., Prudential Government Securities Trust, Prudential High Yield Fund, Inc., Prudential Index Series Fund, Prudential Institutional Liquidity Portfolio, Inc., Prudential MoneyMart Assets, Inc., Prudential Municipal Bond Fund, Prudential Municipal Series Fund, Prudential National Municipals Fund, Inc., Prudential Natural Resources Fund, Inc., Prudential Pacific Growth Fund, Inc., Prudential Real Estate Securities Fund, Prudential Sector Funds, Inc., Prudential Short-Term Corporate Bond Fund, Inc., Prudential Small Company Fund, Inc., Prudential Tax-Free Money Fund, Inc., Prudential Tax-Managed Funds, Prudential Tax-Managed Small-Cap Fund, Inc., Prudential Total Return Bond Fund, Inc., Prudential 20/20 Focus Fund, Prudential U.S. Emerging Growth Fund, Inc., Prudential Value Fund, Prudential World Fund, Inc., Special Money Market Fund, Inc., The Prudential Investment Portfolios, Inc., Strategic Partners Asset Allocation Funds, Strategic Partners Opportunity Funds, Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds and The Target Portfolio Trust.
PIMS is also distributor of the following unit investment trusts: Separate Accounts, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-2, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-10, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-11, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24, The Prudential Variable Contract G1-2, The Prudential Discovery Select Group Variable Contract Account, The Pruco Life Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account, The Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account, The Prudential Individual Variable Contract Account and the Prudential Qualified Individual Variable Contract Account.
(b) Information concerning the directors and officers of PIMS is set forth below.
POSITIONS AND OFFICES NAME(1) POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER WITH REGISTRANT ------- -------------------------------------- --------------------- Stuart A. Abrams................ Senior Vice President and Chief None 213 Washington St. Compliance Officer Newark, NJ 07102 Margaret Deverell............... Vice President and Chief Financial None 213 Washington St. Officer Newark, NJ 07102 Robert F. Gunia................. President Vice President and Trustee William V. Healey............... Senior Vice President, Secretary and None Chief Legal Officer Bernard B. Winograd............. Executive Vice President None |
(1) The address of each person named is Gateway Center, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, unless otherwise indicated.
(c) Registrant has no principal underwriter who is not an affiliated person of the Registrant.
ITEM 28. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act and the Rules thereunder are
maintained at the offices of State Street
Bank and Trust Company, One Heritage Drive, North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171; Registrant, Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102; CCI, Metro Center, One Station Place, 8th Floor, Stamford, CT 06902; J.P. Morgan and J.P. Morgan Fleming, 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036; Hotchkis & Wiley Capital Management, LLC, 725 S. Figueroa St., Suite 4000, Los Angeles, CA 90017; Sawgrass, 1579 The Greens Way, Suite 20, Jacksonville Beach, FL 32250; Lazard Asset Management, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10112; National City Investment Management Company, 1900 East Ninth Street, Locator 2220, Cleveland, Ohio 44101-0756; EARNEST Partners, LLC., 75 14th Street, Suite 2300, Atlanta, Georgia 30309; Oak Associates, Ltd., 3875 Embassy Parkway, Suite 250, Akron, OH 44333; PIMCO, 840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 300, Newport Beach, CA 92660; and Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, 194 Wood Avenue South, Iselin, New Jersey 08837. Documents required by Rules 31a-1(b)(4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11), and 31a-1(d) and 31a-1(f) under the 1940 Act will be kept at 100 Mulberry Street, Gateway Center Three, Newark, New Jersey 07102 and the remaining accounts, books and other documents required by such other pertinent provisions of Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules promulgated thereunder will be kept by State Street Bank and Trust Company and PMFS.
ITEM 29. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
Other than as set forth under the caption "How the Trust is Managed" in the Prospectus and the caption "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in the SAI, Registrant is not a party to any management-related service contract.
ITEM 30. UNDERTAKINGS.
Not applicable.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act, the Fund certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this registration statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newark and State of New Jersey, on the 30th day of September, 2002.
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC
FUNDS
/s/ DAVID R. ODENATH, JR. -------------------------------------- David R. Odenath, Jr., President |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE --------- ----- ---- /s/ EUGENE C. DORSEY* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Eugene C. Dorsey /s/ SAUL K. FENSTER* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Saul K. Fenster /s/ ROBERT F. GUINA* Trustee and Vice President September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Robert F. Guina /s/ ROBERT E. LABLANC* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Robert E. LaBlanc /s/ DOUGLAS H. MCCORKINDALE* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Douglas H. McCorkindale /s/ W. SCOTT MCDONALD, JR.* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- W. Scott McDonald, Jr. /s/ THOMAS T. MOONEY* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Thomas T. Mooney /s/ DAVID R. ODENATH, JR.* President and Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- David R. Odenath, Jr. /s/ STEPHEN STONEBURN* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Stephen Stoneburn /s/ GRACE C. TORRES* Treasurer and Principal Financial September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- and Accounting Officer Grace C. Torres /s/ JOSEPH WEBER* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Joseph Weber /s/ CLAY T. WHITEHEAD* Trustee September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Clay T. Whitehead /s/ MARGUERITE E.H. MORRISON as attorney-in-fact September 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------- Marguerite E.H. Morrison * Signs this document pursuant to powers of attorney filed herewith. |
EXHIBIT INDEX
(a) (4) Certificate of Correction of Amendment to Certificate of Trust dated May 14, 2002. (d) (2) (iii) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and National City. (vi) Subadvisory Agreement Between PI and Hotchkis & Wiley. (viii) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and EARNEST. (i) Opinion and consent of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnel dated September 27, 2002. (j) Consent of independent accountants. (m) (1) 12b-1 Fee Waivers and Expense Limitations for Class A, Class B, and C Shares. (n) Rule 18f-3 Plan (p) (1) Amended Code of Ethics of Registrant dated September 4, 2002. (2) Amended Code of Ethics of PI and PIMS (Personal Securities Trading Policy) dated September 4, 2002. (5) Code of Ethics of National City. (8) Code of Ethics of Hotchkis & Wiley. (11) Code of Ethics of EARNEST. (q) Powers of attorney for Eugene C. Dorsey, Saul K. Fenster, Ph.D., Robert F. Gunia, Robert E. LaBlanc, Douglas H. McCorkindale, W. Scott McDonald, Jr., Thomas T. Mooney, David R. Odenath, Jr., Stephen Stoneburn, Grace C. Torres, Joseph Weber, Ph.D., and Clay T. Whitehead. |
Exhibit (a)(4)
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
OF
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE OF TRUST
OF
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
(FORMERLY TARGET FUNDS)
The undersigned, being a trustee of Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds (formerly Target Funds), a Delaware business trust (the "Trust"), pursuant to Section 3810(e) of the Delaware Business Trust Act, hereby certifies:
1. The Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Trust of the Trust (the "Certificate of Amendment") was filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "State Office") on September 4, 2001.
2. The Certificate of Amendment was defectively and erroneously executed, and is an inaccurate record of the action therein referred to, in that the first paragraph of the Certificate of Amendment erroneously identifies the date of filing of the Trust's Certificate of Trust in the State Office as September 4, 2001 rather than July 8, 1999.
3. The first paragraph of the Certificate of Amendment in correct form is as follows:
"This Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust is being executed as of September 4, 2001 for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Trust of Target Funds (the "Trust") filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 8, 1999 pursuant to the Delaware Business Trust Act, 12 Del. C. Sections 3801 et seq. (the "Act")."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Correction as of this 14th day of May, 2002
TRUSTEE:
/s/ Robert F. Gunia Robert F. Gunia |
Exhibit (d)(2)(iii)
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT WITH
NATIONAL CITY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
STRATEGIC PARTNERS SMALL CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND
Agreement made as of this 29th day of April, 2002, between Prudential Investments LLC, a New York limited liability company ("PI" or the "Manager"), and National City Investment Management Company, a Michigan corporation (the "Subadviser").
WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into a Management Agreement, dated August 25, 1999 (the "Management Agreement"), with Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, a Delaware business trust (the "Trust"), on behalf of the Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund (the "Fund"), a series of a diversified, open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), pursuant to which PI acts as Manager of the Fund; and
WHEREAS, PI desires to retain the Subadviser to provide investment advisory services to the Fund and to manage such portion of the Fund as the Manager shall from time to time direct, and the Subadviser is willing to render such investment advisory services.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Subadviser shall manage such portion of the investment operations of the Fund as the Manager shall direct and shall manage the composition of the Fund's portfolio, including the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in its prospectus and statement of additional information (such prospectus and statement of additional information as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, being herein called the "Prospectus"), and subject to the following understandings:
(i) The Subadviser shall provide supervision of such portion of the Fund's investments as the Manager shall direct and shall determine from time to time what investments and securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by the Fund, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.
(ii) In the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, with the Prospectus and with the instructions and directions of the Manager and of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as delivered by the Manager to the Subadviser, and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.
(iii) The Subadviser shall determine the securities and futures contracts to be purchased or sold by such portion of the Fund, and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants (including but not limited to Prudential Securities Incorporated or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser) to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in the Fund's Prospectus or as the Board of Trustees may direct from time to time. In providing the Fund with investment supervision, it is recognized that the Subadviser will give primary consideration to securing the most favorable price and efficient execution. Within the framework of this policy, the Subadviser may consider the financial responsibility, research and investment information and other services provided by brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants who may effect or be a party to any such transaction or other transactions to which the Subadviser's other clients may be a party. It is understood that Prudential Securities Incorporated or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser may be used as principal broker for securities transactions, but that no formula has been adopted for allocation of the Fund's investment transaction business. It is also understood that it is desirable for the Fund that the Subadviser have access to supplemental investment and market research and security and economic analysis provided by brokers or futures commission merchants who may execute brokerage transactions at a higher cost to the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to other brokers on the basis of seeking the most favorable price and efficient execution. Therefore, the Subadviser is authorized to place orders for the purchase and sale of securities and futures contracts for the Fund with such brokers or futures commission merchants, subject to review by the Trust's Board of Trustees from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of this practice. It is understood that the services provided by such brokers or futures commission merchants may be useful to the Subadviser in connection with the Subadviser's services to other clients.
On occasions when the Subadviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or futures contract to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Subadviser, the Subadviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or futures contracts to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities or futures contracts so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Subadviser in the manner the Subadviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.
(iv) The Subadviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Fund's portfolio transactions required by subparagraphs (b)(5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and shall render to the Trust's Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request. The Subadviser shall make reasonably available its employees and officers for consultation with any of the Trustees or officers or
employees of the Fund with respect to any matter discussed herein, including, without limitation, the valuation of the Fund's securities.
(v) The Subadviser shall provide the Fund's Custodian on each business day with information relating to all transactions concerning the portion of the Fund's assets it manages, and shall provide the Manager with such information upon request of the Manager.
(vi) The investment management services provided by the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others. Conversely, Subadviser and Manager understand and agree that if the Manager manages the Fund in a "manager-of-managers" style, the Manager will, among other things, (i) continually evaluate the performance of the Subadviser through quantitative and qualitative analysis and consultations with the Subadviser; (ii) periodically make recommendations to the Trust's Board as to whether the contract with one or more subadvisers should be renewed, modified, or terminated; and (iii) periodically report to the Trust's Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Subadviser recognizes that its services may be terminated or modified pursuant to this process.
(b) The Subadviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees or officers of the Trust to serve in the capacities in which they are elected. Services to be furnished by the Subadviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees.
(c) The Subadviser shall keep the Fund's books and records required to be maintained by the Subadviser pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof and shall timely furnish to the Manager all information relating to the Subadviser's services hereunder needed by the Manager to keep the other books and records of the Fund required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. The Subadviser agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and the Subadviser will surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Fund's request, provided, however, that the Subadviser may retain a copy of such records. The Subadviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act any such records as are required to be maintained by it pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof.
(d) The Subadviser agrees to maintain adequate compliance procedures to ensure its compliance with the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and other applicable state and federal regulations.
(e) The Subadviser shall furnish to the Manager copies of all records prepared in connection with (i) the performance of this Agreement and (ii) the maintenance of compliance procedures pursuant to paragraph 1(d) hereof as the Manager may reasonably request.
2. The Manager shall continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to the Fund pursuant to the Management Agreement and, as more particularly discussed above, shall oversee and review the Subadviser's performance of its duties under this Agreement.
3. Each party represents and warrants to the other that it is (a) duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization; (b) duly qualified to conduct its business in all jurisdictions that require such qualification; and (c) duly authorized to enter into and perform this Agreement.
4. For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Manager shall pay the Subadviser as full compensation therefor, a fee equal to the percentage of the Fund's average daily net assets of the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser as described in the attached Schedule A. This fee will be computed daily and paid monthly.
5. The Subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Fund or the Manager in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Subadviser's part in the performance of its duties or from its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.
6. This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date hereof only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Manager or the Subadviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 60 days' nor less than 30 days' written notice to the other party. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement. The Subadviser agrees that it will promptly notify the Trust and the Manager of the occurrence or anticipated occurrence of any event that would result in the assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, a change or anticipated change in control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Subadviser.
Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Manager at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, 4th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; (2) to the Trust at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; or (3) to the Subadviser at 1900 East Ninth Street, Locator 2220, Cleveland, OH 44101-0756, Attention: Donald L. Ross.
7. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any of the Subadviser's partners, principals, members, officers or employees who may also be a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust or the Fund to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature, nor limit or restrict the Subadviser's right to engage in any other
business or to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association.
8. During the term of this Agreement, the Manager agrees to furnish the Subadviser at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature or other material prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Fund or the public, which refer to the Subadviser in any way, prior to use thereof and not to use material if the Subadviser reasonably objects in writing five business days (or such other time as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof. Sales literature may be furnished to the Subadviser hereunder by first-class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment or hand delivery.
9. This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Fund must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
10. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement together with any other written agreements between the parties entered into concurrently with this Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all previous oral or written negotiations, commitments and understandings related thereto. No waiver by one party of any obligation of the other hereunder shall be considered a waiver of any other obligation of such party. If any portion of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS LLC NATIONAL CITY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY By: /s/ Robert F. Gunia By: /s/ Donald L. Ross ------------------- ------------------ Robert F. Gunia Donald L. Ross Executive Vice President President and Chief Investment Officer |
SCHEDULE A
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT DATED APRIL 29, 2002 BETWEEN PI AND
NATIONAL CITY WITH RESPECT TO THE STRATEGIC PARTNERS SMALL
CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND, A SERIES OF STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE
SPECIFIC FUNDS
COMPENSATION SCHEDULE
Annual fee payable, in arrears, to the Subadviser as a percentage of average daily net assets of the Fund managed by the Subadviser:
0.40% on the Fund's assets managed by the Subadviser.
As of April 29, 2002
Exhibit (d)(2)(vi)
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT WITH
HOTCHKIS AND WILEY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
(FORMERLY, TARGET FUNDS)
STRATEGIC PARTNERS LARGE CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND
(FORMERLY, LARGE CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND)
Agreement made as of this 22nd day of October, 2001, between Prudential Investments Fund Management LLC, a New York limited liability company ("PIFM" or the "Manager"), and Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (the "Subadviser"), a Delaware limited liability company.
WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into a Management Agreement, dated August 25, 1999 (the "Management Agreement"), with Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds (formerly known as Target Funds) (the "Trust"), a Delaware business trust, on behalf of the Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Value Fund (formerly known as the Large Capitalization Value Fund) (the "Fund"), a diversified, open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended (the "1940 Act"), pursuant to which PIFM acts as Manager of the Fund; and
WHEREAS, PIFM desires to retain the Subadviser to provide investment advisory services to the Fund and to manage such portion of the Fund as the Manager shall from time to time direct, and the Subadviser is willing to render such investment advisory services.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Subadviser shall manage such portion of the investment operations of the Fund as the Manager shall direct and shall manage the composition of the Fund's portfolio, including the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in its prospectus and statement of additional information (such prospectus and statement of additional information as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, being herein called the "Prospectus"), and subject to the following understandings:
(i) The Subadviser shall provide supervision of such portion of the Fund's investments as the Manager shall direct and shall determine from time to time what investments and securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by the Fund, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.
(ii) In the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, with the Prospectus and with the instructions and directions of the Manager and of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as delivered by the Manager to the Subadviser, and will conform to and comply with the
requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.
(iii) The Subadviser shall determine the securities and futures contracts to be purchased or sold by such portion of the Fund, and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants (including but not limited to Prudential Securities Incorporated or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser) to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in the Fund's Prospectus or as the Board of Trustees may direct from time to time. In providing the Fund with investment supervision, it is recognized that the Subadviser will give primary consideration to securing the most favorable price and efficient execution. Within the framework of this policy, the Subadviser may consider the financial responsibility, research and investment information and other services provided by brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants who may effect or be a party to any such transaction or other transactions to which the Subadviser's other clients may be a party. It is understood that Prudential Securities Incorporated or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser may be used as principal broker for securities transactions, but that no formula has been adopted for allocation of the Fund's investment transaction business. It is also understood that it is desirable for the Fund that the Subadviser have access to supplemental investment and market research and security and economic analysis provided by brokers or futures commission merchants who may execute brokerage transactions at a higher cost to the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to other brokers on the basis of seeking the most favorable price and efficient execution. Therefore, the Subadviser is authorized to place orders for the purchase and sale of securities and futures contracts for the Fund with such brokers or futures commission merchants, subject to review by the Trust's Board of Trustees from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of this practice. It is understood that the services provided by such brokers or futures commission merchants may be useful to the Subadviser in connection with the Subadviser's services to other clients.
On occasions when the Subadviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or futures contract to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Subadviser, the Subadviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or futures contracts to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities or futures contracts so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Subadviser in the manner the Subadviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.
(iv) The Subadviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Fund's portfolio transactions required by subparagraphs (b)(5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and shall render to
the Trust's Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request. The Subadviser shall make reasonably available its employees and officers for consultation with any of the Trustees or officers or employees of the Fund with respect to any matter discussed herein, including, without limitation, the valuation of the Fund's securities.
(v) The Subadviser shall provide the Fund's Custodian on each business day with information relating to all transactions concerning the portion of the Fund's assets it manages, and shall provide the Manager with such information upon request of the Manager.
(vi) The investment management services provided by the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others. Conversely, Subadviser and Manager understand and agree that if the Manager manages the Fund in a "manager-of-managers" style, the Manager will, among other things, (i) continually evaluate the performance of the Subadviser through quantitative and qualitative analysis and consultations with the Subadviser; (ii) periodically make recommendations to the Trust's Board as to whether the contract with one or more subadvisers should be renewed, modified, or terminated; and (iii) periodically report to the Trust's Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Subadviser recognizes that its services may be terminated or modified pursuant to this process.
(b) The Subadviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees or officers of the Trust to serve in the capacities in which they are elected. Services to be furnished by the Subadviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees.
(c) The Subadviser shall keep the Fund's books and records required to be maintained by the Subadviser pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof and shall timely furnish to the Manager all information relating to the Subadviser's services hereunder needed by the Manager to keep the other books and records of the Fund required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. The Subadviser agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and the Subadviser will surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Fund's request, provided, however, that the Subadviser may retain a copy of such records. The Subadviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act any such records as are required to be maintained by it pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof.
(d) The Subadviser agrees to maintain adequate compliance procedures to ensure its compliance with the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and other applicable state and federal regulations.
(e) The Subadviser shall furnish to the Manager copies of all records prepared in connection with (i) the performance of this Agreement and (ii) the maintenance of
compliance procedures pursuant to paragraph 1(d) hereof as the Manager may reasonably request.
2. The Manager shall continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to the Fund pursuant to the Management Agreement and, as more particularly discussed above, shall oversee and review the Subadviser's performance of its duties under this Agreement.
3. Each party represents and warrants to the other that it is (a) duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization; (b) duly qualified to conduct its business in all jurisdictions that require such qualification; and (c) duly authorized to enter into and perform this Agreement.
4. For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Manager shall pay the Subadviser as full compensation therefor, a fee equal to the percentage of the Fund's average daily net assets of the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser as described in the attached Schedule A. This fee will be computed daily and paid monthly.
5. The Subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Fund or the Manager in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Subadviser's part in the performance of its duties or from its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.
6. This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date hereof only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Manager or the Subadviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 60 days' nor less than 30 days' written notice to the other party. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement. The Subadviser agrees that it will promptly notify the Trust and the Manager of the occurrence or anticipated occurrence of any event that would result in the assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, a change or anticipated change in control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Subadviser.
Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Manager at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, 4th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; (2) to the Trust at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; or (3) to the Subadviser at 725 South Figueroa Street, Suite 3900, Los Angeles, CA 90017-5439, Attention: Compliance Department.
7. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any of the Subadviser's partners, principals, members, officers or employees who may also be a Trustee,
officer or employee of the Trust or the Fund to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature, nor limit or restrict the Subadviser's right to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association.
8. During the term of this Agreement, the Manager agrees to furnish the Subadviser at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature or other material prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Fund or the public, which refer to the Subadviser in any way, prior to use thereof and not to use material if the Subadviser reasonably objects in writing five business days (or such other time as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof. Sales literature may be furnished to the Subadviser hereunder by first-class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment or hand delivery.
9. This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Fund must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
10. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement together with any other written agreements between the parties entered into concurrently with this Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all previous oral or written negotiations, commitments and understandings related thereto. No waiver by one party of any obligation of the other hereunder shall be considered a waiver of any other obligation of such party. If any portion of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS FUND MANAGEMENT HOTCHKIS AND WILEY CAPITAL LLC MANAGEMENT, LLC By: /s/ Robert F. Gunia By: /s/ Nancy Celick ------------------- ---------------- Robert F. Gunia Nancy Celick Executive Vice President Chief Operating Officer |
EXHIBIT A
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT DATED OCTOBER 22, 2001 BETWEEN PIFM
AND HOTCHKIS AND WILEY WITH RESPECT TO THE STRATEGIC PARTNERS
LARGE CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND, A SERIES OF STRATEGIC PARTNERS
STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
COMPENSATION SCHEDULE
Annual fee payable to the Subadviser as a percentage of average daily net assets of the Fund managed by the Subadviser:
0.30% on the Fund's assets managed by the Subadviser.
As of October 22, 2001
Exhibit (d)(2)(viii)
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT WITH
EARNEST PARTNERS, LLC
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
(FORMERLY, TARGET FUNDS)
STRATEGIC PARTNERS SMALL CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND
(FORMERLY, SMALL CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND)
Agreement made as of this 13th day of December, 2001, between Prudential Investments LLC (formerly known as Prudential Investments Fund Management LLC), a New York limited liability company ("PI" or the "Manager"), and EARNEST Partners, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the "Subadviser").
WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into a Management Agreement, dated August 25, 1999 (the "Management Agreement"), with Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, a Delaware business trust (the "Trust"), on behalf of the Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund (the "Fund"), a series of a diversified, open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), pursuant to which PI acts as Manager of the Fund; and
WHEREAS, PI desires to retain the Subadviser to provide investment advisory services to the Fund and to manage such portion of the Fund as the Manager shall from time to time direct, and the Subadviser is willing to render such investment advisory services.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Subadviser shall manage such portion of the investment operations of the Fund as the Manager shall direct and shall manage the composition of the Fund's portfolio, including the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in its prospectus and statement of additional information (such prospectus and statement of additional information as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, being herein called the "Prospectus"), and subject to the following understandings:
(i) The Subadviser shall provide supervision of such portion of the Fund's investments as the Manager shall direct and shall determine from time to time what investments and securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by the Fund, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.
(ii) In the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, with the Prospectus and with the instructions and directions of the Manager and of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as delivered by the Manager to the Subadviser, and will conform to and comply with the
requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.
(iii) The Subadviser shall determine the securities and futures contracts to be purchased or sold by such portion of the Fund, and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants (including but not limited to Prudential Securities Incorporated or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser) to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in the Fund's Prospectus or as the Board of Trustees may direct from time to time. In providing the Fund with investment supervision, it is recognized that the Subadviser will give primary consideration to securing the most favorable price and efficient execution. Within the framework of this policy, the Subadviser may consider the financial responsibility, research and investment information and other services provided by brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants who may effect or be a party to any such transaction or other transactions to which the Subadviser's other clients may be a party. It is understood that Prudential Securities Incorporated or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser may be used as principal broker for securities transactions, but that no formula has been adopted for allocation of the Fund's investment transaction business. It is also understood that it is desirable for the Fund that the Subadviser have access to supplemental investment and market research and security and economic analysis provided by brokers or futures commission merchants who may execute brokerage transactions at a higher cost to the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to other brokers on the basis of seeking the most favorable price and efficient execution. Therefore, the Subadviser is authorized to place orders for the purchase and sale of securities and futures contracts for the Fund with such brokers or futures commission merchants, subject to review by the Trust's Board of Trustees from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of this practice. It is understood that the services provided by such brokers or futures commission merchants may be useful to the Subadviser in connection with the Subadviser's services to other clients.
On occasions when the Subadviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or futures contract to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Subadviser, the Subadviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or futures contracts to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities or futures contracts so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Subadviser in the manner the Subadviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.
(iv) The Subadviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Fund's portfolio transactions required by subparagraphs (b)(5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and shall render to
the Trust's Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request. The Subadviser shall make reasonably available its employees and officers for consultation with any of the Trustees or officers or employees of the Fund with respect to any matter discussed herein, including, without limitation, the valuation of the Fund's securities.
(v) The Subadviser shall provide the Fund's Custodian on each business day with information relating to all transactions concerning the portion of the Fund's assets it manages, and shall provide the Manager with such information upon request of the Manager.
(vi) The investment management services provided by the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others. Conversely, Subadviser and Manager understand and agree that if the Manager manages the Fund in a "manager-of-managers" style, the Manager will, among other things, (i) continually evaluate the performance of the Subadviser through quantitative and qualitative analysis and consultations with the Subadviser; (ii) periodically make recommendations to the Trust's Board as to whether the contract with one or more subadvisers should be renewed, modified, or terminated; and (iii) periodically report to the Trust's Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Subadviser recognizes that its services may be terminated or modified pursuant to this process.
(b) The Subadviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees or officers of the Trust to serve in the capacities in which they are elected. Services to be furnished by the Subadviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees.
(c) The Subadviser shall keep the Fund's books and records required to be maintained by the Subadviser pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof and shall timely furnish to the Manager all information relating to the Subadviser's services hereunder needed by the Manager to keep the other books and records of the Fund required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. The Subadviser agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and the Subadviser will surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Fund's request, provided, however, that the Subadviser may retain a copy of such records. The Subadviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act any such records as are required to be maintained by it pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof.
(d) The Subadviser agrees to maintain adequate compliance procedures to ensure its compliance with the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and other applicable state and federal regulations.
(e) The Subadviser shall furnish to the Manager copies of all records prepared in connection with (i) the performance of this Agreement and (ii) the maintenance of
compliance procedures pursuant to paragraph 1(d) hereof as the Manager may reasonably request.
2. The Manager shall continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to the Fund pursuant to the Management Agreement and, as more particularly discussed above, shall oversee and review the Subadviser's performance of its duties under this Agreement.
3. Each party represents and warrants to the other that it is (a) duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization; (b) duly qualified to conduct its business in all jurisdictions that require such qualification; and (c) duly authorized to enter into and perform this Agreement.
4. For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Manager shall pay the Subadviser as full compensation therefor, a fee equal to the percentage of the Fund's average daily net assets of the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser as described in the attached Schedule A. This fee will be computed daily and paid monthly.
5. The Subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Fund or the Manager in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Subadviser's part in the performance of its duties or from its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.
6. This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date hereof only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Manager or the Subadviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 60 days' nor less than 30 days' written notice to the other party. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement. The Subadviser agrees that it will promptly notify the Trust and the Manager of the occurrence or anticipated occurrence of any event that would result in the assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, a change or anticipated change in control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Subadviser.
Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Manager at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, 4th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; (2) to the Trust at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; or (3) to the Subadviser at 75 14th Street, Suite 2300, Atlanta, GA 30309, Attention: James M. Wilson.
7. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any of the Subadviser's partners, principals, members, officers or employees who may also be a Trustee,
officer or employee of the Trust or the Fund to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature, nor limit or restrict the Subadviser's right to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association.
8. During the term of this Agreement, the Manager agrees to furnish the Subadviser at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature or other material prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Fund or the public, which refer to the Subadviser in any way, prior to use thereof and not to use material if the Subadviser reasonably objects in writing five business days (or such other time as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof. Sales literature may be furnished to the Subadviser hereunder by first-class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment or hand delivery.
9. This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Fund must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
10. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement together with any other written agreements between the parties entered into concurrently with this Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all previous oral or written negotiations, commitments and understandings related thereto. No waiver by one party of any obligation of the other hereunder shall be considered a waiver of any other obligation of such party. If any portion of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS LLC EARNEST PARTNERS, LLC By: /s/ Robert F. Gunia By: /s/ Paul E. Viera ------------------------------ ----------------- Robert F. Gunia Paul E. Viera Executive Vice President Chief Executive Officer |
SCHEDULE A
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 13, 2001 BETWEEN PI
AND EARNEST PARTNERS, LLC WITH RESPECT TO THE STRATEGIC
PARTNERS SMALL CAPITALIZATION VALUE FUND, A SERIES OF STRATEGIC
PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
COMPENSATION SCHEDULE
Annual fee payable to the Subadviser as a percentage of average daily net assets of the Fund managed by the Subadviser:
0.40% on the Fund's assets managed by the Subadviser.
As of December 13, 2001
Exhibit (i)
[Letterhead of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell]
September 27, 2002
Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds
Gateway Center Three
100 Mulberry Street
Newark, New Jersey 07102-4077
Re: Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special Delaware counsel to Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Trust"), in connection with certain matters relating to the formation of the Trust and the proposed issuance of Shares of the Trust pursuant to and as described in Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to Registration Statement No. 333-82621 under the Securities Act of 1933 (including the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information forming a part thereof) on Form N-1A of the Trust to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about the date hereof (the "Registration Statement"). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise herein defined are used as defined in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated July 8, 1999 (the "Governing Instrument").
In rendering this opinion, we have examined and relied on copies of the following documents, each in the form provided to us: the Certificate of Trust of the Trust as filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "State Office") on July 8, 1999 (the "Certificate"); the Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Trust of the Trust as filed in the State Office on September 4, 2001 reflecting the change in the name of the Trust from Target Funds to Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds (the "Certificate of Amendment"); the Certificate of Correction of the Certificate of Amendment as filed in the State Office on May 14, 2002; the Governing Instrument; the By-laws of the Trust (the "By-laws"); the Notification of Registration Filed Pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 on Form N-8A of the Trust filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 9, 1999; the Registration Statement; a Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust dated July 8, 1999 (the "Consent" and, together with the Governing Instrument, the By-laws and the Registration Statement, the
Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds
September 27, 2002
"Governing Documents"); and a certification of good standing of the Trust obtained as of a recent date from the State Office. In such examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, and the legal capacity of natural persons to complete the execution of documents. We have further assumed for the purpose of this opinion: (i) the due adoption, authorization, execution and delivery by, or on behalf of, each of the parties thereto of the above-referenced resolutions, instruments, certificates and other documents, and of all documents contemplated by the Governing Documents to be executed by investors acquiring Shares; (ii) the payment of consideration for Shares, and the application of such consideration, as provided in the Governing Documents, and compliance with the other terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Governing Documents in connection with the issuance of Shares (including, without limitation, the taking of all appropriate action by the Trustees to designate Series of Shares and the rights and preferences attributable thereto as contemplated by the Governing Instrument); (iii) that appropriate notation of the names and addresses of, the number of Shares held by, and the consideration paid by, Shareholders will be maintained in the appropriate registers and other books and records of the Trust in connection with the issuance, redemption or transfer of Shares; (iv) that no event has occurred subsequent to the filing of the Certificate that would cause a termination or reorganization of the Trust under Section 2 or Section 3 of Article VIII of the Governing Instrument; (v) that the activities of the Trust have been and will be conducted in accordance with the terms of the Governing Instrument and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. Sections 3801 et seq. (the "Delaware Act"); and (vi) that each of the documents examined by us is in full force and effect and has not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, except as herein referenced. We have not reviewed any documents other than those identified above in connection with this opinion, and we have assumed that there are no other documents that are contrary to or inconsistent with the opinions expressed herein. No opinion is expressed herein with respect to the requirements of, or compliance with, federal or state securities or blue sky laws. Further, we have not participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement or any other offering documentation relating to the Trust or the Shares and we assume no responsibility for their contents. As to any facts material to our opinion, other than those assumed, we have relied without independent investigation on the above-referenced documents and on the accuracy, as of the date hereof, of the matters therein contained.
Based on and subject to the foregoing, and limited in all respects to matters of Delaware law, it is our opinion that:
1. The Trust is a duly formed and validly existing statutory trust in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
2. When the Shares are issued to Shareholders in accordance with the terms, conditions, requirements and procedures and for the consideration set forth in the Governing Documents, the Shares will constitute legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable Shares of beneficial interest in the Trust.
Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds
September 27, 2002
3. Under the Delaware Act and the terms of the Governing Instrument, each Shareholder of the Trust, in such capacity, will be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability as that extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the general corporation law of the State of Delaware; provided, however, that we express no opinion with respect to the liability of any Shareholder who is, was or may become a named Trustee of the Trust. Neither the existence nor exercise of the voting rights granted to Shareholders under the Governing Instrument will, of itself, cause a Shareholder to be deemed a trustee of the Trust under the Delaware Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing or the opinion expressed in paragraph 2 above, we note that, pursuant to Section 5 of Article IV of the Governing Instrument, the Trustees have the power to cause Shareholders, or Shareholders of a particular Series, to pay certain custodian, transfer, servicing or similar agent charges by setting off the same against declared but unpaid dividends or by reducing Share ownership (or by both means).
We hereby consent to the filing of a copy of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission with the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. This opinion speaks only as of the date hereof and is based on our understandings and assumptions as to present facts and our review of the above-referenced documents and the application of Delaware law as the same exist on the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to update or supplement this opinion after the date hereof for the benefit of any person or entity with respect to any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in facts or law that may hereafter occur or take effect. Except as provided in this paragraph, the opinion set forth above is expressed solely for the benefit of the addressee hereof in connection with the matters contemplated hereby and may not be relied upon for any other purpose or by any other person or entity without our prior written consent.
Sincerely,
MORRIS, NICHOLS, ARSHT & TUNNELL
Exhibit (j)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated September 25, 2002 relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appears in the July 31, 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders of Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds (consisting of Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Growth Fund, Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Value Fund, Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Growth Fund, Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund, Strategic Partners International Equity Fund and Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund), which is also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Financial Highlights", "Other Service Providers" and "Financial Statements" in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP New York, New York September 27, 2002 |
Exhibit(m)(1)
TARGET FUNDS
NOTICE OF RULE 12b-1 FEE WAIVERS AND EXPENSE LIMITATIONS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JULY 31, 2002
This Notice is signed as of June 29, 2001 by (i) Prudential Investment Management Services LLC ("PIMS"), the principal underwriter of the Large Capitalization Growth Fund, Large Capitalization Value Fund, Small Capitalization Growth Fund, Small Capitalization Value Fund, International Equity Fund and Total Return Bond Fund (each a "Fund" and collectively, the "Funds"), each a series of Target Funds, an open-end management investment company (the "Trust"), with respect to distribution and shareholder services fees ("Rule 12b-1 fees") applicable to the Funds; and (ii) Prudential Investments Fund Management LLC ("PIFM"), each Fund's investment manager, with respect to certain Funds' annual net operating expenses, exclusive of Rule 12b-1 fees.
WHEREAS, PIMS has determined to waive a portion of its 0.30% Rule 12b-1 fees payable on Class A shares of each Fund on a fiscal year basis, and desires to contractually waive these fees for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2002;
WHEREAS, PIMS has determined to waive a portion of its 1.00% Rule 12b-1 fees payable on each of the Class B and Class C share classes of the Total Return Bond Fund on a fiscal year basis, and desires to contractually waive these fees for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2002;
WHEREAS, PIFM has determined to limit the net operating expenses paid by each class of shares of certain Funds, exclusive of Rule 12b-1 fees, on a fiscal year basis, and desires to contractually limit these expenses for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2002, as shown below;
WHEREAS, PIMS and PIFM each understands and intends that the Trust will rely on this Notice and agreement in preparing amendments to its registration statement on Form N-1A and in accruing each Fund's expenses for purposes of calculating net asset value and for other purposes, and expressly permits the Trust to do so; and
WHEREAS, shareholders of each Fund will benefit from the ongoing contractual waivers and, where applicable, expense limitations, by incurring lower Fund operating expenses than these shareholders would realize absent such waivers and expense limitations;
NOW, THEREFORE, PIMS and PIFM hereby provide notice of the following:
1. PIMS agrees to limit the Rule 12b-1 fees incurred by Class A shares of each Fund to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the respective Fund's Class A shares. These contractual waivers shall be effective for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2002.
2. PIMS agrees to limit the Rule 12b-1 fees incurred by each of the Class B and Class C share classes of the Total Return Bond Fund to 0.75% of the average daily net assets of the respective Class B and Class C share classes of this Fund. This contractual waiver shall be effective for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2002.
3. PIFM agrees to limit the annual net operating expenses for each class of each indicated Fund, exclusive of Rule 12b-1 fees, as shown below. These contractual expense limitations shall be effective for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2002.
ANNUAL NET OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITATION, EXCLUSIVE OF RULE 12b-1 FEES ---------------------------- Large Capitalization Value Fund 1.35% Small Capitalization Growth Fund 1.60% Small Capitalization Value Fund 1.70% International Equity Fund 1.75% Total Return Bond Fund 0.80% |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PIMS and PIFM have signed this Notice as of the day and year first above written.
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC
By: /s/ Robert F. Gunia ------------------- Robert F. Gunia President |
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC
By: /s/ David R. Odenath -------------------- David R. Odenath President |
Exhibit (N)
STRATEGIC PARTNERS SERIES
(the Fund)
PLAN PURSUANT TO RULE 18F-3
The Fund hereby adopts this plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act), setting forth the separate arrangement and expense allocation of each class of shares in each investment portfolio (each a Portfolio). Any material amendment to this plan is subject to prior approval of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the independent Trustees.
CLASS CHARACTERISTICS
CLASS A SHARES: Class A shares are subject to a high initial sales charge and a distribution and/or service fee pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (Rule 12b-1 fee) not to exceed .30 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the class. The initial sales charge is waived or reduced for certain eligible investors. CLASS B SHARES: Class B shares are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a high contingent deferred sales charge (declining from 5% to zero over a six-year period) which will be imposed on certain redemptions and a Rule 12b-1 fee not to exceed 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the class. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived for certain eligible investors. Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase. CLASS C SHARES: Class C shares are subject to a low initial sales charge and a 1% contingent deferred sales charge which will be imposed on certain redemptions within the first 18 months after purchase and a Rule 12b-1 fee not to exceed 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the class. Class Z SHARES: Class Z shares are not subject to either an initial or contingent deferred sales charge, nor are they subject to any Rule 12b-1 fee. |
INCOME AND EXPENSE ALLOCATIONS
Income, any realized and unrealized capital gains and losses, and expenses
not
allocated to a particular class of a Portfolio will be allocated to each class of such Portfolio on the basis of the net asset value of that class in relation to the net asset value of the Portfolio.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Dividends and other distributions paid by each Portfolio to each class of shares, to the extent paid, will be paid on the same day and at the same time, and will be determined in the same manner and will be in the same amount, except that the amount of the dividends and other distributions declared and paid by a particular class of the Portfolio may be different from that paid by another class of the Portfolio because of Rule 12b-1 fees and other expenses borne exclusively by that class.
EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
Holders of Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class Z Shares shall have such exchange privileges as set forth in the Fund's current prospectus. Exchange privileges may vary among classes and among holders of a Class.
CONVERSION FEATURES
Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis approximately seven years after purchase. Conversions will be effected at relative net asset value without the imposition of any additional sales charge.
GENERAL
A. Each class of shares shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement and shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class.
B. On an ongoing basis, the Directors, pursuant to their fiduciary responsibilities under the 1940 Act and otherwise, will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material conflicts among the interests of its several classes. The Trustees, including a majority of the independent Trustees, shall take such action as is reasonably necessary to eliminate any such conflicts that may develop. Prudential Investments Fund Management LLC, the Fund's Manager, will be responsible for reporting any potential or existing conflicts to the Trustees.
C. For purposes of expressing an opinion on the financial statements of each Portfolio of the Fund, the methodology and procedures for calculating the net asset value and dividends/distributions of the Fund's several classes and the proper allocation of income and expenses among such classes will be examined
annually by the Fund's independent auditors who, in performing such examination, shall consider the factors set forth in the relevant auditing standards adopted, from time to time, by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
Date: March 1, 2000
Exhibit (p)(1)
PRUDENTIAL MUTUALFUNDS
(THE FUND)
CODE OF ETHICS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO RULE 17j-1
UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
(THE CODE)
1. PURPOSES
The Code has been adopted by the Board of Directors/Trustees of the Fund, in accordance with Rule 17j-1(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Act) and in accordance with the following general principles:
(1) THE DUTY AT ALL TIMES TO PLACE THE INTERESTS OF INVESTMENT COMPANY SHAREHOLDERS FIRST.
Investment company personnel should scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of shareholders' interests in any decision relating to their personal investments.
(2) THE REQUIREMENT THAT ALL PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS BE CONDUCTED CONSISTENT WITH THE CODE AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO AVOID ANY ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST OR ANY ABUSE OF AN INDIVIDUAL'S POSITION OF TRUST AND RESPONSIBILITY.
Investment company personnel must not only seek to achieve technical compliance with the Code but should strive to abide by its spirit and the principles articulated herein.
(3) THE FUNDAMENTAL STANDARD THAT INVESTMENT COMPANY PERSONNEL SHOULD NOT TAKE INAPPROPRIATE ADVANTAGE OF THEIR POSITIONS.
Investment company personnel must avoid any situation that might compromise, or call into question, their exercise of fully independent judgment in the interest of shareholders, including, but not limited to the receipt of unusual investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts of more than a de minimis value from persons doing or seeking business with the Fund.
Rule 17j-1 under the Act generally proscribes fraudulent or manipulative practices with respect to a purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired (as such term is defined in Section 2) by an investment company, if effected by an associated person of such company.
The purpose of the Code is to establish procedures consistent with the Act and Rule 17j-1 to give effect to the following general prohibitions as set forth in Rule 17j-1(b) as follows:
(a) It shall be unlawful for any affiliated person of or Principal Underwriter for a registered investment company, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for a registered investment company in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such person of a security held or to be acquired, by such registered investment company:
(1) To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud such registered investment company;
(2) To make to such registered investment company any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to such registered investment company a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
(3) To engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any such registered investment company; or
(4) To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such registered investment company.
2. DEFINITIONS
(a) "Access Person" means any director/trustee, officer, general partner or Advisory Person (including any Investment Personnel, as that term is defined herein) of the Fund, the Manager, the Adviser/ Subadviser, or the Principal Underwriter.
(b) "Adviser/Subadviser" means the Adviser or a Subadviser, if any, of the Fund or both as the context may require.
(c) "Advisory Person" means (i) any employee of the Fund, Manager or Adviser/Subadviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund, Manager or Adviser/Subadviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains current or pending information regarding the purchase or sale of a security by the Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a security.
(d) "Beneficial Ownership" will be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Securities Exchange Act Rule 16a-1(a)(2) in determining which security holdings of a person are subject to the reporting and short-swing profit provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, except that the determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership will apply to all securities which an Access Person has or
acquires (Exhibit A).
(e) "Complex" means the group of registered investment companies for which Prudential Investments LLC serves as Manager; provided, however, that with respect to Access Persons of the Manager or Subadviser (including any unit or subdivision thereof), "Complex" means the group of registered investment companies in the Complex advised by such Subadviser or unit or subdivision thereof or to which an Access Person is deemed to have access. A list of such registered investment companies will be maintained by the Compliance Officer.
(f) "Compliance Officer" means the person or persons (including his or her designees) designated by the Manager, the Adviser/Subadviser, or Principal Underwriter, respectively, as having responsibility for compliance with the requirements of the Code.
(g) "Control" will have the same meaning as that set forth in
Section 2(a)(9) of the Act.
(h) "Disinterested Director/Trustee" means a Director/Trustee of the Fund who is not an "interested person" of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Act.
An interested Director/Trustee who would not otherwise be deemed to be an Access Person, shall be treated as a Disinterested Director/Trustee for purposes of compliance with the provisions of the Code.
(i) "Initial Public Offering" means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(j) "Investment Personnel" means: (a) Portfolio Managers and other Advisory Persons who provide investment information and/or advice to the Portfolio Manager(s) and/or help execute the Portfolio Manager's(s') investment decisions, including securities analysts and traders; (b) any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a security; and (c) certain other individuals as designated by the Compliance Officer.
(k) "Manager" means Prudential Investments LLC.
(l) "Mutual Fund Code of Ethics and Personal Securities Trading Committee" or "Committee" means a specified group of Business Unit, Compliance, and Human Resources executives responsible for interpreting and administering the Code, including but not limited to, reviewing violations of the Code and determining any sanctions or other disciplinary actions that may be deemed appropriate. In addition, the Committee may waive and or modify violations and sanctions or other disciplinary actions at its discretion when
deemed appropriate by the Committee. The Committee will review such violations in consultation with legal counsel. A list of such Committee members shall be maintained by the Compliance Officer.
(m) "Portfolio Manager" means any Advisory Person who has the direct responsibility and authority to make investment decisions for the Fund.
(n) "Private placement" means a limited offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505 or rule 506 under such Securities Act.
(o) "Profits" means any total or partial gain realized from a securities transaction or group of transactions as defined by the Mutual Fund Code of Ethics and Personal Securities Trading Committee ("Committee").
(p) "Security" will have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act, except that it will not include shares of registered open-end investment companies, direct obligations of the Government of the United States, short-term debt securities which are "government securities" within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Act, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and such other money market instruments as are designated by the Compliance Officer. For purposes of the Code, an "equivalent Security" is one that has a substantial economic relationship to another Security. This would include, among other things, (1) a Security that is exchangeable for or convertible into another Security, (2) with respect to an equity Security, a Security having the same issuer (including a private issue by the same issuer) and any derivative, option or warrant relating to that Security and (3) with respect to a fixed-income Security, a Security having the same issuer, maturity, coupon and rating.
(q) "Security held or to be acquired" means any Security or any equivalent Security which, within the most recent 15 days: (1) is or has been held by the Fund; or (2) is being considered by the Fund or its investment adviser for purchase by the Fund.
3. APPLICABILITY
The Code applies to all Access Persons, except that Access Persons covered by more than one Code of Ethics meeting the requirements of Rule 17j-1 may be governed by the provisions of such other Code of Ethics and report all transactions pursuant to the terms of such other Code of Ethics provided that such Code was reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors/Trustees of the Fund. The Compliance Officer shall ensure that each Access Person subject to this Code receives a copy of the Code. The Compliance Officer will maintain a list of all Access Persons who are currently, and within the past five years, subject to the Code.
4. PROHIBITED PURCHASES AND SALES
The prohibitions described below will only apply to a transaction in a security in which the designated Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership.
A. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS
No Investment Personnel may acquire any Securities in an initial public offering. For purposes of this restriction, "Initial Public Offerings" shall not include offerings of government and municipal securities.
B. PRIVATE PLACEMENTS
No Investment Personnel may acquire any Securities in a private placement without prior approval.
(i) Prior approval must be obtained in accordance with the preclearance procedure described in Section 6 below. Such approval will take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for the Fund and its shareholders and whether the opportunity is being offered to the Investment Personnel by virtue of his or her position with the Fund. The Adviser/Subadviser shall maintain a record of such prior approval and reason for same, for at least 5 years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.
(ii) Investment Personnel who have been authorized to acquire Securities in a private placement must disclose that investment to the chief investment officer (including his or her designee) of the Adviser/Subadviser (or of any unit or subdivision thereof) or the Compliance Officer when they play a part in any subsequent consideration of an investment by the Fund in the issuer. In such circumstances, the Fund's decision to purchase Securities of the issuer will be subject to an independent review by appropriate personnel with no personal interest in the issuer.
C. BLACKOUT PERIODS
(i) Except as provided in Section 5 below, Access Persons are prohibited from executing a Securities transaction on a day during which any investment company in the Complex has a pending "buy" or "sell" order in the same or an equivalent Security and until such time as that order is executed or withdrawn; provided, however, that this prohibition shall not apply to Disinterested Directors/Trustees except if they have actual
knowledge of trading by any fund in the Complex.
This prohibition shall also not apply to Access Persons of the Manager, Principal Underwriter, and Adviser/Subadviser who do not, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties, have access to current or pending information regarding the purchase and sale of Securities for the Fund and are not engaged in the day-to-day trading operations of the Fund; provided that Securities investments effected by such Access Persons during the proscribed period are not effected with knowledge of the purchase or sale of the same or equivalent Securities by any fund in the Complex.
A "pending 'buy' or 'sell' order" exists when a decision to purchase or sell a Security has been made and communicated. However, this prohibition shall not apply to a "pending 'buy' or 'sell' order" in the same or an equivalent security in a broad based index fund.(1)
(ii) Portfolio Managers are prohibited from buying or selling a Security within seven calendar days before or after a Fund in the same Complex trades in the same or an equivalent Security. Nevertheless, a personal trade by any Investment Personnel shall not prevent a Fund in the same Complex from trading in the same or an equivalent security. However, such a transaction shall be subject to independent review by the Compliance Officer. This prohibition shall not apply to purchases and sales executed in a broad based index fund.
(iii) If trades are effected during the periods proscribed in
(i) or (ii) above, except as provided in (iv) below with respect to (i)
above, Profits realized on such trades will be promptly required to be
disgorged to the Fund or a charitable organization approved by the
Committee.
(iv) A transaction by Access Persons (other than Investment Personnel) inadvertently effected during the period proscribed in (i) above will not be considered a violation of the Code and disgorgement will not be required so long as the transaction was effected in accordance with the preclearance procedures described in Section 6 below and without prior knowledge of trading by any Fund in the Complex in the same or an equivalent Security.
D. SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS
Except as provided in Section 5 below, Investment Personnel are prohibited from profiting from a purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same or an equivalent Security
within any 60 calendar day period. If trades are effected during the proscribed period, Profits realized on such trades will be promptly required to be disgorged to the Fund or a charitable organization approved by the Committee.
E. SHORT SALES
No Access Person may sell any security short which is owned by any Fund in the Complex. Access Persons may, however make short sales when he/she owns an equivalent amount of the same security. This prohibition does not apply to Disinterested Directors/Trustees.
F. OPTIONS
No Access Person may write a naked call option or buy a naked put option on a security owned by any Fund in the Complex. Access Persons may purchase options on securities not held by any Fund in the Complex, or purchase call options or write put options on securities owned by any Fund in the Complex, subject to preclearance and the same restrictions applicable to other Securities. Access Persons may write covered call options or buy covered put options on a Security owned by any Fund in the Complex at the discretion of the Compliance Officer. This prohibition does not apply to Disinterested Directors/Trustees.
G. INVESTMENT CLUBS
No Access Person may participate in an investment club. This prohibition does not apply to Disinterested Directors/Trustees.
5. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS
Subject to preclearance in accordance with Section 6 below with respect to sub items (b), (e), (f), (g) and (i) hereof, the prohibitions of Sections 4(C) and 4(D) will not apply to the following:
(a) Purchases or sales of Securities effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control or in any account of the Access Person which is managed on a discretionary basis by a person other than such Access Person and with respect to which such Access Person does not in fact influence or control such transactions.
(b) Purchases or sales of Securities (or their equivalents) which are not eligible for purchase or sale by any fund in the Complex.
(c) Purchases or sales of Securities which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or any fund in the Complex.
(d) Purchases of Securities which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.
(e) Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
(f) Any equity Securities transaction, or series of related
transactions effected over a 30 calendar day period, involving 500
shares or less in the aggregate, if (i) the Access Person has no prior
knowledge of activity in such security by any fund in the Complex and
(ii) the issuer is listed on The New York Stock Exchange or has a
market capitalization (outstanding shares multiplied by the current
price per share) greater than $1 billion (or a corresponding market
capitalization in foreign markets).
(g) Any fixed-income Securities transaction, or series of related transactions effected over a 30 calendar day period, involving 100 units ($100,000 principal amount) or less in the aggregate, if the Access Person has no prior knowledge of transactions in such Securities by any fund in the Complex.
(h) Any transaction in index options effected on a broad-based index.(2)
(i) Purchases or sales of Securities which receive the prior approval of the Compliance Officer (such person having no personal interest in such purchases or sales), based on a determination that no abuse is involved and that such purchases and sales are not likely to have any economic impact on any fund in the Complex or on its ability to purchase or sell Securities of the same class or other Securities of the same issuer.
(j) Purchases or sales of Unit Investment Trusts.
6. PRECLEARANCE
Access Persons (other than Disinterested Directors/Trustees) must preclear all personal Securities investments with the exception of those identified in subparts (a), (c), (d), (h) and (j) of Section 5 above.
All requests for preclearance must be submitted to the Compliance Officer for approval. All approved orders must be executed by the close of business on the day in which preclearance is granted; provided, however that approved orders for Securities traded in foreign markets may be executed within two (2) business days from the date preclearance is granted. If any order is not timely executed, a request for preclearance must be resubmitted.
7. REPORTING
(a) Disinterested Directors/Trustees shall report to the Secretary of the Fund the information described in Section 7(b) hereof with respect to transactions in any Security in which such Disinterested Director/Trustee has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Security only if such Disinterested Director/Trustee, at the time of that transaction knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Director/Trustee of the Fund, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or subsequent to the date of the transaction in a Security by such Director/Trustee, such Security is or was purchased or sold by the Fund or was being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund, the Manager or Adviser/Subadviser; provided, however, that a Disinterested Director/Trustee is not required to make a report with respect to transactions effected in any account over which such Director/Trustee does not have any direct or indirect influence or control or in any account of the Disinterested Director/Trustee which is managed on a discretionary basis by a person other than such Director/Trustee and with respect to which such Director/Trustee does not in fact influence or control such transactions. The Secretary of the Fund shall maintain such reports and such other records to the extent required by Rule 17j-1 under the Act.
(b) Every report required by Section 7(a) hereof shall be made not later than ten days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following information:
(i) The date of the transaction, the title and the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Security involved;
(ii) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
(iii) The price at which the transaction was effected;
(iv) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and
(v) The date that the report is submitted.
(c) Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Security to which the report relates.
8. RECORDS OF SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS AND POST-TRADE REVIEW
Access Persons (other than Disinterested Directors/Trustees) are required to direct their brokers to supply, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of confirmations of all personal Securities transactions and copies of periodic statements for all Securities accounts in which such Access Persons have a Beneficial Ownership interest to the Compliance Officer. Such instructions must be made upon becoming an Access Person and promptly as new accounts are established, but no later than ten days after the end of a calendar quarter, with respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect beneficial interest of the Access Person. Notification must be made in writing and a copy of the notification must be submitted to Compliance. This notification will include the broker, dealer or bank with which the account was established and the date the account was established.
Compliance with this Code requirement will be deemed to satisfy the reporting requirements imposed on Access Persons under Rule 17j-1(d), provided, however, that such confirmations and statements contain all the information required by Section 7.b. hereof and are furnished within the time period required by such section.
The Compliance Officer will periodically review the personal investment activity of all Access Persons (including Disinterested Directors/Trustees with respect to Securities transactions reported pursuant to Section 7 above) and holdings reports of all Access Persons.
9. DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL HOLDINGS
Within ten days after an individual first becomes an Access Person and thereafter on an annual basis, each Access Person (other than Disinterested Directors/Trustees) must disclose all personal Securities holdings. Such disclosure must be made in writing and be as of the date the individual first became an Access Person with respect to the initial report and by January 30 of each year, including holdings information as of December 31, with respect to the annual report. All such reports shall include the following: title, number of shares and principal amount of each security held, name of broker, dealer or bank with whom these securities are held and the date of submission by the Access Person.
10. GIFTS
Access Persons are prohibited from receiving any gift or other thing which would be considered excessive in value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Fund. Occasional business meals or entertainment (theatrical or sporting events, etc.) are
permitted so long as they are not excessive in number or cost.
11. SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR
Investment Personnel are prohibited from serving on the boards of directors of publicly traded companies, absent prior authorization based upon a determination that the board service would be consistent with the interests of the Fund and its shareholders. In the limited instances that such board service is authorized, Investment Personnel will be isolated from those making investment decisions affecting transactions in Securities issued by any publicly traded company on whose board such Investment Personnel serves as a director through the use of "Chinese Wall" or other procedures designed to address the potential conflicts of interest.
12. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE
Access Persons are required to certify annually as follows:
(i) that they have read and understood the Code;
(ii) that they recognize that they are subject to the Code;
(iii) that they have complied with the requirements of the Code; and
(iv) that they have disclosed or reported all personal Securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code.
13. CODE VIOLATIONS AND SANCTIONS
All violations of the Code will be reviewed by the Committee. The Committee will determine any sanctions or other disciplinary actions that may be deemed appropriate. All material violations and corresponding sanctions and/or disciplinary action will be reported to the Board of Directors/Trustees of the Fund on a quarterly basis. The Board of Directors/Trustees may take action as it deems appropriate, in addition to any action previously taken by the Committee.
14. REVIEW BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS/TRUSTEES
The Board of Directors/Trustees will be provided with an annual report which at a minimum:
(i) certifies to the Board that the Fund, Manager, Investment Adviser/Subadviser, and Principal Underwriter has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access persons from violating its Code.
(ii) summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the preceding year;
(iii) identifies material Code or procedural violations and sanctions imposed in response
to those material violations; and
(iv) identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon the Fund's experience under the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws and regulations.
The Board will review such report and determine if any further action is required.
EXPLANATORY NOTES TO CODE
1. No comparable Code requirements have been imposed upon Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, the Fund's transfer agent, or those of its directors or officers who are not Directors/Trustees or Officers of the Fund since they are deemed not to constitute Access Persons or Advisory Persons as defined in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of Rule 17j-1.
Exhibit A
Definition of Beneficial Ownership
The term "beneficial ownership" of securities would include not only ownership of securities held by an access person for his or her own benefit, whether in bearer form or registered in his or her own name or otherwise, but also ownership of securities held for his or her benefit by other (regardless of whether or how they are registered) such as custodians, brokers, executors, administrators, or trustees (including trusts in which he or she has only a remainder interest), and securities held for his or her account by pledges, securities owned by a partnership in which he or she should regard as a personal holding corporation. Correspondingly, this term would exclude securities held by an access person for the benefit of someone else.
Ordinarily, this term would not include securities held by executors or administrators in estates in which an access person is a legatee or beneficiary unless there is a specific legacy to such person of such securities or such person is the sole legatee or beneficiary and there are other assets in the estate sufficient to pay debts ranking ahead of such legacy, or the securities are held in the estate more than a year after the decedent's death.
Securities held in the name of another should be considered as
"beneficially" owned by an access person where such person enjoys "benefits
substantially equivalent to ownership". The SEC has said that although the final
determination of beneficial ownership is a question to be determined in the
light of the facts of the particular case, generally a person is regarded as the
beneficial owner of securities held in the name of his or her spouse and their
minor children. Absent special circumstances such relationship ordinarily
results in such person obtaining benefits substantially equivalent to ownership,
e.g., application of the income derived from such securities to maintain a
common home, to meet expenses which such person otherwise would meet from other
sources, or the ability to exercise a controlling influence over the purchase,
sale or voting of such securities.
An access person also may be regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in the name of another person, if by reason of any contact, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, he obtains therefrom benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership. Moreover, the fact that the holder is a relative or relative of a spouse and sharing the same home as an access person may in itself indicate that the access person would obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership from securities held in the name of such relative. Thus, absent countervailing facts, it is expected that securities held by relatives who share the same home as an access person will be treated as being beneficially owned by the access person.
An access person also is regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in the name of a spouse, minor children or other person, even though he does not obtain therefrom the aforementioned benefits of ownership, if he can vest or revest title in himself at once or at some future time.
Exhibit (p)(2)
PERSONAL SECURITIES
TRADING POLICY
INTRODUCTION
As a leader in the financial services industry, Prudential Financial, Inc. ("Prudential" or "Company") aspires to the highest standards of business conduct. Consistent with this standard, Prudential has developed a Personal Securities Trading Policy ("Policy") incorporating policies and procedures followed by leading financial service firms. This policy is designed to ensure compliance by Prudential and its associates with various securities laws and regulations including the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 (ITSFEA) and the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) Conduct Rules, and to ensure that its associates conduct their personal trading in a manner consistent with Prudential's policy of placing its shareholders' and customers' interests first.
This Policy sets forth the insider trading policy, trade monitoring procedures, and personal trading restrictions for Prudential associates:
SECTION I sets forth Prudential's POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING that applies to all Prudential associates. It is important that all Prudential associates read and understand this policy, which sets forth their responsibilities with respect to confidential and proprietary information.
SECTION II sets forth Prudential's TRADE MONITORING PROCEDURES AND TRADE REPORTING OBLIGATIONS for Covered and Access Persons, including authorized broker-dealer requirements.
SECTION III sets forth Prudential's policy and RESTRICTIONS RELATING TO
PERSONAL TRADING IN SECURITIES ISSUED BY PRUDENTIAL FOR DESIGNATED PERSONS
AND ALL OTHER PRUDENTIAL ASSOCIATES. Responsibilities for Section 16
Insiders are covered under a separate policy.
The remaining sections contain policies and procedures applicable to associates of Prudential's broker-dealers and investment advisers.
SECTION IV sets forth the additional trading policies and procedures applicable to associates of a Prudential BROKER-DEALER.
SECTION V sets forth the additional trading policies and procedures applicable to associates of a Prudential PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT UNIT OR TRADING UNIT.
SECTION VI sets forth the additional trading policies and procedures applicable to associates of the Prudential Global Asset Management's (PGAM) PRIVATE ASSET MANAGEMENT UNITS.
SECTION VII sets forth the additional trading policies and procedures applicable to associates of PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED (PSI).
If you are unclear as to your personal trading and reporting responsibilities, or have any questions concerning any aspect of this Policy, please contact the Securities Monitoring Group in Corporate Compliance.
The personal trade policy and trade monitoring procedures described herein reflect the practices followed by leading financial service firms. No business unit or group may adopt policies or procedures that are inconsistent with this policy. Business units may, with the prior approval of Corporate Compliance, adopt policies and procedures that go beyond those contained in this Policy.
PRUDENTIAL'S PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING POLICY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ii TABLE OF CONTENTS iii I. PRUDENTIAL'S POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING 1 A. Use of Proprietary or Confidential Information 1 B. Prudential Insider Trading Rules 1 C. What is Nonpublic Information? 2 D. What is Material Information? 2 E. Front-running and Scalping 3 F. Private Securities Transactions 3 G. Charitable Gifts 3 H. Penalties for Insider Trading 4 1. Penalties for Individuals 4 2. Penalties for Supervisors 4 3. Penalties for Prudential 4 II. SECURITIES TRADE MONITORING FOR COVERED AND ACCESS PERSONS 5 A. The "SMARTS" System 5 B. Covered and Access Persons 5 C. Trade Reporting Requirements 5 1. Authorized Broker-Dealer Requirements 5 2. Authorized Broker-Dealer Exceptions 6 3. Trade Reporting Requirements for Exception Accounts 6 4. Personal and Family Member Accounts 6 5. Reportable Securities Transactions 7 6. Confidentiality of Trading Information 7 7. Additional Requirements 7 III. POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PERSONAL TRADING IN SECURITIES ISSUED BY PRUDENTIAL 8 A. Designated Persons 8 B. Specific Trading Requirements 8 1. Brokerage Account Requirements for Designated Persons 8 2. Trade Reporting Requirements for Accounts with Non-Authorized Broker-Dealers 9 3. Trading Windows and Blackout Periods 9 4. Preclearance of Trading in Securities Issued by Prudential 9 5. Prohibited Transactions 9 6. PESP and the Employee Stock Option Plans 9 C. Supervisory Responsibilities 10 D. Violations of the Policy 10 IV. TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR ASSOCIATES OF BROKER-DEALERS 11 A. Trade Monitoring for Associates of Pruco Securities Corporation and Prudential Investment Management Services, LLC 11 1. Notification Requirements for Personal Securities Accounts 11 2. Annual Compliance Training and Sign-off 11 B. Purchases of Public Offerings - - "Freeriding and Withholding" 11 C. Private Securities Transactions 12 D. Additional Restrictions for PSI Associates 13 V. TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR ASSOCIATES OF PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT UNITS AND TRADING UNITS 14 |
A. Definitions 14 B. Trading Restrictions 15 1. Initial Public Offerings 15 2. Private Placements 15 3. Blackout Periods - "7 Day Rule" 15 4. Short-Term Trading Profits 16 5. Short Sales 16 6. Options 16 7. Investment Clubs 16 C. Preclearance 16 D. Exemptions 16 1. Ineligible Securities 17 2. Exercise of Rights by Issuer 17 3. De Minimis Trades 17 4. Discretionary Accounts 17 5. Index Options 17 6. Unit Investment Trusts 17 7. Non-volitional Transactions and Dividend 17 Reinvestment Plans 8. Exceptions by Prior Written Approval 17 E. Personal Trade Reporting 17 F. Personal Securities Holdings 18 G. Service as a Director 18 H. Gifts 18 I. Code Violations and Sanctions 18 J. Reports to Clients 18 K. Conflicts of Interest 17 VI. TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR ASSOCIATES OF PRIVATE ASSET MANAGEMENT UNITS 20 A. Private Side Monitored List 20 B. Investment Clubs 20 C. Additional Restrictions for Certain Units 20 1. Real Estate Units 20 2. Prudential Capital Group 21 VII. POLICY FOR PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED 22 A. Employee Securities Accounts 22 1. Trade Monitoring at PSI 22 2. Investment Clubs 22 B. Personal Trading Restrictions 22 1. Purchases of Public Offerings - - "Freeriding 22 and Withholding" 2. 24 Hour Research Report Restriction 23 3. Restricted List 23 C. Additional Trading Restrictions for Certain PSI Departments 23 1. Trading Restrictions 23 a. Research Department 23 b. Trading Department 24 c. High Yield Securities Group 24 d. Asset-Backed Finance Group 24 e. Investment Banking Group 24 f. Public Finance 25 g. Capital Transaction Equity Syndicate Group and Capital Transaction Debt Syndicate Group 25 2. Preclearance Procedures 25 |
EXHIBITS
1- Sample letter to brokerage firm 26 2- Acknowledgment of Prudential's Policy Statement on Insider Trading 27 3- Chart of Reportable Transactions 28 4- List of index options on a Broad-Based index 29 5- Sample Initial Holdings Report 30 6- Sample Annual Holdings Report 31 7- Preclearance Form for Section 16 Insiders and Designated Persons 32 8- Permitted Options Transactions relating to securities issued by Prudential 33 |
I. PRUDENTIAL'S POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING
Prudential aspires to the highest standard of business ethics. Accordingly, Prudential has developed the following procedures to ensure the proper use of proprietary and/or confidential information and to comply with federal and state law.
A. USE OF CONFIDENTIAL OR PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
In the course of your work at Prudential, you may receive or have access to material, nonpublic information about Prudential or other public companies. Company policy, industry practice and federal and state law establish strict guidelines regarding the use of material, nonpublic information. Prudential has adopted the following policies that are consistent with the practices of leading financial service firms:
(1) YOU MAY NOT USE CONFIDENTIAL OR PROPRIETARY INFORMATION, OBTAINED IN THE COURSE OF YOUR EMPLOYMENT, FOR YOUR PERSONAL GAIN OR SHARE SUCH INFORMATION WITH OTHERS FOR THEIR PERSONAL BENEFIT;
(2) YOU MUST TREAT AS CONFIDENTIAL ALL INFORMATION THAT IS NOT PUBLICLY DISCLOSED CONCERNING PRUDENTIAL'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND KEY PERFORMANCE DRIVERS, INVESTMENT ACTIVITY OR PLANS, OR THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND BUSINESS ACTIVITY OF PRUDENTIAL OR ANY COMPANY WITH WHICH PRUDENTIAL IS DOING BUSINESS; AND
(3) IF YOU POSSESS CONFIDENTIAL OR PROPRIETARY INFORMATION, YOU MUST PRESERVE ITS CONFIDENTIALITY AND DISCLOSE IT ONLY TO OTHER ASSOCIATES WHO HAVE A LEGITIMATE BUSINESS NEED FOR THE INFORMATION.
Under federal securities law, it is illegal to buy or sell a security while in possession of material, nonpublic information relating to the security.(1) It is also illegal to "tip" others about inside information. In other words, you may not pass material, nonpublic information about an issuer on to others or recommend that they trade the issuer's securities.
Insider trading is an extremely complex area of the law principally regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). If you have any questions concerning the law or a particular situation, you should consult with Corporate Compliance or the Law Department. If you believe that you may have material, nonpublic information about a public company obtained in the course of your position, or if you are in a portfolio or asset management unit and you believe you may have material, nonpublic information regardless of the source, you should notify your business unit compliance officer and Corporate Compliance so that the securities can be monitored and/or placed on a restricted list as appropriate.
B. PRUDENTIAL INSIDER TRADING RULES
Below are three rules concerning insider trading. Failure to comply with these rules could result in violations of the federal securities laws and subject you to severe penalties described in Section H. Violations of these rules also may result in discipline by Prudential up to and including termination of employment.
(1) YOU MAY NOT BUY OR SELL SECURITIES ISSUED BY PRUDENTIAL OR ANY OTHER PUBLIC COMPANY IF YOU HAVE MATERIAL, NONPUBLIC INFORMATION. THIS RESTRICTION APPLIES TO TRANSACTIONS FOR YOU, MEMBERS OF YOUR FAMILY, PRUDENTIAL OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR WHOM YOU MAY BUY OR SELL SECURITIES. IN ADDITION, YOU MAY NOT RECOMMEND TO OTHERS THAT THEY BUY OR SELL THAT SECURITY.
(2) IF YOU ARE AWARE THAT PRUDENTIAL IS CONSIDERING OR ACTUALLY TRADING ANY SECURITY FOR ANY ACCOUNT IT MANAGES, YOU MUST REGARD THAT AS MATERIAL, NONPUBLIC INFORMATION. ACCORDINGLY, YOU MAY NOT MAKE ANY TRADE OR RECOMMENDATION INVOLVING THAT SECURITY, UNTIL SEVEN CALENDAR DAYS AFTER YOU KNOW THAT SUCH TRADING IS NO LONGER BEING CONSIDERED OR UNTIL SEVEN CALENDAR DAYS AFTER PRUDENTIAL CEASES TRADING IN THAT SECURITY.(2)
1 In some circumstances, additional elements may be required for there to be a violation of law, including scienter and breach of a duty.
2 This rule does not apply to employees in the trading departments of PSI.
(3) YOU MAY NOT COMMUNICATE MATERIAL, NONPUBLIC INFORMATION TO ANYONE EXCEPT INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE IT IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES FOR PRUDENTIAL (I.E., INDIVIDUALS WITH A "NEED TO KNOW").
C. WHAT IS NONPUBLIC INFORMATION?
Nonpublic information is information that is not generally available to the investing public. Information is public if it is generally available through the media or disclosed in public documents such as corporate filings with the SEC. If it is disclosed in a national business or financial wire service (such as Dow Jones or Bloomberg), in a national news service (such as AP or Reuters), in a newspaper, on the television, on the radio, or in a publicly disseminated disclosure document (such as a proxy statement or prospectus), you may consider the information to be public. If the information is not available in the general media or in a public filing, you should consider it to be nonpublic. Neither selective disclosure (such as disclosure to a small number of institutional investors or a small number of analysts), partial disclosure (disclosure of part of the information), nor the existence of rumors, is sufficient to consider the information to be public. If you are uncertain as to whether information is nonpublic, you should consult your business unit compliance officer or Corporate Compliance.
While you must be especially alert to sensitive information, you may consider information received directly from a designated company spokesperson to be public information unless you know or have reason to believe that such information is not generally available to the investing public. An associate working on a private securities transaction who receives information from a company representative regarding the transaction should presume that the information is nonpublic.
Example:
- When telling a Prudential analyst certain information about the company, a company representative gives indication that the information may be nonpublic by
saying "This is not generally known but . . ." In such a situation, the analyst should assume that the information is nonpublic. D. WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION? |
There is no statutory definition of material information. You should assume that information is material if an investor, considering all the surrounding facts and circumstances, would find such information important in deciding whether or when to buy or sell a security. In general, any nonpublic information that, if announced, could affect the price of the security should be considered to be material information. If you are not sure whether nonpublic information is material, you should consult Corporate Compliance or your business unit compliance department.
MATERIAL INFORMATION MAY BE ABOUT PRUDENTIAL OR ANOTHER PUBLIC COMPANY.
Examples:
- information about a company's earnings or dividends (e.g., whether earnings will increase or decrease);
- information about a company's physical assets (e.g., an oil discovery, a fire that destroyed a factory, or an environmental problem);
- information about a company's personnel (e.g., a valuable employee leaving or becoming seriously ill);
- information about a company's pension plans (e.g., the removal of assets from an over-funded plan or an increase or decrease in future contributions);
- Information about a company's financial status (e.g., financial restructuring plans or changes to planned payments of debt securities); or
- Information about a merger, acquisition, tender offer, joint venture or similar transaction involving the Company generally should be considered material.
INFORMATION MAY BE MATERIAL EVEN THOUGH IT MAY NOT BE DIRECTLY ABOUT A COMPANY (I.E., IF THE INFORMATION IS RELEVANT TO THAT COMPANY OR ITS PRODUCTS, BUSINESS, OR ASSETS).
Examples:
- information that a company's primary supplier is going to increase dramatically the prices it charges; or
- information that a competitor has just developed a product that will cause sales of a company's products to plummet.
MATERIAL INFORMATION MAY ALSO INCLUDE INFORMATION ABOUT PRUDENTIAL'S
ACTIVITIES OR PLANS RELATING TO A COMPANY UNAFFILIATED WITH PRUDENTIAL.
Example:
- information that Prudential is going to enter into a transaction with a company, such as awarding a large service contract with a particular company.
E. "FRONT-RUNNING" AND "SCALPING"
Trading while in possession of information concerning Prudential's trades is called front-running or scalping, and is prohibited by Prudential's insider trading rules, and may also violate federal law.
Front-running is making a trade in the same direction as Prudential just before Prudential makes its trade. Examples include buying a security just before Prudential buys that security (in the expectation that the price may rise based on such purchase) or selling a security just before Prudential sells such security (in the expectation that such sale will lead to a drop in price).
Scalping is making a trade in the opposite direction just after Prudential's trade, in other words, buying a security just after Prudential stops selling such security or selling just after Prudential stops buying such security.
Example:
- Prudential is planning to sell a large position in ABC Co. If you sell ABC Co. securities ahead of Prudential in expectation that the large sale will depress its price, you are engaging in front-running. If you purchase ABC Co. securities after Prudential has completed its sale to take advantage of the temporary price decrease, you are engaging in scalping.
F. PRIVATE SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
The antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws apply to transactions in both publicly traded securities and private securities. However, the insider trading laws do not prohibit private securities transactions where both parties to the transaction have possession of the same material, nonpublic information.
G. CHARITABLE GIFTS
If you are in possession of material, nonpublic information concerning a security you hold, you may not gift the security to a charitable institution and receive a tax deduction on the gift.
H. PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING(3)
1. PENALTIES FOR INDIVIDUALS
Individuals who illegally trade while in possession of material, nonpublic information or who illegally tip such information to others may be subject to some or all of the following penalties:
Civil Penalties:
- civil injunctions;
(3) In addition to the penalties listed below, Prudential and/or Prudential associates could be subject to penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) if the insider trading occurs in connection with an ERISA plan's investment.
- disgorgement of personal profit gained or loss avoided, and/or a "tippee's" profit gained or loss avoided; and
- civil penalties of up to three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.
Criminal Penalties:
- Criminal fines of up three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided; and
- up to ten years imprisonment per violation.
Employment Consequences:
- loss or suspension of license to work in the securities industry; and
- discipline by Prudential up to and including termination of employment.
2. PENALTIES FOR SUPERVISORS
The law provides for penalties for "controlling persons" of individuals who commit insider trading. Accordingly, under certain circumstances, supervisors of an associate who is found liable for insider trading may be subject to the following penalties:
- civil penalties of up to the greater of $1 million or three times the amount of the associate's profits gained or loss avoided;
- criminal fines of up to $1 million per violation; and
- discipline by Prudential up to and including termination of employment.
3. PENALTIES FOR PRUDENTIAL
Prudential could be subject to the following penalties in the event an associate is found liable for insider trading:
- civil penalties of up to the greater of $1 million or three times the amount of the associate's profits gained or loss avoided;
- criminal fines of up to $2.5 million per violation; and
- restrictions on its ability to conduct certain of its business activities, such as its broker-dealer, investment adviser, and investment company activities.
II. SECURITIES TRADE MONITORING FOR COVERED AND ACCESS PERSONS
A. THE "SMARTS" SYSTEM
Federal Law requires all broker-dealers and investment advisers to establish procedures to prevent insider trading by their associates. In addition, the Federal Sentencing Guidelines require companies to establish reasonable procedures to prevent and detect violations of the law. To comply with these and other similar laws and rules, Prudential has developed the Personal Securities Trading Policy to prevent the misuse of material, nonpublic information about Prudential or other public companies. All employees are held to the general principles of the Policy to ensure the proper use of proprietary and/or confidential information. However, certain employees are also required to be monitored and may be subject to additional restrictions. Prudential has established a program to monitor the personal securities trading of associates with routine access to nonpublic corporate information about Prudential or any external public company, portfolio management activities, or other sensitive information. These individuals are required to have their personal securities transactions monitored in the Securities Trade Monitoring System known as "SMARTS" (Securities Monitoring Automated Reporting and Tracking System).
B. COVERED AND ACCESS PERSONS
Certain employees are classified as "Covered" or "Access" Persons (as defined below). These individuals are categorized based on the information to which they have access. Covered and Access Persons are required to report their personal securities trading activity and are monitored in the SMARTS system.
- ACCESS PERSONS - Associates who work in or support portfolio management activities. See Section IV. for specific requirements.
- COVERED PERSONS - Employees, other than Access Persons, who may have access to material, nonpublic information about external public companies or those individuals who have a regulatory obligation to be monitored.
If you are unsure as to whether you are an Access or Covered Person, contact your business unit compliance officer or Corporate Compliance.(4)
C. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
1. AUTHORIZED BROKER-DEALER REQUIREMENTS
Covered and Access Persons are required to maintain personal
brokerage accounts at an authorized broker-dealer. The authorized
firms are PSI, Pruco Securities, Charles Schwab, E*TRADE, Fidelity
Investments, and Merrill Lynch. Covered and Access Persons can find
information about each firm through the authorized broker-dealer
website at http://njplazx51/authorizedbrokerdealers. New Associates
who are subject to this requirement will be required to transfer
accounts within 60 days of becoming a Covered and/or Access Person.
The accounts that are subject to this requirement are listed in
Section C. 4. below.
Prudential Financial, Inc. securities held at EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. are not required to be transferred.
2. AUTHORIZED BROKER-DEALER EXCEPTIONS
Exceptions to the Authorized Broker-Dealer requirement will be limited and should be submitted to the Business Unit chief Compliance Officer who will submit the request to the appropriate Business Unit or
(4) PSI monitors the personal trading of its associates, including
Financial Advisors, through its own trade monitoring system as explained in
Section VI.A.1.
Corporate Department Executive at the Senior Vice President level or above for review. Documentation for all exceptions must be forwarded to your business unit compliance officer for review. Exceptions will be evaluated on a case by case basis based on the following criteria:
- Accounts held jointly with or accounts for spouses who are subject to the same type of personal trading requirements that pre-date this policy (June 27, 2002).
- Accounts in which the employee has a formal investment management agreement that provides full discretionary authority to a third party money manager. A copy of the management agreement must be submitted to the business unit compliance officer.
- Blind trusts and family trusts. A copy of the trust agreement must be submitted to the business unit compliance officer.
- Accounts for international employees in locations where there is no local presence or access to one of these firms.
- Accounts holding non-transferable securities which may not, due to their nature, be liquidated without undue hardship to the employee (new purchases generally will not be permitted.)
- Direct stock purchase or dividend reinvestment plans that are established directly with a public company.
3. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXCEPTION ACCOUNTS
If you are granted an exception to the authorized broker-dealer
requirement, you must direct the brokerage firm(s) that maintains
your securities account(s) to send duplicate copies of your trade
confirmations and account statements ("trading activity") to
Corporate Compliance. New employees must instruct their brokers to
send trading activity to Corporate Compliance while they are in the
process of transferring their accounts to one of the authorized
broker-dealers. A sample letter to a brokerage firm is provided as
Exhibit 1 to this Policy. ACCOUNTS MAINTAINED AT PSI, PRUCO
SECURITIES, CHARLES SCHWAB, E*TRADE, MERRILL LYNCH, OR FIDELITY
INVESTMENTS ARE EXEMPT FROM THIS REQUIREMENT.(5)
4. PERSONAL AND FAMILY MEMBER ACCOUNTS
You are required to report in the manner described above, all securities accounts in which you have a beneficial interest, including the following:
(1) personal accounts;
(2) accounts in which your spouse has beneficial interest;
(3) accounts in which your minor children or any dependent family
member has a beneficial interest;
(4) joint or tenant-in-common accounts in which you are a
participant;
(5) accounts for which you act as trustee, executor or custodian;
(6) accounts over which you exercise control or have any
investment discretion; and
(7) accounts of any individual to whose financial support you
materially contribute.(6)
Accounts restricted solely to the purchase and sale of mutual funds and/or 529 College Savings Plans are not subject to the Policy and do not require disclosure. However, if the account may trade other securities, it is subject to the Policy even if it holds only mutual funds.
All monitored associates must complete the acknowledgment form, attached as Exhibit 2, listing the location of all reportable brokerage accounts and confirming that you have instructed all brokers for such accounts to send duplicate copies of accounts statements and trade confirmations to Corporate Compliance. Acknowledgment forms must be completed annually.(7)
5. REPORTABLE SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
(5) Information concerning securities transactions at the authorized broker-dealers is fed by computer link directly to SMARTS.
(6) For example, this would include individuals with whom you share living expenses, bank accounts, rent for mortgage payments, ownership of a home, or any other material financial support.
(7) Corporate Compliance will administer the processing of annual acknowledgment forms. If you are a reporting associate, and have not completed an acknowledgment form, please contact Corporate Compliance.
The chart attached as Exhibit 3 identifies the personal securities transactions that are reportable. In general, all securities transactions are reportable except for purchases and sales of open end mutual funds, variable insurance products (including annuities), certificates of deposit and certain United States government securities.
6. CONFIDENTIALITY OF TRADING INFORMATION
Corporate Compliance is responsible for maintaining SMARTS, and recognizes that your investment records are highly confidential. Accordingly, Corporate Compliance follows careful procedures for the collection and review of associate trading information to ensure that such records are kept in the strictest confidence. Other than exception reports, which are reviewed by business unit heads and business unit compliance personnel, the only persons who have access to this information are a small group within Corporate Compliance.
7. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Additional information and guidance can be found in the following Sections:
- Designated Person Requirements - Section III.
- Requirements for Associated Persons of a Broker Dealer -
Section IV.
- Access Person Requirements - Section V.
- Requirements for employees who work in the private asset management units - Section VI.
- Requirements for associates of PSI - Section VII
III. POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PERSONAL TRADING IN SECURITIES ISSUED BY PRUDENTIAL BY DESIGNATED PERSONS
This Section specifically addresses the requirements for those employees who have routine access to material, nonpublic information about Prudential. These requirements are consistent with policies of leading financial service firms. Specific policies and procedures relating to Section 16 Insiders are addressed in a separate policy statement.
A. DESIGNATED PERSONS
A DESIGNATED PERSON is an employee who, during the normal course of his or her job has routine access to material, nonpublic information about Prudential, including information about one or more business units or corporate level information that may be material about Prudential. Employees at the corporate rank of Executive Vice President ("EVP") and above are deemed to be Designated Persons. In addition, direct reports to each EVP and their direct reports are also deemed to be Designated Persons. Finally, the Vice Presidents ("VPs") of Finance for each business unit must identify additional employees in each unit who, regardless of level, have routine access to material, nonpublic information about Prudential. It is the responsibility of the VPs of Finance to notify Corporate Compliance of any changes to this list. Employees who have been classified as a Designated Person, but believe that they do not have access to material, nonpublic information, may request an exception to this requirement from the General Counsel.
B. SPECIFIC TRADING REQUIREMENTS
All employees are prohibited from trading securities issued by Prudential while in possession of material, nonpublic information regarding the Company. Employees are also discouraged from engaging in speculative transactions in securities issued by Prudential and are encouraged to hold Prudential securities for long term investment.
DESIGNATED PERSONS ARE REQUIRED TO PRECLEAR ALL TRANSACTIONS IN COMPANY SECURITIES PRIOR TO EXECUTION THROUGH CORPORATE COMPLIANCE. THIS REQUIREMENT EXCLUDES TRANSACTIONS IN PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUNDS AND ANNUITIES. TRADES WILL BE APPROVED ONLY DURING OPEN "TRADING WINDOWS." IN
ADDITION, DESIGNATED PERSONS ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS RELATING TO SHORT SALES AND OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS. THESE RESTRICTIONS APPLY TO ALL ACCOUNTS IN WHICH A DESIGNATED PERSON HAS A DIRECT OR INDIRECT BENEFICIAL INTEREST INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED, TO ACCOUNTS FOR SPOUSES, FAMILY MEMBERS LIVING IN YOUR HOUSEHOLD, AND ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH THEY EXERCISE INVESTMENT DISCRETION.
1. BROKERAGE ACCOUNT REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGNATED PERSONS
Designated Persons are required to hold and trade Prudential Financial, Inc. common stock and related equity derivative securities ("PRU") only at an authorized broker-dealer. The authorized firms are PSI, Pruco Securities, Charles Schwab, E*TRADE, Fidelity Investments, and Merrill Lynch. Designated Persons can access information about each firm through the authorized broker-dealer website at http://njplazx51/authorizedbrokerdealers. This requirement applies to accounts for you, your family members, or accounts in which you have a beneficial interest or over which you have trading authority. See Section II.C.4. for a complete list of applicable accounts. You may still maintain your accounts at non-authorized broker-dealers, however those accounts are still subject to Prudential's monitoring procedures outlined in Section B.2. below.
While PRU stock held by you at EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., ("EquiServe") is subject to the provisions of this Policy, Designated Persons are not required to transfer PRU positions held at EquiServe.
2. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCOUNTS WITH NON-AUTHORIZED BROKER-DEALERS
Designated Persons who maintain brokerage accounts with brokerage firms, other than the authorized broker-dealers listed in Section B.1. above, must direct the brokerage firm(s) to send duplicate copies of trade confirmations and account statements to Corporate Compliance.(8) A sample letter to a brokerage firm is provided as Exhibit 1 to this Policy.
3. TRADING WINDOWS/BLACKOUT PERIODS
Designated Persons are permitted to trade in securities issued by Prudential only during open trading windows. Approximately 24 hours after the Company releases its quarterly earnings to the public, the trading window generally opens and generally will remain open until approximately three weeks before the end of each quarter. In addition, the Company may notify Designated Persons regarding unscheduled blackout periods. For example, in the event the Company decides to make an unscheduled announcement (e.g., a pre quarter-end earnings estimate), Prudential may restrict trading activity during a normally permissible trading window. Corporate Compliance will notify Designated Persons of the opening of trading windows and the commencement of blackout periods.
4. PRECLEARANCE OF TRADING IN SECURITIES ISSUED BY PRUDENTIAL
Designated Persons are required to preclear all transactions in securities issued by Prudential through Corporate Compliance. Designated Persons should submit requests electronically through the SMARTS Preclearance intranet site. Designated Persons will be sent a link to the Preclearance site from Corporate Compliance, and a link is also available from the Compliance website. All approved transactions are valid until the close of business on the day in which preclearance is granted. (See Exhibit 7 for the SMARTS Preclearance Form.) Transactions that require preclearance include, but are not limited to, the following:
- open market transactions through a broker/dealer;
- gifts received or given;
- stock option plan exercises; and
- Prudential Employee Savings Plan (PESP) Company Stock Fund
transactions other than purchases through automatic payroll
deductions (see Section B.4. below).
5. PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS
(8) Information concerning securities transactions at the authorized broker-dealers is fed by computer link directly to SMARTS.
All employees are prohibited from selling short including "short sales against the box" and from participating in any options transactions on any securities issued by Prudential except in connection with bona fide hedging strategies (e.g., covered call options and protected put options). (See Exhibit 8 describing permissible options transactions.) However, employees are prohibited from buying or selling options to hedge their financial interest in employee stock options granted to them by Prudential.
6. PESP AND THE EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLANS
Certain controls have been established to prevent trading activity in the PESP Company Stock Fund and Employee Stock Option Plan that may not conform to this Policy. Designated Persons will be blocked from executing certain transactions relating to PESP and company stock option exercises that result in a sale of securities during designated blackout periods. PESP Company Stock Fund transactions that will be blocked include exchanges, deferral rate and allocation changes, loans and distributions. However, automatic payroll deductions and Company match transactions will be permitted and will not be blocked.
C. SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITIES
Business Unit and Department Heads or their designees are responsible for supervising the trading activity of the associates within their units. This responsibility may be delegated to appropriate individuals. The monitoring process will be facilitated by Corporate Compliance which will produce and distribute reports of trading activity in securities issued by Prudential for Designated Persons on a routine basis.
D. VIOLATIONS OF THE POLICY
Violations of the policy are reviewed by Corporate and Business Unit Compliance in conjunction with Business Unit Management. Individuals who violate the policy are subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.
IV. TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR ASSOCIATES OF BROKER-DEALERS
A. TRADE MONITORING FOR ASSOCIATES OF PRUCO SECURITIES CORPORATION AND PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES, LLC.
Pruco Securities Corporation ("Pruco") is a full service broker-dealer
whose business is limited to the facilitation of non-solicited customer
orders of general securities and the distribution of investment company
and variable contract products. Prudential Investment Management Services
LLC. ("PIMS") is a full service broker-dealer whose primary business is
restricted to the facilitation of customer orders in and distribution of
Prudential mutual funds, annuities, unit investment trusts and 529 plan
interests. Unlike Prudential units who participate in the Personal Trade
Monitoring System, the nature and scope of Pruco's and PIMS' business is
such that their associates do not have access to material, nonpublic
information concerning publicly traded securities through their
employment.(9) Accordingly, Pruco and PIMS associates are generally not
required to participate in SMARTS. However, pursuant to SEC and NASD
regulations, Pruco and PIMS Registered Representatives must comply with
the following reporting requirements:
1. NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONAL SECURITIES ACCOUNTS
In accordance with Rule 3050 of the NASD Conduct Rules, Pruco and PIMS Registered Representatives ("Registered Representatives") must notify Pruco/PIMS, in writing, prior to opening an account at another broker-dealer, and must notify Pruco/PIMS of any accounts opened prior to becoming a Pruco/PIMS Registered Representative. Registered Representatives must also notify broker-dealers, prior to opening such accounts, that they are Registered Representatives of Pruco/PIMS. However, if the account was established prior to the association of the person with Pruco/PIMS, the Registered Representative must notify the broker-dealer in writing promptly after becoming so associated. These notification requirements apply to all personal securities accounts of Registered Representatives and any securities accounts over which they have discretionary authority. Registered Representatives are not required to report accounts that are LIMITED to the following types of investments: (1) mutual funds; (2) variable life and variable annuity contracts; (3) unit investment trusts; (4) certificates of deposit; and (5) money market fund accounts.
2. ANNUAL COMPLIANCE TRAINING AND SIGN-OFF
NASD Notice to Members 91-45 provides that firms which do not conduct investment banking research or arbitrage activities still must have "reasonable procedures for the education and training of its associates about insider trading" in order to be in compliance with ITSFEA. Consistent with this Notice, Pruco/PIMS includes a statement concerning insider trading in its annual Compliance Overview. All Registered Representatives will be required to annually sign a statement affirming that they have read and understand Pruco's/PIMS' policy concerning insider trading as described in the US Consumer Group or the PIMS Compliance Manual and as set forth in Prudential's Policy Statement On Insider Trading contained in Section I of this Policy.
B. PURCHASES OF PUBLIC OFFERINGS - - "FREERIDING AND WITHHOLDING"
NASD Conduct Rule 2110 prohibits broker-dealers from retaining certain public offering securities known as "hot issues" in their own accounts, and from selling such securities to directors, officers, general partners, employees or agents and associated persons of any broker-dealer. "Hot issues" are securities of a public offering where the securities open for trading in the after-market or secondary market at a premium. In general, if shares purchased in a public offering can be sold at a profit immediately in the secondary market, the NASD will consider them to be a "hot issue." These basic prohibitions also cover sales of hot issues to accounts in which any restricted person may have a beneficial interest and, with limited exceptions, to members of the immediate family of such persons.
(9) Certain PIMS personnel employed by portfolio management units may be subject to the personal securities trading restrictions set forth in Section V. due to their association with portfolio management activities in addition to the restrictions set forth in this Section.
The overall purpose of this prohibition, known as the "freeriding and withholding" rule, is to protect the integrity of the public offering process by requiring that NASD members make a bona-fide public distribution of securities by not withholding such securities for their own benefit or using the securities to reward other persons who are in a position to direct future business to the firm.
To ensure compliance with the NASD's freeriding and withholding rules, ASSOCIATED PERSONS OF PRUDENTIAL'S BROKER-DEALERS ARE PROHIBITED FROM PURCHASING SECURITIES IN PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF DEBT SECURITIES THAT ARE "HOT ISSUES." This prohibition includes all associates of the following broker-dealers:
Prudential Investments Management Services, LLC (PIMS);
Pruco Securities Corporation;
PSI; and
Wexford Clearing Services, Inc.
As a policy consistent with the highest standards in the industry,
Prudential has restricted the purchase of all public offerings of equities
rather than identifying "hot issues" on an individual offering basis. The
policy applies to all public offerings of equity securities, whether or
not the above broker-dealers are participating in the offering. This
policy does not disadvantage associates, because if the price increases on
a primary or secondary offering, it is a prohibited hot issue, while if
the price does not increase, the associate can then purchase the security
in the secondary market at the same or lower price as the issue price.
THERE ARE NO PROHIBITIONS ON PURCHASES OF PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL
SECURITIES OR GOVERNMENT SECURITIES.
WHICH ACCOUNTS ARE RESTRICTED:
Accounts of all persons associated with the above broker-dealers and their immediate families are restricted from purchasing public offerings of securities. The term "immediate family" includes parents, mother-in-law, father-in-law, spouse, siblings, brother-in-law, sisters-in-law, children and their spouses, or any other person who is supported (directly or indirectly) to a material extent by the associated person.
The prohibition shall not apply to sales to a member of the associate's immediate family who is not supported directly or indirectly to a material extent by the associate, if the sale is by a broker-dealer other than that employing the restricted person and the restricted person has no ability to control the allocation of the hot issue.
C. PRIVATE SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
In accordance with Rule 3040 of the NASD Conduct Rules, all associates of PIMS, PSI, PRUCO and WEXFORD must notify their broker-dealer, in writing, and obtain written approval from the broker-dealer, prior to engaging in any private securities transaction. Private securities transactions include, but are not limited to, transactions in unregistered offerings of securities, and purchases or sales of limited partnership interests.
Such notification should be made to the compliance officer for the broker-dealer or the compliance officer's designee who will be responsible for approving private securities transactions. This notification requirement does not apply to those trades for which duplicate confirmations are provided by the executing broker or through PSI. For associates who are subject to preclearance, the preclearance form will satisfy the notification requirement.
D. ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS FOR PSI ASSOCIATES
PSI associates are subject to certain additional personal trading restrictions which are set forth in Section VI.
V. TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR ASSOCIATES OF PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT UNITS AND
TRADING UNITS
Rule 17(j) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 requires that every investment company adopt procedures designed to prevent improper personal trading by investment company personnel. Rule 17(j) was created to prevent conflicts of interest between investment company personnel and shareholders, to promote shareholder value, and to prevent investment company personnel from profiting from their access to proprietary information. In light of the adoption of Rule 17(j) and the growing concern that the mutual fund industry needed to police itself, the Investment Company Institute ("ICI"), an industry group, assembled a blue ribbon panel and, in 1994, issued a report setting forth a series of recommendations concerning personal trading by investment personnel. These recommendations, known as the "ICI rules", have been praised by the SEC, and have been adopted by the majority of the asset management industry associated with U.S. registered investment companies. In keeping with our ethical standards and the practices of the industry leaders, Prudential has adopted the ICI rules for all of its portfolio management units. The ICI rules concerning personal trading are set forth below and are applicable to these portfolio management units and certain associates outside the specific business unit but who provide direct support to these units.(10) In addition, the ICI rules, with certain exceptions, have also been adopted for other investment management units within Prudential, including, but not limited, to the following:
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT(11)
Jennison Associates LLC
Public Fixed Income
Quantitative Management
PSI
Investment Supervisory Group (ISG)
Prudential Securities Portfolio Management (PSPM) Quantum Portfolio Management
US CONSUMER GROUP
Prudential Investments LLC(12)
A. DEFINITIONS
The following terms are defined for purposes of this policy:
1. "Access Persons" are employees or officers of a mutual fund or investment adviser, who, in connection with their normal responsibilities, make, participate in, or obtain current or pending information regarding the purchase or sale of a security by the Complex (defined below, see Section A.4.).(13)
2. "Investment personnel" are Access Persons who are portfolio managers, analysts, traders, or certain other individuals as designated by the compliance officer.
3. A "pending buy or sell order" exists when a decision to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated.
4. The "Complex" includes all portfolios managed by the business unit or group of units to which an individual is deemed to have access.
B. TRADING RESTRICTIONS
1. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS
(10) Certain PIMS personnel employed by portfolio management units may be subject to the personal securities trading restrictions set forth in this section due to their association with portfolio management activities in addition to the restrictions set forth in Section IV.
(11) Certain international units are also subject to these requirements including Prudential Asset Management Japan and Prudential Asia Fund Management.
(12) Certain individuals of Prudential Investments with access to material nonpublic information, including portfolio trading activity, are subject to this Section. In addition, employees of Prudential Investments who are not deemed Access Persons may still be subject to personal trade monitoring due to their specific job responsibilities and the information to which they have access. Individuals should consult their business unit compliance officer for additional clarification.
(13) Officers listed on Prudential Investments LLC's Form ADV are also classified as Access Persons.
Investment personnel are prohibited from purchasing initial public offerings of securities. For purposes of this policy (and consistent with NASD freeriding and withholding rules), "initial public offerings of securities" do not include offerings of government or municipal securities.(14)
2. PRIVATE PLACEMENTS
Investment personnel are prohibited from acquiring any securities in a private placement without express prior approval. Such approval must be obtained from the local business unit head in consultation with the business unit compliance officer (such person having no personal interest in such purchases or sales), based on a determination that no conflict of interest is involved.
Investment personnel must disclose their private placement holdings to the business unit compliance officer and the business unit's chief investment officer when the investment personnel play a part in the consideration of any investment by the portfolio in the issuer. In such circumstances, the portfolio's decision to purchase securities of the issuer will be subject to independent review by appropriate personnel with no personal interest in the issuer.
3. BLACKOUT PERIODS - - "7 DAY RULE"(15)
Access Persons are prohibited from executing a securities transaction on a day during which any portfolio in their Complex has a pending buy or sell order in the same or an equivalent security and until such time as that order is executed or withdrawn.(16) This prohibition will not apply to purchases and sales executed in a fund or portfolio that replicates a broad based securities market index.
Investment personnel are prohibited from buying or selling a security within seven calendar days before or after a portfolio in their Complex trades in the same or an equivalent security. Nevertheless, a personal trade by any investment personnel shall not prevent a portfolio in the same business unit from trading in the same or an equivalent security. However, such a transaction shall be subject to independent review by their business unit compliance officer.(17) This prohibition will not apply to purchases and sales executed in a fund or portfolio that replicates a broad based securities market index.
Profits realized on transactions that are executed during blackout periods are required to be disgorged to the business unit. Transactions inadvertently executed by an Access Person during a blackout period will not be considered a violation and disgorgement will not be required provided that the transaction was effected in accordance with the preclearance procedures and without prior knowledge of any pending purchase or sale orders in the Complex in the same or equivalent security. All disgorged profits will be donated to a charitable organization in the name of the Company or to an account or client for which the security is held or traded.
4. SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS(18)
Investment personnel are prohibited from profiting from a purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same or an equivalent security within any sixty calendar day period. Profits realized on such proscribed trades must be disgorged to the business unit. All disgorged profits will be donated to a charitable organization in the name of the Company or to an account or client for which the security is held or traded.
5. SHORT SALES
(14) Investment personnel of PSI units are not prohibited from purchasing initial public offerings of debt securities.
(15) The blackout period does not apply to PSI units.
(16) There is no presumption that Access Persons have knowledge of actual trading activity.
(17) Properly precleared personal trades executed within seven days prior to a portfolio trading, will be presumed to be not violative of the 7 day rule provided there is no additional evidence to the contrary.
(18) The short-term trading profit rule, short sales rule and options rule do not apply to PSPM Financial Advisors and their Sale Assistants, Quantum Financial Advisors and their Sale Assistants, or Client Services group traders and calculator personnel
Access Persons may not sell any security short which is owned by any portfolio managed by the business unit. Access Persons may, however, make short sales "against the box." A short sale "against the Box" refers to a short sale when the seller owns an equivalent amount of the same securities.
6. OPTIONS
Access Persons may not write naked call options or buy naked put options on a security owned by any portfolio managed by the business unit. Access Persons may purchase options on securities not held by any portfolio managed by the business unit, or purchase call options or write put options on securities owned by any portfolio managed by the business unit, subject to preclearance and the same restrictions applicable to other securities. Access Persons may write covered call options or buy covered put options on a security owned by any portfolio managed by the business unit at the discretion of the business unit compliance officer. However, investment personnel should keep in mind that the short-term trading profit rule might affect their ability to close out an option position at a profit.
7. INVESTMENT CLUBS
Access Persons may not participate in investment clubs.(19)
C. PRECLEARANCE
Access Persons must preclear all personal securities transactions with the exception of those identified in Section V.D. below.(20) All requests for preclearance must be submitted to the business unit compliance officer for approval using the automated preclearance website which may be accessed via http://smarts_preclearance.prudential.com/smarts_preclearance/.(21),(22) All approved orders must be executed by the close of business on the day in which preclearance is granted; provided however that approved orders for securities traded in foreign markets may be executed within two business days from the date preclearance is granted. If any order is not timely executed, a request for preclearance must be resubmitted.(23)
D. EXEMPTIONS
The black out periods and the short-term trading profit rule do not apply to any of the following activities. Preclearance is not required for items 4, 5, 6, and 7.
1. INELIGIBLE SECURITIES. Purchases or sales of securities (or their equivalents) that are not eligible for purchase or sale by any portfolio in the business unit.
2. EXERCISE OF RIGHTS ISSUED BY ISSUER. Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
3. DE MINIMIS TRADES. Any trades, or series of trades effected over a 30 day calendar period, involving 500 shares or less in the aggregate of an equity security, provided that the securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or have a market capitalization greater than $1 billion, and the Access Person has no prior knowledge of activity in such security by any portfolio in the business unit.
Any fixed-income securities transaction, or series of related transactions effected over a 30 day calendar period, involving 100 units ($100,000 principal amount) or less in the aggregate, if the Access Person has no prior knowledge of transactions in such security by any portfolio in the business unit.
(19) For PSI units, only investment personnel are prohibited from participating in investment clubs. Other Access Persons must comply with PSI's policy on investment clubs described in Section VII.A.2.
(20) PSI Financial Advisors are not subject to the preclearance requirements.
(21) Paper preclearance forms may be used for international units and in certain hardship cases. Paper Forms are available from the business unit Compliance Officer.
(22) Access Persons should submit their preclearance forms to the business unit compliance officer of the Complex to which they are deemed to have access.
(23) Exceptions to the requirement to resubmit preclearance requests may be granted in advance by the business unit compliance officer for unusual circumstances.
4. DISCRETIONARY ACCOUNTS. Purchases or sales of securities effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control or in any account of the Access Person which is managed exclusively on a discretionary basis by a person other than such Access Person and with respect to which such Access Person does not in fact influence or control such transactions.(24) Access Persons must provide written documentation that evidences he/she does not have authority to participate in the management of the account and must receive written permission from the business unit compliance officer.
5. INDEX OPTIONS. Any transactions in index options effected on a broad-based index. (See Exhibit 4.)
6. UNIT INVESTMENT TRUSTS AND OPEN-END MUTUAL FUNDS.
7. NON-VOLITIONAL TRANSACTIONS AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLANS.
8. EXCEPTIONS BY PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. Purchases or sales of securities which receive prior written approval of the business unit compliance officer (such person having no personal interest in such purchases or sales), based on a determination that no conflict of interest is involved and that such purchases or sales are not likely to have any economic impact on any portfolio in the business unit or on its ability to purchase or sell securities of the same class or other securities of the same issuer.
E. PERSONAL TRADE REPORTING
All Access Persons must participate in Prudential's Personal Trade Monitoring System as described in Section II of this Policy. In addition, all Access Persons must preclear all private securities transactions immediately and report completion of the transaction promptly, in any event not later than ten days following the close of each quarter in which the trade was executed.(25) Forms to report such private securities transactions are available from your business unit compliance department or Corporate Compliance.
F. PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS
Within ten days of becoming an Access Person, and thereafter on an annual basis, Access Persons (other than disinterested directors/trustees) must disclose personal securities holdings, including all holdings of private securities (e.g., limited partnership interests, private placements, etc.) Holdings must be as of the date of becoming an Access Person for the initial report and as of December 31 for the annual report. Annual Reports must be submitted by January 30. (See Exhibits 5 and 6 for the Initial and Annual Holdings Report Forms.)
G. SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR
Consistent with Prudential policy, Investment Personnel are prohibited from serving on the boards of directors of publicly traded companies, absent prior authorization from the business unit compliance officer based upon a determination that the board service would not be inconsistent with the interests of the investment company or other clients. In the limited instances that such board service may be authorized, Investment Personnel will be isolated from those making investment decisions affecting transactions in securities issued by any publicly traded company on whose board such Investment Personnel serves as a director through the use of a "Chinese Wall" or other procedures designed to address the potential conflicts of interest.
(24) Such accounts must receive written approval in advance from Corporate Compliance. In such cases, the employee must give exclusive discretion to his/her broker or investment adviser. A copy of such notification should be sent to Corporate Compliance. Such accounts are required to be reported and monitored as provided under Section II.A.
(25) With respect to PSI, this requirement to report all private securities transactions and the requirement to disclose personal securities holdings, as described above, will only apply to ISG.
H. GIFTS
Consistent with Prudential's Gift and Entertainment Policy, Access Persons are prohibited from receiving any gift or other thing that would be considered excessive in value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of Prudential. Access Persons must comply with Company limits and reporting guidelines for all gifts and entertainment given and/or received.
I. CODE VIOLATIONS AND SANCTIONS
A committee comprised of business unit executives, compliance and human resource personnel will review all violations of this Policy. The committee will determine any sanctions or other disciplinary actions that may be deemed appropriate.
J. REPORTS TO CLIENTS
The Board of Directors/Trustees of any investment company client will be provided, as requested by client or otherwise required by regulation, with an annual report which at a minimum:
a) certifies that the portfolio management unit has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from violating this policy;
b) summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the preceding year;
c) identifies material violations of this policy and sanctions imposed in response to those violations; and
d) identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under the policy, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws and regulations.
K. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
All Access Persons must act in accordance with the following general principles:
(1) It is the duty at all times to place the interests of investment company shareholders and other clients first.
Access Persons should scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of clients' interests in any decision relating to their personal investments.
(2) All personal securities transactions must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual's position of trust and responsibility.
Access Persons must not only seek to achieve technical compliance with this Policy, but should strive to abide by its spirit and the principles articulated herein.
Example:
- An appearance of a conflict of interest may occur if, following a meeting with a representative of an issuer, an analyst buys the issuer's securities for his or her personal account, but does not recommend his or her client purchase such securities.
(3) Access Persons may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.
Access Persons must avoid any situation that might compromise, or call into question, their exercise of fully independent judgment in the interest of shareholders or clients, including, but nor limited to the receipt of unusual investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts of more than de minimis value from persons doing or seeking business with their portfolios.
(4) Access Persons may not bunch a personal order with a client order.(26)
(26) This rule does not apply to Quantum or PSPM.
Access Persons may not conduct personal business with brokers who execute trades for their portfolios.
VI. TRADING RESTRICTIONS OF PRIVATE ASSET MANAGEMENT UNITS
In addition to the personal securities trade reporting requirements set forth in
Section II above, all associates of Private Asset Management units of Prudential
Investment Management (PIM) are subject to certain trading restrictions as set
forth below. The Private Asset Management units of PIM are as follows:
Prudential Capital Group (PCG), Prudential Mortgage Capital Company (PMCC),
Prudential Real Estate Investors (PREI) and Private Equity.
Such restrictions apply to transactions in any securities accounts for which the associate maintains a beneficial interest, including the following:
1) personal accounts;
2) joint or tenant-in-common accounts in which the associate is a participant;
3) accounts for which the associate acts as trustee, executor or custodian;
4) accounts in which the associate's spouse has a beneficial interest;
5) accounts in which the associate's minor children or any dependent family member has a beneficial interest;
6) accounts over which the associate exercises control or has any investment discretion; and
7) accounts of any individual to whose financial support the associate materially contributes.
A. PRIVATE SIDE MONITORED LIST
Under Prudential's Chinese Wall Policy, the Private Asset Management units are required to maintain a Private-Side Monitored List (PSML) containing the names of publicly-traded issuers about which they possess material, nonpublic information. Associates of each of these units are restricted from purchasing or selling securities of the issuers on the PSML. This restriction applies to all accounts in which the associate is deemed to have a beneficial interest as listed above. Associates should not, however, provide the PSML to individuals outside of their business unit. The associate should instruct individuals who exercise control or have investment discretion over an account in which the associate has a beneficial interest to check with the associate prior to purchasing or selling any security for such account to ensure that no trade is placed in a security on the PSML. If the security is on the PSML, the associate should instruct the individual exercising control over the account that he or she is prohibited from trading the security because of his or her employment with Prudential. (In the case of a discretionary account with a brokerage firm, the preceding rule does not apply and the associate must not disclose any security or issuer with the broker in advance of any trade. In addition, a copy of the signed discretionary account agreement should be sent to Corporate Compliance). ASSOCIATES OF PRIVATE ASSET MANAGEMENT UNITS MAY NOT ADVISE A PERSON NOT EMPLOYED BY PRUDENTIAL, OR A PRUDENTIAL EMPLOYEE ON THE PUBLIC SIDE OF THE CHINESE WALL THAT A SECURITY IS RESTRICTED BECAUSE PRUDENTIAL IS IN POSSESSION OF MATERIAL, NONPUBLIC INFORMATION.
B. INVESTMENT CLUBS
All associates of Private Asset Management units are prohibited from participating in investment clubs.
C. ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS FOR CERTAIN UNITS
1. REAL ESTATE UNITS
To ensure compliance with ITSFEA and to prevent actual and apparent conflicts of interest in the Private Asset Management Real Estate units, all associates of PREI and PMCC who are located in the U.S. (and functional associates who are co-located with PREI) are prohibited from purchasing interests in publicly-traded real estate investment trusts ("REITs") and real estate-related securities. PIM Compliance maintains a list of real estate security issuers in the PIM Compliance Library, accessible via
Lotus Notes. Please note however, that this prohibition applies to all REITs and real estate-related securities, whether they are on the list or not. Associates who hold REIT securities or real estate securities prior to the institution of this policy or joining PREI or PMCC must obtain written approval from PIM Compliance prior to the sale of such securities. Associates of the Private Asset Management Real Estate units will be permitted to purchase shares of open end mutual funds that invest in REITs or real estate securities.
2. PRUDENTIAL CAPITAL GROUP
To insure compliance with ITSFEA and to prevent actual or apparent conflicts of interest in PCG, all associates of PCG (and functional associates who support PCG) are prohibited from purchasing securities of companies listed on PCG's 90 Day Pricing Summary Update for Public Companies (90 Day Pricing List). PIM Compliance maintains this list in the PIM Compliance Library, accessible via Lotus Notes.
VII. POLICY FOR PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES, INCORPORATED
A. EMPLOYEE SECURITIES ACCOUNTS
1. TRADE MONITORING AT PSI
In addition to the requirements of ITSFEA and the NASD Conduct Rules, Prudential Securities, Incorporated (PSI) is required by New York Stock Exchange rules to review transactions in all accounts of employees and their family members. To ensure compliance with these requirements, employees are prohibited from opening or maintaining any "employee account," as defined below, at a firm other than PSI. Any exception to this policy requires the prior written approval of the employee's Branch Manager or supervisor and the Compliance Department. In those cases where accounts are approved to be held at another firm, the Compliance Department will make arrangements to have duplicate copies of all confirmations and monthly statements sent to the employee's Branch Manager (or supervisor) and the Compliance Department.
DEFINITION OF "EMPLOYEE ACCOUNT"
"Employee accounts" include the following securities and/or commodities accounts:
- Any personal account of an employee;
- Any joint or tenant-in-common in which the employee is a participant;
- Any account for which the employee acts as the trustee, executor or custodian;
- Any account over which the employee has investment discretion or otherwise can exercise control (other than non-related client's accounts over which Financial Advisors have investment discretion);
- Any other account in which an employee is directly or indirectly financially interested.
and the following "employee-related accounts":
- Accounts of the employee's spouse;
- Accounts of the employee's minor and/or any dependent family members; and
- Accounts of any individual to whose financial support the employee materially contributes.
Exceptions to this policy may be granted for employee-related accounts in rate circumstances where the employee can demonstrate that he or she has no financial interest in such account.
2. INVESTMENT CLUBS
Employees must obtain written approval from the PSI Law Department prior to maintaining an interest in an Investment Club. Such an Investment Club account is considered to be an Employee Account for
purposes of this Policy and must be maintained at PSI. Any exception to this policy requires the prior written approval of the employee's Branch Manager or supervisor and the Compliance Department. However, new investment club memberships will not be permitted for employees of units required to participate in SMARTS.
B. PERSONAL TRADING RESTRICTIONS
1. PURCHASES OF PUBLIC OFFERINGS - - "FREERIDING AND WITHHOLDING"
All PSI employees must comply with the Freeriding and Withholding policy as set forth in Section III.A of this Policy. This includes a prohibition on purchasing new offerings directly from a syndicate member.
2. 24 HOUR RESEARCH REPORT RESTRICTION
PSI associates must avoid even the appearance of taking unfair advantage of advance knowledge of PSI research activities. Accordingly, employee accounts are prohibited from effecting transactions in securities on which PSI has released material research opinions or recommendations until PSI's clients have had adequate opportunity to effect such transactions.
This prohibition generally applies for a 24 hour period after the release of a research report. However, if the investing public has had time to receive and react to the release of material research opinions or recommendations, the 24 hour restriction may be shortened by the Compliance Department.
The 24 hour rule becomes effective when an issuer is added to PSI's Restricted List. This generally occurs when:
(1) There is a material change in a PSI Research Department rating; or
(2) PSI's Research Department initiates coverage of a company.
Employee accounts are also prohibited from engaging in transactions in a security when the employee knows that a research report relating to the security is in preparation.
Securities subject to the 24 hour rule appear on PSI's Restricted List. Although only the symbol for the common stock may be indicated on the Restricted List, all related securities (including common and preferred stock, convertibles, options, warrants and rights) of the companies listed (and debt securities, if indicated) are subject to restriction.
3. RESTRICTED LIST
PSI's Restricted List is a confidential list of securities that are subject to certain research, sales and trading restrictions. Securities may be placed on the Restricted List for a variety of reasons designed to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and company policy. For example, as stated above, securities which are the subject of the 24 hour rule are placed on the Restricted List. A security may also be placed on the Restricted List if it is the subject of a distribution in which PSI or an affiliate is participating, or if the firm is participating in a market-sensitive transaction such as a merger or tender offer. Employees may not purchase or sell securities for their employee accounts if such transactions are prohibited by the Restricted List. Although only the symbol for the common stock may be indicated on the Restricted List, all securities from the same issuer (including common and preferred stock, convertibles, options, warrants and rights of the companies listed (and debt securities, if indicated)) are subject to restriction.
C. ADDITIONAL TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR CERTAIN PSI DEPARTMENTS
1. TRADING RESTRICTIONS
a. RESEARCH DEPARTMENT
Analysts must preclear trades of securities of issuers that are the subject of unreleased research or research in progress.
Fundamental equity research analysts must preclear trades of securities of a company or industry group for which such analysts have research coverage responsibilities.
Fundamental equity research analysts may not execute trades which are contrary to their research ratings.
For securities of a company or industry group for which such analyst has research coverage responsibilities, the fundamental equity research analyst may not sell any such security that (s)he has purchased within the prior 90 calendar days or purchase any such security that (s)he had sold within the prior 90 calendar days. Under very limited circumstances, exceptions to this 90 day holding period may be granted by obtaining prior written approval from the Compliance Department.
b. TRADING DEPARTMENT
Employees of the Trading Department must preclear trades of all securities for which the trading desk or units has trading or market-making responsibility.
For securities for which the trading desk or units has trading or market-making responsibility, an employee of the Trading Department may not sell any such security that (s)he has purchased within the prior 90 calendar days or purchase any such security that (s)he had sold within the prior 90 calendar days. Under very limited circumstances, exceptions to this 90 day holding period may be granted by obtaining prior written approval from the Compliance Department.
c. HIGH YIELD SECURITIES GROUP
All employees of the High Yield Securities Group must preclear:
1) trades of securities for which the trading desk or unit has trading or market-making responsibility; and
2) trades of securities of issuers which are the subject of unreleased research or research in progress.
For securities for which the trading desk or units has trading or market-making responsibility, an employee of the Trading Department may not sell any such security that (s)he has purchased within the prior 90 calendar days or purchase any such security that (s)he had sold within the prior 90 calendar days. Under very limited circumstances, exceptions to this 90 day holding period may be granted by obtaining prior written approval from the Compliance Department.
d. ASSET-BACKED FINANCE GROUP
Employees of the Asset-Backed Finance Group may not trade securities involving a nonpublic transaction or proposed transaction on which the Asset-Backed Finance Group is working.
Employees must preclear trades of securities for which the employee has performed any work in the previous 90 calendar days.
e. INVESTMENT BANKING GROUP
Employees of the Investment Banking Group may not trade securities involving a nonpublic transaction or proposed transaction on which the Investment Banking Group is working.
Employees must preclear trades of securities for which the employee has performed any work in the previous 90 calendar days.
f. PUBLIC FINANCE
Employees of Public Finance may not trade securities involving a nonpublic transaction or proposed transaction on which Public Finance is working.
Employees must preclear trades of securities for which the employee has performed any work in the previous 90 calendar days.
g. CAPITAL TRANSACTION EQUITY SYNDICATE GROUP AND CAPITAL TRANSACTION DEBT SYNDICATE GROUP
Employees of the Syndicate Group may not trade securities involving a nonpublic transaction or proposed transaction on which the Syndicate Group is working.
Employees must preclear trades of securities for which the employee has performed any work in the previous 90 calendar days.
2. PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES
All requests for preclearance must be submitted to the Business Unit head for approval, with prior notification to Compliance. All approved orders must be executed by the close of business on the day preclearance is granted; provided, however, that approved orders for securities traded in foreign markets may be executed within two business days from the date preclearance is granted. If any order is not timely executed, a request for preclearance must be resubmitted.
EXHIBIT 1
TO: Broker-Dealer
RE: Account #:
Date of Establishment:
Dear Sir/Madam:
Please furnish to Prudential Financial Inc. ("Prudential"), copies of all trade confirmations and account statements with respect to all transactions for the above listed account(s). Please include all transactions in shares of unit investment trusts and all closed-end mutual funds.
Copies of these confirmations and statements should be sent to Prudential, as trades are effected, addressed as follows:
Prudential Financial, Inc.
Corporate Compliance
P.O. Box 919
Newark, NJ 07101-9998
This request is being made pursuant to Rule 3050 of the Conduct Rules of the NASD and/or Rule 204-2(a) of the Investment Advisers Act, as applicable.
Very truly yours,
cc: Ellen McGlynn Koke,
Vice President, Securities Compliance
Corporate Compliance
EXHIBIT 2
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF THE PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING POLICY
For employees required to report their transactions in SMARTS as described in Section II of this policy, please complete the following acknowledgment and send it to:
Prudential Financial, Inc.
Corporate Compliance
P.O. Box 919
Newark, NJ 07101-9998
I have read and understand the Personal Trading Policy and will comply in all respects with the rules contained therein.
I confirm that I have instructed in writing all brokers for all securities accounts in which I maintain a beneficial interest, as described immediately below, to send duplicate copies of all confirmations covering any transactions AS TRADES ARE EFFECTED and all account statements to the address listed above. I understand that transactions in Prudential Securities, Inc. or Pruco Advantage accounts are electronically transmitted to Prudential and therefore I do not need to contact these brokers in writing. Beneficial interest includes the following:
- personal accounts;
- accounts in which my spouse has a beneficial interest;
- accounts in which my minor children or any dependent family member has a beneficial interest;
- joint or tenant-in-common accounts in which I am a participant;
- accounts for which I act as trustee, executor or custodian;
- accounts over which I exercise control or have investment discretion; and
- accounts of any individual to whose financial support I materially contribute.
Set forth below (and on accompanying pages if necessary) is a list of all such accounts (as well as Prudential Securities and Pruco accounts) including the individual holding the account, the social security number of that individual, the name of the institution, and the account number. I understand that I must promptly advise Corporate Compliance of any change in this information.
----------------------------- ------------------------------ Full Name of Employee Business Unit/Location ----------------------------- ------------------------------ Signature Date ---------------------------------- Social Security Number of Employee |
LIST OF ALL ACCOUNTS
NAME OF SOCIAL SECURITY NAME OF INDIVIDUAL NUMBER INSTITUTION ACCOUNT NUMBER ---------- ------ ----------- -------------- ----------------------- -------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------------- -------------- ----------------- ----------------- |
COMPLIANCE AND REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRANSACTIONS EXHIBIT 3
INVESTMENT CATEGORY/ REPORTABLE METHOD SUB-CATEGORY (YES/NO) COMMENTS -------------------- ------------ -------- -------- BONDS ABS YES Agency YES CMO's YES Convertibles YES Corporates YES MBS YES Municipals YES Public Offerings YES Treasury Bills, Notes, Bonds NO STOCKS Common YES (PURCHASES AND SALES OF Optional Dividend Reinvestments YES INDIVIDUAL STOCKS) Preferred YES Public Offerings (Initial & Secondary) YES Rights YES Warrants YES Automatic Dividend Reinvestments NO PRIVATE PLACEMENTS YES LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS YES OPEN END MUTUAL Non Affiliated NO FUNDS Affiliated - Money Market NO Affiliated Non-Money Market NO Prudential Employee Savings Plan NO (Payroll Deductions) Non-Prudential Payroll Deductions NO Investing in Prudential Mutual Funds CLOSED END MUTUAL FUNDS & Affiliated Mutual Funds YES UNIT INVESTMENTS TRUSTS Affiliated Unit Investment Trusts YES Non-Affiliated Mutual Funds YES Non-Affiliated Unit Inv. Trusts YES DERIVATIVES ANY EXCHANGE TRADED, NASDAQ, OR OTC OPTION OR FUTURE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: Futures (Including Financial Futures) NO Options on Foreign Currency YES Options on Futures YES Options on Indexes YES Options on Securities YES FOREIGN CURRENCY NO Exchanges made for personal travel are not reportable. COMMODITIES Security Futures YES Other Commodities NO ANNUITIES & LIFE Affiliated NO INSURANCE CONTRACTS Non Affiliated NO W/INVESTMENT COMPONENTS (E.G. VARIABLE LIFE) BONUSES SHARES OR OPTIONS RECEIVED AS PART NO The receipt is not reportable. However, the (NON-PRU EMPLOYEE/ OF COMPENSATION sale of stock or the exercise of an option HOUSEHOLD MEMBER) is a reportable event. GIFTS Given by Employee - Bonds and/or Stock YES A gift given to a charity is reportable, Received by Employee - Bonds and/or Stock NO however, the receipt of a gift is not a reportable transaction under the Personal Securities Transaction Policy. Please see the Gift and Entertainment Policy for additional reporting requirements for gifts. |
EXHIBIT 4
INDEX OPTIONS ON A BROAD-BASED INDEX
TICKER SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ------------- ----------- NIK Nikkei 300 Index CI/Euro OEX S&P 100 Close/Amer Index OEW S&P 100 Close/Amer Index OEY S&P 100 Close/Amer Index SPB S&P 500 Index SPZ S&P 500 Open/Euro Index SPX S&P 500 Open/Euro Index SXZ S&P 500 (Wrap) SXB S&P 500 Open/Euro Index RUZ Russell 2000 Open/Euro Index RUT Russell 2000 Open/Euro Index MID S&P Midcap 400 Open/Euro Index NDX NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index NDU NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index NDZ NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index NDV NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index NCZ NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index QQQ NASDAQ- 100 Index SML S&P Small Cap 600 TPX U.S. Top 100 Sector SPL S&P 500 Long-Term Close ZRU Russell 2000 L-T Open./Euro VRU Russell 2000 Long-Term Index |
INITIAL PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS REPORT
To: Jennifer Brown, Corporate Compliance From: SS#: -------------------------------------------- ------------- Signed: Date: -------------------------------------------- ------------- |
Listed below are all PUBLIC SECURITIES which I held, including those in which I had a direct or indirect beneficial interest, as of my service date with Prudential as required by the Personal Securities Trading Policy and the Mutual Fund Code of Ethics.
Number Principle Title of Security Of Shares Amount Broker/Dealer/Bank ----------------- --------- ------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- |
Listed below are all holdings of PRIVATE SECURITIES (e.g., limited partnerships, private placements).
--------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- |
EXHIBIT 6
ANNUAL PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS REPORT
To: Jennifer Brown, Corporate Compliance From: SS#: -------------------------------------------- ------------- Signed: Date: -------------------------------------------- ------------- |
Listed below are all PUBLIC SECURITIES which I held, including those in which I had a direct or indirect beneficial interest, as of 12/31/2001 as required by the Personal Securities Trading Policy and the Mutual Fund Code of Ethics.
Number Principle Title of Security Of Shares Amount Broker/Dealer/Bank ----------------- --------- ------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- |
Listed below are all holdings of PRIVATE SECURITIES (e.g., limited partnerships, private placements).
--------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------- ------------ -------------------------- |
EXHIBIT 7
SECTION 16 INSIDERS AND DESIGNATED PERSONS PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FORM
This form is for preclearing transactions in Prudential securities. Please include all requested information. Corporate Compliance will review and respond to all requests. You will receive a response indicating that your request has either been approved or denied. A REQUEST IS NOT CONSIDERED APPROVED UNTIL YOU RECEIVE A CONFIRMATION OF APPROVAL FROM CORPORATE COMPLIANCE. PRECLEARANCE IS ONLY VALID UNTIL THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE DAY APPROVAL IS GRANTED. Preclearance Forms should be faxed to Corporate Compliance at (973) 802-7454.
PART I - INFORMATION ON INDIVIDUAL REQUESTING PRECLEARANCE:
Name: Phone #: Fax #: ----------------------------------- ----------- ----------- Department: Division: ----------------------------------- ----------------------- |
PART II - TRANSACTION INFORMATION:
Date: Transaction Type: Buy* ----------------- ------ Sell* ------ Cashless Exercise (Exercise and Sell all Options) ------ Exercise & Sell to Cover (Exercise and Sell only enough shares to cover option cost and taxes) ------ Exercise & Hold (Exercise options and hold shares - ------ no sale involved) Exchange (into or out of Company Stock Fund) ------ Allocation Change (Company Stock Fund) ------ Catch-up Contribution (Company Stock Fund) ------ Deferral Rate Change (Company Stock Fund) ------ Disbursement (from Company Stock Fund) ------ Loans (impacting Company Stock Fund) ------ Deferred Compensation Elections (impacting Company Stock Fund) ------ MasterShare Elections (impacting Company Stock Fund) ------ |
Number of Shares/Options: Asset Type: Common Stock Call Option ----- ------ ------ Preferred Stock Put Option* ------ ------ Convertible Bond Employee Stock Option ------ ------ Non-convertible Bond Company Stock Fund ------ ------ Other ------ |
* Do you currently hold securities to cover this transaction? (Note that this question applies to purchases of put options and all sales and that short sales are prohibited.)
PART III - INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY SECTION 16 INSIDERS ONLY:
PART IV - COMPLIANCE RESPONSE:
APPROVED : DENIED: REVIEWER: DATE/TIME: ----- ------------ --------------- --------- Comments: ----------------------------------------------------------------------- |
EXHIBIT 8
PERMITTED OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS
Option Strategy Employee Owns Prudential Stock* Buy Calls NOT PERMITTED Sell Calls Covered call writing is permitted as a hedging strategy to the extent that the employee is covering underlying shares already held. Buy Puts Protective put purchases are permitted as a hedging strategy to the extent that the employee is covering underlying shares already held. Sell Puts NOT PERMITTED |
* Permitted only if employee owns Prudential stock.
Exhibit (p)(5)
NATIONAL CITY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY
CODE OF ETHICS
I. Legal Requirement.
Rule 17j-1(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 ACT"), makes it unlawful for any officer or director of National City Investment Management Company (the "COMPANY"), in connection with the purchase or sale by such person of a security held or to be acquired by any investment company registered under the 1940 Act (each such investment company for which the Company is investment adviser, a "FUND"):
1. To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Fund;
2. To make to any Fund any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to any Fund a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
3. To engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any Fund; or
4. To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any Fund's investment portfolios.
II. Purpose of the Code of Ethics.
The Company expects that its directors and officers will conduct their personal investment activities in accordance with (1) the duty at all times to place the interests of each Fund's shareholders first, (2) the requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics (this "CODE") and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual's position of trust and responsibility, and (3) the fundamental standard that an investment adviser's personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.
In view of the foregoing, the provisions of Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act, the Securities and Exchange Commission's 1940 Act Release No. 23958 "Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel" (August 24, 1999), the "Report of the Advisory Group on Personal Investing" issued by the Investment Company Institute on May 9, 1994 and the Securities and Exchange Commission's September 1994 Report on "Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel," the Company has determined to adopt this Code to specify a code of conduct for certain types of personal securities transactions which might involve conflicts of interest or an appearance of impropriety, and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures.
III. Definitions.
A. An "ACCESS PERSON" means: (1) each director or officer of the Company; (2) each employee (if any) of the Company (or of any company in a control relationship to the Company) who in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a security by any portfolio of which the Company is investment adviser, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (3) any natural person in a control relationship to the Company who obtains information concerning recommendations made to any portfolio of which the Company is investment adviser, with regard to the purchase or sale of a security.
B. "EXEMPT SECURITY" means:
1. Securities purchased or sold in a transaction which is non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Company.
2. Securities acquired as a part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.
3. Securities acquired upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
4. Securities which the Company's investment portfolios are not permitted to purchase under the investment objectives and policies set forth in the Company's then current prospectus(es) under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Company's registration statement on Form N-1A.
5. any high quality short-term debt instruments (any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization), including any repurchase agreement.
6. any share of any registered open-end investment company.
7. any share of the capital stock of National City Corporation.
8. any S&P 500 security with personal trading activity under $100,000.00
C. "NON-REPORTABLE SECURITY" means:
1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States; banker's acceptances; bank certificates of deposit; commercial paper; high quality short-term debt instruments (any instrument having a maturity at issuance
of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization), including repurchase agreements; and shares of registered open-end investment companies.
2. Securities purchased or sold in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
D. An Access Person's "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" includes that Access Person's spouse, if any, and any minor children and adults living in the same household as that Access Person.
E. "INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
F. "INVESTMENT PERSONNEL" of the Company means:
(i) any employee of the Company (or of any company in a control relationship to the Company) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by any portfolio of which the Company is investment adviser.
(ii) Any natural person who controls the Company and who obtains information concerning recommendations made by the Company regarding the purchase or sale of securities by any portfolio of which the Company is investment adviser.
G. "LIMITED OFFERING" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.
H. "S & P 500 INDEX PORTFOLIO" means any portfolio the investment objective of which is to provide investment results that, before taking into account the expenses of such portfolio, approximate that aggregate price and dividend performance of the securities included in the Standard & Poor's Composite 500 Index by investing in securities comprising that index.
I. "S & P 500 INDEX SECURITY" means any security which, at the time in question, is included in the Standard & Poor's Composite 500 Index.
IV. Policies of the Company Regarding Personal Securities Transactions.
A. General Policy.
No Access Person shall engage in any act, practice or course of business that would violate the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) set forth above, or in connection with any personal investment activity, engage in conduct inconsistent with this Code.
B. Specific Policies.
1. Restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions By Access Persons.
a. No Access Person may purchase or sell securities other than Non-Reportable Securities and Exempt Securities for his or her personal portfolio or the portfolio of another member of his or her immediate family without obtaining oral authorization from a Compliance Officer of the Company PRIOR to effecting such transaction.
b. In addition to, and not in limitation of, the
restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph
IV.B.1.a, no Access Person may purchase any securities
in an Initial Public Offering or a Limited Offering for
his or her personal portfolio or the portfolio of
another member of his or her immediate family without
obtaining oral authorization from Senior Company
Management PRIOR to effecting such transaction.
c. If any authorization is granted to an Access Person who is also classified as Investment Personnel for a purchase of securities in an Initial Public Offering or a Limited Offering, a record of the decision and the reason supporting the decision to authorize that purchase shall be made by the Compliance Officer of the Company granting such authorization.
d. If oral authorization is granted for a purchase or sale of securities, a written authorization for such transaction will be provided by a Compliance Officer of the Company to the Access Person receiving the authorization in order to memorialize the oral authorization that was granted.
NOTE: If an Access Person has questions as to whether purchasing or selling a security for his or her personal portfolio or the portfolio of another member of his or her immediate family requires prior oral authorization, the
Access Person should consult a Compliance Officer of the Company for authorization or denial of authorization to trade PRIOR to effecting the transaction.
e. Any authorization granted for a transaction under paragraph (a) will expire at the close of business on the trading day after the date on which oral authorization was granted, and the Access Person receiving such authorization shall be required to receive a new oral authorization for the transaction if the trade is not completed before the authorization shall have expired.
f. No clearance will be given to an Access Person to purchase or sell any security (1) on a day when any non-indexed portfolio of the Company (whether proprietary fund or separately managed account) has a pending "buy" or "sell" order in the same security until that order is executed or withdrawn or (2) when the Compliance Officer has been advised by the investment adviser that the same security is being considered for purchase or sale for any non-indexed portfolio of the Company (whether proprietary fund or separately managed account).
g. Personal trading of transactions in non-exempt securities will require pre-approval from compliance personnel and, generally, will be approved, so long as IMC separately managed accounts and/or the Funds do not show any trading activity for ten (10) days in such securities. Such trading activity shall include (i) the five (5) day period prior to the date of the personal trading transaction and (ii) the five (5) day period after the date of the personal trading transaction.
h. Pre-approval on personal trading of S&P 500 securities is not required if the transaction is less than $100,000.00. All such personal trading transactions must be reported on the Quarterly Personal Trading Form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
2. Additional Restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions By Access Persons.
a. Persons employed by the Company are forbidden from profiting from the purchase and sale, sale and purchase, or any transaction deemed the same (i.e. puts, calls, use of derivatives, convertibles, etc.) of the same or equivalent securities within sixty (60) calendar days on any security held in the Armada or Parkstone Mutual Funds, or any Company client account.
b. Access Persons are expressly prohibited from receiving any gift or other thing of more than de minimis value from any person or
entity that does business with or on behalf of the Company, its clients, Armada or Parkstone Funds.
c. Memberships or partnerships in any investment club by Access Persons are forbidden.
d. Access persons are prohibited from serving on the Board of Directors of publicly traded companies without prior authorization based on a determination that the Board service would be consistent with the interests of the Company and its clients.
V. Procedures.
A. In order to provide the Company with information to enable it to determine with reasonable assurance whether the provisions of this Code are being observed by its Access Persons:
1. Each Access Person will submit to a Compliance Officer of the Company an Initial Beneficial Ownership Report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A that lists all securities other than Non-Reportable Securities beneficially owned(1) by the Access Person. This report must be submitted within ten days of becoming an Access Person and must include the title of each security, the number of shares held, and the principal amount of the security and the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access person maintains an account in which only such securities are held.
2. Each Access Person will also submit annually to a Compliance Officer of the Company a Beneficial Ownership Report attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Annual Beneficial Ownership Report must list all securities other than Non-Reportable Securities beneficially owned by the Access Person, the title of each security, the number of shares held, and the principal amount
1. You will be treated as the "beneficial owner" of a security under this policy only if you have a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the security.
(a) A direct pecuniary interest is the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit, or to share the profit, from the transaction.
(b) An indirect pecuniary interest is any nondirect financial interest, but is specifically defined in the rules to include securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household; securities held by a partnership of which you are a general partner; securities held by a trust of which you are the settlor if you can revoke the trust without the consent of another person, or a beneficiary if you have or share investment control with the trustee; and equity securities which may be acquired upon exercise of an option or other right, or through conversion.
For interpretive guidance on this test, you should consult counsel.
of the security and the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access person maintains an account in which only such securities are held.
3. Each Access Person shall direct his or her broker to supply to a Compliance Officer of the Company, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of confirmations of all securities transactions other than Exempt Transactions in which the person has, or by reason of any transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any security and copies of periodic statements for all securities accounts.
4. Each Access Person shall, no later than the tenth (10th) day after the end of each calendar quarter, submit a report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B to a Compliance Officer of the Company, showing each transaction in securities other than Non-Reportable Securities in which the person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership during the calendar quarter in question, as well as all accounts established with brokers, dealers or banks during the calendar quarter in question for the direct or indirect beneficial interest of the Access Person.(2)
5. A Compliance Officer of the Company shall notify each Access Person who is subject to the transaction pre-authorization requirements or the reporting requirements of this Code that such person is subject to such the pre-authorization or reporting requirements and shall deliver a copy of this Code to each such person.
6. A Compliance Officer of the Company shall review the Initial Beneficial Ownership Reports, Annual Beneficial Ownership Reports, and Quarterly Transaction Reports received, and as appropriate compare the reports with the pre-authorizations received, and report to the Company's Board of Directors:
a. with respect to any transaction that appears to evidence a possible violation of this Code; and
b. apparent violations of the reporting requirement stated herein.
7. The Company's Board of Directors shall consider reports made to it hereunder and shall determine whether the policies established in Sections IV and V of this Code have been violated, and what sanctions, if any, should be imposed on the violator, including but not limited to a letter of censure, suspension or termination of the employment of the violator, or the unwinding of the transaction and the disgorgement of any profits. The
2. See footnote 1 above.
Company's Board of Directors shall review the operation of this Code at least once a year.
8. At each quarterly meeting of the Company's Board of Directors a Compliance Officer of the Company shall provide a written report to the Company's Board of Directors stating:
a. any reported securities transaction that occurred during the prior quarter that may have been inconsistent with the provisions of this Code; and
b. all disciplinary actions(3) taken in response to such violations.
9. At least once a year, a Compliance Officer of the Company
shall provide to the Company's Board of Directors and to the
Board members of any registered investment company for which
the Company serves as investment adviser a written report
which contains: (a) a summary of existing procedures
concerning personal investing by Access Persons and any
changes in the compliance procedures under this Code during
the past year; (b) an evaluation of current compliance
procedures under this Code and a report on any recommended
changes in existing restrictions or any such procedures based
upon the Company's experience under this Code, industry
practices, or developments in applicable laws and regulations;
(c) a description of any issues arising under this Code or the
compliance procedures thereunder since the last such report,
including but not limited to, information about material
violations of this Code and sanctions imposed in response to
material violations; and (d) a certification that the
procedures which have been adopted under this Code are those
reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating
this Code.
10. This Code, a copy of each report by an Access Person, any record of any violation of this Code and any action taken as a result thereof, any written report hereunder by the any Compliance Officer of the Company, records of authorizations relating to the purchase of securities in Initial Public Offerings and Limited Offerings, and lists of all persons required to make reports and a list of all persons responsible for reviewing such reports shall be preserved with the Company's records for the period required by Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204-2(a)(12) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
3. Disciplinary action includes but is not limited to any action that has a material financial effect upon the employee, such as fining, suspending, or demoting the employee, imposing a substantial fine or requiring the disgorgement of profits.
VI. Certification.
Each Access Person will be required to certify annually that he or she has read and understood this Code, and will abide by it at all times during which such person is an Access Person. Each Access Person will further certify that he or she has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported under this Code of Ethics. A form of such certification is attached hereto as Exhibit C.
EXHIBIT A
NATIONAL CITY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY
INITIAL/ANNUAL
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORT
[ ] Check Here if this is an Initial Beneficial Ownership Report
To: National City Investment Management Company (the "Company")
As of the calendar year/period referred to above, I have a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest in the securities listed below which are required to be reported pursuant to the Company's Code of Ethics (the "Code"):
Title of Number Principal Security of Shares Amount -------- --------- ------ |
The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom I maintain an account in which my securities are held for my direct or indirect benefit are as follows:
THIS REPORT (i) EXCLUDES MY BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF "NON-REPORTABLE SECURITIES" AS DEFINED IN THE CODE AND (ii) IS NOT AN ADMISSION THAT I HAVE OR HAD ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP IN THE SECURITIES LISTED ABOVE.
Date: Signature: ------------------- -------------------------------- Print Name: ------------------------------- |
EXHIBIT B
NATIONAL CITY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY
SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORT
To: National City Investment Management Company (the "Company")
During the quarter referred to above, the following transactions were effected in securities of which I had, or by reason of such transactions acquired, direct or indirect beneficial ownership, and which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Company:
Nature of Broker/Dealer Interest Rate Transaction Or Bank Date of Number of Principal and Maturity (Purchase, Through Whom Security Transaction Shares Amount Date (if applicable) Sale, Other) Price Effected -------- ----------- ------ ------ -------------------- ------------ ----- -------- |
During the quarter referred to above, I established the following accounts in which securities were held during the quarter for my direct or indirect benefit:
1. The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom I established the account:
2. The date the account was established:
THIS REPORT (i) EXCLUDES TRANSACTIONS IN "NON-REPORTABLE SECURITIES" AS DEFINED IN THE CODE, AND (ii) IS NOT AN ADMISSION THAT I HAVE OR HAD ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP IN THE SECURITIES LISTED ABOVE.
Date: Signature: ------------------- -------------------------------- |
EXHIBIT C
NATIONAL CITY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY
ANNUAL CERTIFICATE
To: National City Investment Management Company (the "Company")
Pursuant to the requirements of the Company's Code of Ethics (the "Code"), the undersigned hereby certifies as follows:
1. I have read the Code.
2. I understand the Code and acknowledge that I am subject to it.
3. Since the date of the last Annual Certificate (if any) given pursuant to the Code, I have reported all personal securities transactions and provided any beneficial ownership reports required to be reported or provided, respectively, by me under the requirements of the Code.
Exhibit (P)(8)
JOINT CODE OF ETHICS
HOTCHKIS AND WILEY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC ("H&W")
AND REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES
FOR WHICH H&W SERVES AS INVESTMENT ADVISER
SECTION 1 - BACKGROUND
This Code of Ethics is adopted by H&W and registered investment companies for which H&W serves as investment adviser under Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act") and in accordance with Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and Rule 204-2(a) thereunder. Except where noted, the Code applies to all H&W employees and all "Advisory Persons" (as defined in Rule 17j-1) of the Funds.
Section 17(j) under the 1940 Act makes it unlawful for persons affiliated with investment companies or their investment advisers to engage in fraudulent personal securities transactions. Rule 17j-1 requires each registered investment company (each a "Fund") and each investment adviser to a Fund to adopt a Code of Ethics that contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent an employee from engaging in conduct prohibited by the principles of the Rule. The Rule also requires that reasonable diligence be used and procedures be instituted which are reasonably necessary to prevent violations of the Code of Ethics.
SECTION 2 - STATEMENT OF GENERAL FIDUCIARY PRINCIPLES
The Code of Ethics is based on the fundamental principle that H&W and its employees must put client interests first. As an investment adviser, H&W has fiduciary responsibilities to its clients, including Funds for which it serves as investment adviser. Among H&W's fiduciary responsibilities is the responsibility to ensure that its employees conduct their personal securities transactions in a manner which does not interfere or appear to interfere with any Fund transactions or otherwise take unfair advantage of their relationship to the Funds. All H&W employees must adhere to this fundamental principle as well as comply with the specific provisions set forth herein. It bears emphasis that technical compliance with these provisions will not insulate from scrutiny transactions which show a pattern of compromise or abuse of an employee's fiduciary responsibilities to the Funds. Accordingly, all H&W employees must seek to avoid any actual or potential conflicts between their personal interest and the interest of the Funds. In sum, all H&W employees shall place the interest of the Funds before personal interests.
SECTION 3 - INSIDER TRADING POLICY
All H&W employees are prohibited from buying or selling any security while in the possession of material nonpublic information about the issuer of the security. Material information is generally defined as information that a reasonable investor would likely consider important in making his or her investment decision, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's securities. Information is nonpublic unless it has been effectively communicated to the market place.
H&W employees are also prohibited from communicating to third parties any
material nonpublic information about any security or issuer of securities.
Additionally, no H&W employee may use inside information about H&W activities to
benefit any Fund or to gain personal benefit. Any violation may result in
sanctions, which could include termination of employment with H&W. (See Section
10 -- Sanctions.)
SECTION 4 - RESTRICTIONS RELATING TO SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
A. GENERAL TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR ALL EMPLOYEES
The following restrictions apply to all H&W employees:
1. ACCOUNTS. All employees must send copies of all their brokerage statements to the Compliance Department. This includes all broker confirmations received for each executed trade.
2. ACCOUNTS INCLUDE FAMILY MEMBERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS. Accounts of employees include the accounts of their spouses, dependent relatives, trustee and custodial accounts or any other account in which the employee has a financial interest or over which the employee has investment discretion (other than Funds and H&W managed separate accounts).
3. PRECLEARANCE. All employees must obtain approval from the Compliance
Officer or preclearance delegatee prior to entering any securities
transaction (with the exception of exempted securities as listed in
Section 5) in all accounts. Approval of a transaction, once given,
is effective for 3 business days, including the day approval was
granted (unless otherwise specified in the written approval), or
until the employee discovers that the information provided at the
time the transaction was approved is no longer accurate. Any
transaction not completed within the 3 day (or other specified) time
period will require reapproval by the Compliance Officer or
preclearance delegatee prior to engaging in any further purchases or
sales.
Employees may preclear trades only in cases where they have a present intention to transact in the security for which preclearance is sought. It is H&W's view that it is not appropriate for an employee to obtain a general or open-ended preclearance to cover the eventuality that he or she may buy or sell a security at
some point on a particular day depending upon market developments. This requirement would not prohibit a price limit order, provided that the employee shall have a present intention to effect a transaction at such price. Consistent with the foregoing, an employee may not simultaneously request preclearance to buy and sell the same security.
4. RESTRICTIONS ON PURCHASES. No employee may purchase any security which at the time is being purchased, or to the employee's knowledge is being considered for purchase, by any Fund or separate account managed by H&W.
5. RESTRICTIONS ON SALES. No employee may sell any security which at the time is actually being sold, or to the employee's knowledge is being considered for sale, by any Fund or separate account managed by H&W.
6. RESTRICTIONS ON RELATED SECURITIES. The restrictions and procedures applicable to the transactions in securities by employees set forth in this Code of Ethics shall similarly apply to securities that are issued by the same issuer and whose value or return is related, in whole or in part, to the value or return of the security purchased or sold or being contemplated for purchase or sale during the relevant period by the Fund. For example, options or warrants to purchase common stock, and convertible debt and convertible preferred stock of a particular issuer would be considered related to the underlying common stock of that issuer for purposes of this policy. In sum, the related security would be treated as if it were the underlying security for the purpose of the pre-clearance procedures described herein.
7. PRIVATE PLACEMENTS. Employee purchases and sales of "private placement" securities (including all private equity partnerships, hedge funds, limited partnership or venture capital funds) must be precleared directly with the Compliance Officer or preclearance delegatee. No employee may engage in any such transaction unless the Compliance Officer or her designee and the employee's senior manager have each previously determined in writing that the contemplated investment does not involve any potential for conflict with the investment activities of any Fund or separate accounts.
If, after receiving the required approval, an employee has any material role in the subsequent consideration by any Fund/separate account of an investment in the same or affiliated issuer, the employee must disclose his or her interest in the private placement investment to the Compliance Officer and the employee's department head. The decision to purchase securities of the issuer by a Fund/separate account must be independently reviewed and authorized by the employee's department head.
8. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS. As set forth in Paragraph A.3. of this
Section 4, the purchase by an employee of securities offered in an
initial public offering (including those that might otherwise be
exempted under Section 5) must be
precleared. As a matter of policy, employees will not be allowed to participate in so-called "hot" offerings as such term may be defined by H&W or appropriate regulators (e.g., offerings that are oversubscribed or for which the demand is such that there is the possibility of oversubscription).
B. ADDITIONAL TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR INVESTMENT PERSONNEL
The following additional restrictions apply to "Investment Personnel." (Investment Personnel (individually, an "Investment Person") are persons who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, make or participate in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a Fund or H&W separate account client ("Separate Accounts")). The Compliance Department will retain and circulate to all Investment Personnel, at least annually, a current list of Investment Personnel.
1. NOTIFICATION. Investment Personnel must notify the Compliance Department or preclearance delegatee of any intended transactions in a security for his or her own personal account or related accounts which is owned or contemplated for purchase or sale by a Fund or Separate Account.
2. BLACKOUT PERIODS. Investment Personnel may not buy or sell a security within 7 CALENDAR DAYS either before or after a purchase or sale of the same or related security by a Fund or Separate Account. For example, if a Fund trades a security on day 0, day 8 is the first day an Investment Person may trade the security for his or her own account. Personal trades for Investment Personnel, however, shall have no effect on the Fund's or Separate Account's ability to trade. For example, if within the seven-day period following his or her personal trade, an Investment Person believes that it is in the best interests of the Fund for which he or she has investment authority to purchase or sell the same security on behalf of the Fund, the trade should be done for the Fund, and an explanation of the circumstances must be provided to the Compliance Department.
3. ESTABLISHING POSITIONS COUNTER TO FUND POSITIONS. Investment Personnel may not establish a long position in his or her personal account in a security if a Fund or Separate Account would benefit from a decrease in the value of such security. For example, the Investment Person would be prohibited from establishing a long position if (1) the Fund holds a put option on such security (aside from a put purchased for hedging purposes where the Fund holds the underlying security); (2) the Fund has written a call option on such security; or (3) the Fund has sold such security short, other than "against-the-box."
Investment Personnel may not purchase a put option or write a call option where a Fund or Separate Account for which such person has investment authority holds a long position in the underlying security.
Investment Personnel may not short sell any security where a Fund or Separate
Account holds a long position in the same security or where such Fund or Separate Account otherwise maintains a position in respect of which the Fund or Separate Account would benefit from an increase in the value of the security.
4. PURCHASING AN INVESTMENT FOR A FUND THAT IS A PERSONAL HOLDING. Investment Personnel may not purchase an investment for a Fund or Separate Account that is also a personal holding of the Investment Person or any other account covered by this Code of Ethics, or the value of which is materially linked to a personal holding, unless the Investment Person has obtained prior approval from his or her senior manager.
5. PROHIBITION ON SHORT-TERM PROFITS. Investment Personnel are prohibited from profiting on any sale and subsequent purchase, or any purchase and subsequent sale, of the same (or equivalent) securities occurring within 60 calendar days ("short-term profit"). This holding period also applies to all permitted option transactions; therefore, for example, an Investment Person may not purchase or write an option if the option will expire in less than 60 days (unless such a person is buying or writing an option on a security that he or she has held more than 60 days). In determining short-term profits, all transactions within a 60-day period in all accounts related to the Investment Personnel member will be taken into consideration in determining short-term profits, regardless of his or her intentions to do otherwise (e.g., tax or other trading strategies). Should an Investment Person fail to preclear a trade that results in a short-term profit, the trade would be subject to reversal with all costs and expenses related to the trade borne by the Investment Person, and he or she would be required to disgorge the profit. Transactions not required to be precleared under Section 5 will not be subject to this prohibition.
C. TRADING RESTRICTIONS FOR DISINTERESTED TRUSTEES OF A FUND
The following restrictions apply only to disinterested Trustees of a Fund (i.e., any Trustee who is not an "interested person" of a Fund, within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act):
1. RESTRICTIONS ON PURCHASES. No disinterested Trustee may purchase any security which, to the Trustee's knowledge at the time, is being purchased or is being considered for purchase by a Fund for which he or she is a Trustee.
2. RESTRICTIONS ON SALES. No disinterested Trustee may sell any security which, to the Trustee's knowledge at the time, is being sold or is being considered for sale by any Fund for which he or she is a Trustee.
3. RESTRICTIONS ON TRADES IN SECURITIES RELATED IN VALUE. The restrictions applicable to the transactions in securities by disinterested Trustees shall similarly apply to securities that are issued by the same issuer and whose value or return is
related, in whole or in part, to the value or return of the security
purchased or sold by any Fund for which he or she is a Trustee (see
Section 4.A.6.).
SECTION 5 - EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS/SECURITIES
H&W has determined that the following securities transactions do not present the opportunity for improper trading activities that Rule 17j-1 is designed to prevent; therefore, the restrictions set forth in Section 4 of this Code (including preclearance, prohibition on short-term profits and blackout periods) shall not apply.
A. Purchases or sales in an account over which the employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (e.g., an account managed on a fully discretionary basis by an investment adviser or trustee).
B. Purchases or sales of direct obligations of the U.S. Government.
C. Purchases or sales of bank certificates, bankers acceptances, commercial paper and other high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.
D. Purchases or sales of open-end registered investment companies (including money market funds), variable annuities and unit investment trusts. (However, all exchange traded funds and unit investment trusts (e.g., MITS, DIAMONDS, NASDAQ 100, etc.) must be precleared.)
E. Employer stock purchased and sold through employer-sponsored benefit plans in which the spouse of an H&W employee may participate (e.g., employee stock purchase plans or 401(k) plans) and sales of employer stock (or the exercise of stock options) that is received as compensation by an H&W employee's spouse.
F. Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of the employee (e.g., an in-the-money option that is automatically exercised by a broker; a security that is called away as a result of an exercise of an option; or a security that is sold by a broker, without employee consultation, to meet a margin call not met by the employee).
G. Purchases which are made by reinvesting cash dividends pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.
H. Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer.
I. Purchases or sales of commodities, futures (including currency futures and futures on broad-based indices), options on futures and options on broad-based indices. Currently, "broad-based indices" include only the S&P 100, S&P 500, FTSE 100 and Nikkei 225. Also exempted are exchange-traded securities which are representative of, or related close in value to, these broad-based indices.
J. The receipt of a bona fide gift of securities. (Donations of securities, however, require preclearance.)
THE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN SECTION 6 OF THIS CODE, HOWEVER,
SHALL APPLY TO THE SECURITIES AND TRANSACTION TYPES SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPHS D-J
OF THIS SECTION (EXCEPT FOR OPEN-END REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES ("MUTUAL
FUNDS") LISTED IN PARAGRAPH D AND TO EXTENT THE SECURITY REFERRED TO IN ANY
OTHER PARAGRAPH IS A MUTUAL FUND (E.G., A 401(k) PLAN (PARAGRAPH E) THAT IS ONLY
INVESTED IN MUTUAL FUNDS WOULD NOT NEED TO BE REPORTED BUT COMMON STOCK IN A
401(k) WOULD BE REPORTED).
SECTION 6 - REPORTING BY EMPLOYEES
The requirements of this Section 6 apply to all H&W employees. The requirements will also apply to all transactions in the accounts of spouses, dependent relatives and members of the same household, trustee and custodial accounts or any other account in which the employee has a financial interest or over which the employee has investment discretion. The requirements do not apply to securities acquired for accounts over which the employee has no direct or indirect control or influence.
Employees are deemed to have complied with the requirements of Section
6.B. and C. provided that the Compliance Department receives duplicate
statements and confirmations directly from their brokers and such statements and
confirms contain all of the information required in Section 6.B and C.
Employees who effect reportable transactions outside of a brokerage account (e.g., optional purchases or sales through an automatic investment program directly with an issuer) will be deemed to have complied with this requirement by preclearing transactions with the Compliance Department and by reporting their holdings quarterly on the "Personal Securities Holdings" form, as required by the Compliance Department.
A. INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT. Each new H&W employee will be given a copy of this Code of Ethics upon commencement of employment. All new employees must disclose their personal securities holdings to the Compliance Department within 10 days of commencement of employment with H&W. (Similarly, securities holdings of all new related accounts must be reported to the Compliance Department within 10 days of the date that such account becomes related to the employee.) With respect to exempt securities referred to in Section 5 which do not require preclearance/reporting, employees must nonetheless initially report those exempt securities defined in Section 5.D.-J, except mutual funds.
1. Initial holdings reports must identify the title, number of shares, and principal amount with respect to each security holding. Within 10 days of commencement of employment, each employee shall file an Acknowledgement stating that he or she has read and understands the provisions of the Code.
2. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the employee maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct and indirect benefit of the employee as of the date the individual became an employee; and
3. The date that the report is submitted by the employee.
B. QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORT. All employees must submit no later than 10 calendar days following the end of each quarter a list of all securities transacted during the quarter.
1. Each employee shall report all transactions in securities in which the person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. Reports shall be filed with the Compliance Officer quarterly. Each employee must also report any personal securities accounts established during the quarter. The Compliance Officer shall submit confidential quarterly reports with respect to his or her own personal securities transactions and personal securities accounts established to an officer designated to receive his or her reports, who shall act in all respects in the manner prescribed herein for the Compliance Officer. Such reports need not show transactions effected for, or securities held in, personal securities accounts over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
2. Every report shall be made no later than ten days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following information:
(i) The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each security involved;
(ii) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
(iii) The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;
(iv) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected;
(v) The date the report is submitted by the employee; and
(vi) With respect to any personal securities account established during the quarter, the broker, dealer or bank with whom the account was established, and the date the account was established.
3. In the event the employee has no reportable items during the quarter, the report should be so noted and returned signed and dated.
C. ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT. All employees must submit an annual holdings report reflecting holdings as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted. As indicated above, employees who provide monthly statements directly from their brokers/dealers are deemed to have automatically complied with this requirement, provided the reports contain all required information.
With respect to exempt securities referred to in Section 5 which do not
require preclearance/reporting, employees must nonetheless annually report
the holdings of those exempt securities that are defined in Section
5.D.-J, except mutual funds.
D. ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. All H&W employees must certify annually to the Compliance Department that (1) they have read and understand and agree to abide by this Code of Ethics; (2) they have complied with all requirements of the Code of Ethics, except as otherwise notified by or reported to the Compliance Department that they have not complied with certain of such requirements; and (3) they have reported all transactions required to be reported under the Code of Ethics.
E. REVIEW OF TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS REPORTS. All transactions reports and holdings reports will be reviewed by department heads (or their designees) or compliance personnel according to procedures established by the Compliance Department.
SECTION 7 - REPORTING BY DISINTERESTED TRUSTEES OF H&W FUNDS
A disinterested Trustee of a H&W Fund need only report a transaction in a security if the Trustee, at the time of that transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling the official duties of a Trustee of such Fund, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding the date of the transaction by the Trustee, the security was purchased or sold by any H&W Fund or was being considered for purchase or sale by any H&W Fund for which he or she is a Trustee. In reporting such transactions, disinterested Trustees must provide: the date of the transaction, a complete description of the security, number of shares, principal amount, nature of the transaction, price, commission, and name of broker/dealer through which the transaction was effected.
As indicated in Section 6.D. for H&W employees, disinterested Trustees of the H&W Funds are similarly required to certify annually to the Compliance Department that (1) they have read and understand and agree to abide by this Code of Ethics; (2) they have complied with all requirements of the Code of Ethics, except as otherwise notified by or reported to the Compliance Department that they have not complied with certain of such requirements; and (3) they have reported all transactions required to be reported under the Code of Ethics.
SECTION 8 - APPROVAL AND REVIEW BY BOARDS OF TRUSTEES
The Board of Trustees of each Fund, including a majority of Trustees who are disinterested Trustees, must approve this Code of Ethics. Additionally, any material changes to this Code must be approved by such Boards within six months after adoption of any material change. The Board must base its approval of the Code and any material changes to the Code on a determination that the Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent employees from engaging in any conduct prohibited by Rule 17j-1. Prior to approving the Code or any material change to the Code, the Boards must receive
a certification from the Fund or H&W that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent employees from violating the Code of Ethics.
SECTION 9 - REVIEW OF H&W ANNUAL REPORT
At least annually, each Fund and H&W must furnish to the applicable Fund's Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees must consider, a written report that (1) describes any issues arising under this Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the Board of Trustees, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code of Ethics or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations and (2) certifies that the Fund and H&W have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent H&W employees from violating this Code of Ethics.
SECTION 10 - SANCTIONS
Potential violations of the Code of Ethics must be brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer or her designee, will be investigated and, if appropriate, sanctions will be imposed. Upon completion of the investigation, if necessary, the matter may also be reviewed by the Code of Ethics Review Committee which will determine whether any further sanctions should be imposed. Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, a letter of caution or warning, reversal of a trade, disgorgement of a profit or absorption of costs associated with a trade, supervisor approval to trade for a prescribed period, fine or other monetary penalty, suspension of personal trading privileges, suspension of employment (with or without compensation), and termination of employment.
SECTION 11 - EXCEPTIONS
An exception to any of the policies, restrictions or requirements set forth herein may be granted only upon a showing by the employee to the Code of Ethics Review Committee that such employee would suffer extreme financial hardship should an exception not be granted. Should the subject of the exception request involve a transaction in a security, a change in the employee's investment objectives, tax strategies, or special new investment opportunities would not constitute acceptable reasons for a waiver.
September 5, 2001
Exhibit (P)(11)
CODE OF ETHICS FOR EARNEST PARTNERS, LLC
I. STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES
It is the policy of EARNEST Partners, LLC ("EARNEST") that:
A. With respect to the personal investment activities of access persons (as defined herein), it is the duty of access persons at all times to place the interests of the clients (as defined herein) first.
B. All personal securities transactions of access persons be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of any access person's or any advisory person's (as defined herein) position of trust and responsibility.
C. Access persons should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions with respect to their personal investment activities.
II. DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Code of Ethics, the following definitions shall apply:
1. The term "access person" shall mean any director, officer, general partner or advisory person (as defined below) of EARNEST.
2. The term "advisory person" shall mean (i) every employee of EARNEST (or of any company in a control relationship to EARNEST) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a security (as defined below) by a client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales and (ii) every natural person in a control relationship to EARNEST who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client with regard to the purchase or sale of a security.
3. The term "beneficial ownership" shall mean a direct or indirect "pecuniary interest" (as defined in subparagraph (a) (2) of Rule 16a-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that is held or shared by a person directly or indirectly (through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise) in a security. While the definition of "pecuniary interest" in subparagraph (a) (2) of Rule 16a-1 is complex, the term generally means the opportunity directly or indirectly to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a security.
4. The term "control" shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of EARNEST, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with EARNEST, all as determined in accordance with Section 2 (a) (9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").
5. The term "client" shall mean an entity (natural person, corporation, investment company or other legal structure having the power to enter into legal contracts) for whom or which EARNEST serves as an "investment adviser" within the meaning of Section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which has entered into a contract with EARNEST to receive investment management services.
6. The term "investment company" shall mean a management investment company registered as such under the 1940 Act, which is a client of EARNEST.
7. The term "investment personnel" shall mean (i) any employee of EARNEST (or of any company in a control relationship to EARNEST) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a client; and (ii) any natural person who controls EARNEST and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client regarding the purchase or sale of securities by such client.
8. The term "material non-public information" with respect to a client shall mean information, not yet released to the public, that would have a substantial likelihood of affecting a reasonable investor's decision to buy or sell any securities of such issuer.
9. The term "purchase" shall include the writing of an option to purchase a security.
10. The term "Review Officer" shall mean the officer or employee designated from time to time by EARNEST to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by access persons. The term "Alternate Review Officer" shall mean the officer of EARNEST designated from time to time to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by the Review Officer, and who shall act in all respects in the manner prescribed herein for the Review Officer.
11. The term "sale" shall include the writing of an option to sell a security.
12. The term "security" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2 (a) (36) of the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include shares of registered open-end investment companies, securities issued by the United States government, short-term securities which are "government securities" within the meaning of Section 2 (a) (16) of the 1940 Act, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and such other money market instruments as may be designated from time to time by EARNEST.
III. LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act, provides, among other things, that it is unlawful for any affiliated person of EARNEST to engage in any act, practice or course of business in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such affiliated person of any security held or to be acquired by a client, which is an investment company, in contravention of such rules and regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") may adopt to define and prescribe means reasonably necessary to prevent such acts, practices or courses of business as are fraudulent,
deceptive or manipulative. Pursuant to Section 17(j), the Commission has adopted Rule 17j-1 which states that it is unlawful for any affiliated person of EARNEST in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired (as defined in the Rule) by a client:
(i) to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a client, which is an investment company;
(ii) to make to a client, which is an investment company, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(iii) to engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon a client, which is an investment company; or
(iv) to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a client, which is an investment company.
IV. SUBSTANTIVE RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING ACTIVITIES
A. Prohibited Activities
While the scope of actions which may violate the Statement of General Principles set forth above cannot be defined exactly, such actions would always include at least the following prohibited activities:
1. Except in a transaction exempted by Section IV.B. of this Code of Ethics, no ACCESS PERSON shall, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell securities in any way that would compete in the market with actual or considered securities transactions for any client, or otherwise personally act to injure any client's securities transactions;
2. No ACCESS PERSON shall use the knowledge of securities purchased or sold by any client or securities being considered for purchase or sale by any client to profit personally, directly or indirectly, by the market effect of such transactions;
3. No ACCESS PERSON shall, directly or indirectly, communicate to any person who is not an access person any material non-public information relating to any client or any issuer of any security owned by any client, including, without limitation, the purchase or sale or considered purchase or sale of a security on behalf of any client, except to the extent necessary to effectuate securities transactions on behalf of the client;
4. Except in a transaction exempted by Section IV.B. of this Code of Ethics, no ACCESS PERSON shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership on a day during which EARNEST has a pending "buy" or "sell" order in the same security
until that order is executed or withdrawn;
5. No ACCESS PERSON shall accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimus value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of a client;
6. No INVESTMENT PERSONNEL shall serve on the board of directors of any publicly traded company, absent prior written authorization and determination by the Chief Executive Officer of EARNEST that the board service would be consistent with the interests of clients;
7. INVESTMENT PERSONNEL shall not, directly or indirectly, purchase any security sold in an initial public offering of an issuer without obtaining prior written approval from the Review Officer; and
8. INVESTMENT PERSONNEL shall not, directly or indirectly, purchase any security issued pursuant to a private placement without obtaining prior written approval from the Review Officer. Investment personnel who have been authorized to acquire securities in a private placement must disclose such investment when they are involved in a client's subsequent consideration of an investment in the issuer. In such circumstances, the client's decision to purchase securities of the issuer must be independently reviewed by investment personnel with no personal interest in the issuer.
B. Exempt Transactions and Conduct
This Code of Ethics shall not be deemed to be violated by any of the following transactions:
1. Purchases or sales for an account over which the access person has no direct or indirect influence or control;
2. Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of the access person;
3. Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;
4. Purchases made by exercising rights distributed by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired by the access person from the issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;
5. Tenders of securities pursuant to tender offers which are expressly conditioned on the tender offer's acquisition of all of the securities of the same class;
6. Purchases or sales for which the access person has received prior written approval from the Review Officer. Prior approval shall be granted only if a purchase or sale of securities is consistent with the purposes of this Code of Ethics and Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder; and
7. Purchases or sales of securities with prior written approval of the Head Trader and
Review Officer that meet the following requirements and thus qualify as a de minimis transaction: 1) 5,000 or fewer shares traded and 2) security market capitalization of greater than $1 billion. As an additional requirement, no more than one de minimis exemption per security per individual can be claimed during a 30-day period.
V. COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
A. Records of Securities Transactions
Upon the written request of the Review Officer, access persons are required to direct their brokers to supply to EARNEST on a timely basis duplicate copies of broker trade confirmations of all securities transactions and/or account statements for all securities accounts in which the access person has a beneficial ownership interest.
B. Quarterly Reporting Requirements
1. Each ACCESS PERSON shall submit to the Review Officer a report which shall set forth at least the information described in subparagraph 2 of this Section V.B. as to all securities transactions during each quarterly period, in which such access person has, or by reason of such transactions acquires or disposes of, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a security.
2. Every report shall be made not later than ten (10) days after the end of each calendar quarter in which the transaction(s) to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:
(1) the date of each transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares, and the principal amount of each security involved;
(2) the nature of each transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
(3) the price of the security at which each transaction was effected;
(4) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom each transaction was effected; and
(5) the date that the report is submitted by the access person.
If no transactions in any securities required to be reported were effected during a quarterly period by an access person, such access person shall submit to the Review Officer a report within the time-frame specified above stating that no reportable securities transaction were effected.
3. Each ACCESS PERSON shall submit to the Review Officer a report which shall set forth new brokerage accounts established during each quarterly period. Every report shall
be made not later than ten (10) days after the end of each calendar quarter in which the account(s) was established and shall contain the following information:
(1) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the access person established the account;
(2) the date the account was established; and
(3) the date that the report is submitted by the access person.
4. Every report concerning a securities transaction prohibited under the Statement of General Principles or Prohibited Activities set forth in Sections I or IV.A., respectively, with respect to which the reporting person relies upon the exceptions provided in Section IV.B shall contain a brief statement of the exemption relied upon and the circumstances of the transactions.
C. Disclosure of Personal Holdings
1. Each ACCESS PERSON shall submit to EARNEST an initial holdings report no later than 10 days after the person becomes an ACCESS PERSON which contains the following information:
(i) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security in which the ACCESS PERSON had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an ACCESS PERSON;
(ii) The name of any broker, dealer of bank with whom the ACCESS PERSON maintained an account in which any securities (including the securities which are excepted from the definition of securities in Section II.12.) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the ACCESS PERSON as of the date the person became an ACCESS PERSON; and
(iii) the date the report is submitted by the ACCESS PERSON.
2. Each ACCESS PERSON shall submit to EARNEST an annual holdings report which contains the following information (with such information current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted):
(i) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security in which the ACCESS PERSON had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
(ii) The name of any broker, dealer of bank with whom the ACCESS PERSON maintained an account in which any securities (including the securities which are excepted from the definition of securities in Section II.12.) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the ACCESS PERSON; and
(iii) The date the report is submitted by the ACCESS PERSON.
D. Review of Reports
1. At the end of each calendar quarter, the Review Officer shall prepare a summary of all transactions by access persons during the prior quarter.
2. The Review Officer or the Alternate Review Officer shall compare all reported personal securities transaction with completed and contemplated portfolio transactions of the client to determine whether a violation of this Code of Ethics may have occurred. Before making any determination that a violation has been committed by any person, the Review Officer shall give such person an opportunity to supply additional explanatory material.
3. If the Review Officer determines that a violation of this Code of Ethics has or may have occurred, he shall submit a written determination, together with the related report by the ACCESS PERSON and any additional explanatory material provided by the access person, to EARNEST's Chief Executive Officer.
E. Annual Certification of Compliance
All ACCESS PERSONS shall certify annually that they (i) have read and understand this Code of Ethics and recognize that they are subject hereto, (ii) have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and (iii) have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions, holdings and accounts which are required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of this Code of Ethics.
F. Joint Participation
ACCESS PERSONS should be aware that a specific provision of the 1940 Act prohibits such persons, in the absence of an order of the Commission, from effecting a transaction in which an Investment Company is a "joint or a joint and several participant" with such person. Any transaction which suggests the possibility of a question in this area should be presented to legal counsel for review.
G. Annual Review by Chief Executive Officer and/or Board
Each year the Review Officer shall prepare an annual report to the Chief Executive Officer and/or Board that: (1) summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past year; (2) identifies any violations requiring significant remedial action during the past year; and (3) identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon EARNEST's experience under the Code of Ethics, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.
VI. SANCTIONS
Upon discovering a violation of this Code of Ethics, EARNEST shall impose any sanctions that it may deem appropriate under the circumstances, which may include, but is not limited to, removal, suspension or demotion from office, imposition of a fine, a letter of censure and/or restitution to the affected client of an amount equal to the advantage the offending person shall have gained by reason of such violation.
VII. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
EARNEST shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:
a. A copy of the Code of Ethics (and any prior code of ethics that was in effect at any time during the past five years) for a period of five years;
b. A record of any violation of this Code of Ethics and of any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;
c. A copy of each report made by an access person, including any information submitted pursuant to Rule 17j-1(d)(2)(v) of the 1940 Act, for a period of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the other information provided (only those reports and information submitted during the previous two years must be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place);
d. A list of all persons who are, or within the past five years were, required to make reports pursuant to this Code of Ethics;
e. The names of each person who is serving or who has served as Review Officer or Alternate Review Officer within the past five years; and
f. A copy of each report submitted to the Chief Executive Officer and/or Board of EARNEST for a period of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report was made (only those reports submitted during the previous two years must be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place).
EARNEST shall maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by investment personnel of securities in an initial public offering and/or private placement for a period of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was granted.
VIII. MISCELLANEOUS
EARNEST shall identify all persons who are considered to be "access persons," inform such persons of their respective duties and provide such persons with copies of this Code of Ethics.
Exhibit (q)
POWER OF ATTORNEY
STRATEGIC PARTNERS ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS
STRATEGIC PARTNERS OPPORTUNITY FUNDS
STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
THE TARGET PORTFOLIO TRUST
The undersigned Trustees and officers of each investment company listed above hereby constitute, appoint and authorize each of Marguerite E.H. Morrison and Maria. G. Master as true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, to sign on his or her behalf in the capacities indicated, any Registration Statement or amendment thereto (including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The undersigned do hereby give to each said agent and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to act in these premises, including, but not limited to, the power to appoint a substitute or substitutes to act hereunder with the same power and authority as said agent and attorney-in-fact would have if personally acting. The undersigned do hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that each said agent and attorney-in-fact, or any substitute or substitutes, may do by virtue hereof.
/s/ Eugene C. Dorsey /s/ Thomas T. Mooney -------------------- -------------------- Eugene C. Dorsey, Trustee Thomas T. Mooney, Trustee /s/ Saul K. Fenster /s/ David R. Odenath ------------------- -------------------- Saul K. Fenster, Trustee David R. Odenath, Trustee and President /s/ Robert F. Gunia /s/ Stephen Stoneburn ------------------- --------------------- Robert F. Gunia, Trustee and Vice Stephen Stoneburn, Trustee President /s/ Robert E. La Blanc /s/ Grace C. Torres ---------------------- ------------------- Robert E. La Blanc, Trustee Grace C. Torres, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer /s/ Douglas H. McCorkindale /s/Joseph Weber --------------------------- --------------- Douglas H. McCorkindale, Trustee Joseph Weber, Trustee /s/ W. Scott McDonald, Jr. /s/ Clay T. Whitehead -------------------------- --------------------- W. Scott McDonald, Jr., Trustee Clay T. Whitehead, Trustee Dated: May 22, 2002 |